';';i;.“<*'lKl

.:■ rfs ■,>:■;*■#'«

V V

<■' ,

,■ ./.,':.:,*.:'‘;'-,v:.(’.s|';

' \^,r

m

.J#ip:{l|

,lVl'j,'

:lk

'''

■'/v-i 'V'?

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2017 with funding from

University of Toronto

https://archive.org/details/generainsectoru4754wyts_0

Genera Insectorum

FASC. XLVII - LIV

Genera

Insectorum

PUBLIES PAR

P. WYTSM AN

!•(

47. Heteroptera.

48. Orthoptera.

49. Coleoptera.

50. Coleoptera.

51. Coleoptera.

52. Heteroptera.

53. Coleoptera.

54. Hymenoptera.

FASCICULES XLVll-LIV

Fam. Pentatomidae, Subfam. Aphylinse, par H. Schouteden.

Fam. Acridiidae, Subfam. Retriginae, par J. L. Hancock.

Fam. Chrysomelidae, Subfam. Clytrinae, par M. Jacoby et

H. Clavareau.

Fam. Plastoceridae, par O. Schwarz.

Fam. Dicronychidae, par O. Schwarz.

P"am. Pentatomidae, Subfam. Asopinae ( Amyoteinae), par

H. Schouteden.

Fam. Lampyridae, par F. Olivier.

Fam. Dryinidae, par J. J. Kieffer.

BRUXELLES

V. VFRTFNFUIL & L. DFSMFT

IMPRIMEURS-EDITEURS

1906-1907

(IL.

HETEROPTERA

FAM. PENTATOMID^

SUBFAM. APHYLIX/E

1

HETEROPTERA

FAM. PENTATOMIDi®:

SUBFAM. APHYLIN^

par H. SCHOUTEDEN

AVEC I PLANCHE COLORIEE

A sous-famille des Aphylince est de creation toute recente. Elie a ete etablie, et Tunique

genre qui la compose a ete deerit par Bergroth dans le numero du 8 janvier de cette

annee du Zoologischer Anzeiger (Vol. 29, n" 20. 1906). Dans cette notice, intitulee v. Aphylina

und Hyocephalince, zwei netu Hemipteren-Subfamilien », mon savant collegue fait ressortir de

fagon nette les caracteres extraordinaires du nouveau genre Aphylum qvi\\ deerit et qui, comme il le dit,

reunit a la fois des caracteres des Scutellerina, des Graphosomatina . des Plataspidinm et des Pentatomma,

tout en presentant des caracteres le distinguant totalement de tous les genres connus :

Les cotes du corps, connexivum compris, sont a peu pres perpendiculaires ; les cotes antero-

lateraux du pronotum se prolongent en arriere en un lobe allonge fort net(i). Le mesostethium n’atteint

pas les cotes de la poitrine, comme c’est le cas general chez les Pentatomides, et son extremite en est

bien distante; le pro- et le metastethium se rapprochent par suite librement a Textremite. Le meso- et le

metanotum sont visibles sur les cotes de Tinsecte de dessus, sous forme de petites pieces fort nettes. Le

bord de Telytre est eloigne notablement du bord du corps, meme a la base; il n’y a pas d’epipleures.

L’ecusson est aussi long que le corps, large. Enfin, les antennes ont cinq articles et les tarses trois.

Ces caracteres sont evidemment bien suffisants. comme le remarque Bergroth, pour justifier

Tetablissement d’une nouvelle sous-famille. Je partage entierement favis de mon collegue. Cette sous-

famille, a mon sens, se rapproche surtout des ScuieUerince.

Comme je fai dit, elle se compose de funique genre Aphylum Bergroth, dont une seule espece a

ete decrite par mon collegue, A. syntheticum. Je suis a meme d'y ajouter une deuxieme, que j’ai appelee

A. Bergrotki, basee sur un specimen 9 que je possedais en collection depuis quelque temps deja et qui

(i) Bergroth dit que ce sont les angles lateraux qui se prolongent ainsi : je crois qu'il 1'aut plutot envisager ces lobes comme des prolongements

des cotes lateraux, car les angles iateraux proprement dits me partiissent correspondre a la saillie obtuse quhndique Bergrotli en arriere des lobes lateraux.

HETEROPTERA

m’a paru ne pouvoir etre rapporte a VJ. syntheticum. C’est d’apres cet exemplaire et la description donnee

par Bergroth qu’est faite la description generique que je donne plus loin.

Distributiori geographique. — Le genre Aphylum est propre a TAustralie. A. syniheticum provient

de TAustralie meridionale; quant a VA. Beygrothi. il ne porte pas d’indication plus precise de localite

que (( Australie )).

Genus APHYLUM, Bergroth

Aphylum. Bergroth, Zool. Anz., Vol. 29. p. 644 (1906).

Caracteres. — Le corps est tres fortement convexe en dessus, tandis qu’en dessous il est

concave, ou plutot le disque est a peu pres plan. inais les cotes sont rabattus vers le bas; son contour

est celui d’un ovale large, presque circulaire, assez regulier. La tete est presque perpendiculaire, a peine

convexe, un peu plus a la base; elle est fort nettement transverse, distinctement plus large a Tapex

qu’elle n’est longue; de chaque cote, un peu en avant des yeux, les bords sont incises en angle aigu, et

devant Toeil meme iis font legerement saillie; puis. ces bords — apres 1’encoche — sont subparalleles,

ou faiblement convergents, sur un court trajet et brusquement la tete est tronquee en avant, sur une

grande largeur, les angles de la troncature largement arrondis; le bord tronque (anterieur) est a peu pres

droit, a peine courbe ; les juga ne sont pas plus longs que le tylus. iis sont fort larges et leurs bords

internes vont en convergeant Tun vers Tautre, tout en restant separes par le tylus a Tapex. Les yeux

sont, vus de face, allonges, divergents en avant assez fortement, repus dans une encoche — peu profonde

d’ailleurs — du bord anterieur du pronotum, qu’ils ne depassent pas en dehors. Les ocelles sont petits,

situes notablement en arriere d’une ligne fictive passent contre le bord posterieur des yeux, environ deux

fois aussi eloignes entre eux que des yeux. Les bucculae sont peu elevees, legerement courbees. Le rostre

atteint la base du ventre; le premier article atteint ou a peu pres la base de la tete, le second atteint la

base du prosternum ou la depasse legerement, le troisieme depasse un peu la moitie des hanches inter-

mediaires et est peu plus court que le second; le quatrieme est nettement plus court que le troisieme.

Les antennes sont courtes, peu plus longues que le diamMre de la tete; elles sont formees de cinq articles,

dont le dernier est un peu renfle; premier article n’atteignant pas Textremite de la tete, mais bien —

dirige transversalement — les bucculae; deuxieme article distinctement plus petit que le premier,

troisieme legerement plus court que le second, quatrieme un peu plus long que le premier et un peu

plus court que le cinquieme.

Le pronotum presente une structure curieuse. Les cotes antero-lateraux{i), au lieu de s’etendre

en ligne droite ou arquee des angles anterieurs aux angles lateraux, sont dilates en dehors et prolonges

en arriere en un lobe assez large et assez long (voir fig. 5 et 7) qui atteint presque le niveau posterieur du

pronotum et qui vers Tinterieur nait un peu avant les angles lateraux; le bord externe de cette partie

amincie est rectiligne, a peine courbe a Tapex du lobe, le bord interne de celui-ci est assez fortement

arque ; — les angles lateraux sont representes par une sorte de nodosite obtuse, separee du bord externe

par le lobe en question et depassant peu le bord externe des elytres ; le bord posterieur est tres legere-

ment concave, les bords latero-posterieurs sont droits, le bord anterieur (dans toute sa largeur, y comprise

donc la partie dilatee du pronotum) depasse un peu les yeux en dehors, il est sinue de chaque cote pour

les recevoir et entre eux est largement echancre, le fond de Techancrure faiblement bisinue ; le pronotum

(i) ]5ergroth interprete autrement la structure du pronotum, et je crois bon de reproduire ici sa description : « Prountinn lateribus rotundatum

» atiguiis iateralibiis iu lobum magnum obtusum retrorsum productis^ marginibus lateralibus posticis paullo extra medium profunde emarginatis ,

» mox supra sinum nudoso-eminulis, angulis basalibus rotundatis, margine basali medio levissime sinuato. »

FAM. PENTATOMIDyE

3

est plus de deux fois aussi large que long, moderement convexe, assez declive en avant; les cicatrices

sont etendues transversalement, longues.

Le mesonotum est visible lateralement de dessus. sous forine d’une petite piece disposee

obliquement, logee en avant dans Techancrure comprise entre le bord interne du lobe lat6ral du

pronotum et le bord ante-angulaire de celui-ci : en avant il est donc situe au-dessus de ce lobe, tandis

qu’en arriere il se trouve au-dessus du metanotum.

Le metanotum est en effet egalement visible de dessus lateralement, sous forme d’une piece plus

grande que le mesonotum et situee marginalement entre le lobe du pronotum, qu’il touche en avant

(separant le mesonotum du bord externe), et le segment abdominal anterieur, avec lequel il est en

contact sur sa plus grande longueur, mais il devient libre en dehors; la forme de cette piece varie

suivant les especes.

L’ecusson atteint, ou peu s’en faut, Textremite de Tabdomen ; il est assez fortement convexe dans

sa partie basale, mais la moitie posterieure. fortement declive, est presque plane; les bords convergent

a la base sur une tres courte distance. puis iis divergent, formant une courte nette, et Tapex est tronque-

arrondi (plus etroit que la base) ; a la base. il est un peu plus large que le bord posterieur du pronotum ;

il ne recouvre qu’en partie les elytres ; — des freins fort courts.

Elytres fortement declives en dehors par suite de la convexite du corps ; leur bord largement

separe, meme a la base, de la marge du corps ; la corie est un peu plus courte que Tecusson. le bord

costal est a peu pres droit, ou tres legerement sinue, courbe vers la base ; pas d’epipleures ; le bord

apical est fortement oblique, nettement sinue; — membrane cachee par Tecusson, a nervures peu nom-

breuses, simples, sans cellules basales.

Le prostethium est largement sinue en avant et reflechi nettement; en arriere, il est egalement

sinue largement; la partie externe est rabattue fortement fd’ou un aspect concave). Le mesostethium va

en se retrecissant en dehors, dessinant ainsi un angle aigu; il n’atteint pas les cotes de la poitrine,

laissant se rencontrer librement les pro- et metapleures, et n’est aucunement rabattu en dehors. Le

metastethium a le bord posterieur presque droit, le bord anterieur sinue nettement; la partie externe est

rabattue, lui donnant un aspect concave, et vient en contact en avant avec la propleure ; — les orifices

sont assez ecartes des hanches, punctiformes, mais iis se continuent par une crete transversale coupant

toute la metapleure et atteignant le bord externe : de chaque cote de celle-ci, la metapleure parait

deprimee; celle-ci est en entier occupee par Tarea evaporativa.

Le mesosternum a la ligne mediane un peu relevee en carene obtuse, semble-t-il, et s’elargissant

en arriere. Le metasternum n’est pas saillant.

Les pattes sont assez courtes, les hanches rapprochees ; les femurs sont plus longs que les tibias,

mais n’atteignent pas les cotes de la poitrine; iis sont comprimes nettement et creuses en dessous sur la

plus grande longueur; les tibias sont pians en dessus et sans rebords. les posteri eurs offrant cependant

une vague indication d’un sillon; les tarses sont assez robustes, le premier ai'ticle legerement plus long

que le troisieme, le second court.

L’abdomen a les bords regulierement arrondis, les cotes des segments ventraux deux a six

i'abaltus, ce qui donne au ventre un aspect concave; — le connexivum est large, decouvert, tres fortement

declive, le pi'emier segment est en forme de triangie allonge transversalement, n’atteignant pas le bord

externe du corps, — les segments deux a cinq sont quadrangulaires, le second nettement plus long que

le troisieme, — le dernier segment va en se retrecissant vers Tapex; — ■ les sutures ventrales sont

largement arquees sur le disque, et les segments ventraux, sauf le premier et le dernier, sont plus longs

lateralement qu’au milieu; la ligne mediane est tres legerement deprimee; les stigmates sont plus

rapproches du bord apical des segments que de leur bord externe; — le segment genital est horizonta!

dans les deux sexes.

4

HETEROPTERA

Type du genre : Aphylum syntheticum , Bergroth.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Le genre Aphylum renferme deux especes,

appartenant toutes deux a la faune australienne.

1. A. Bergrothi, Schouteden, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. .5o, p. 2S0 (1906) {Aphylum) (Australie [? meri-

dionale]). — Pl. I, Fig. 1-3 et 6-7.

2. A. syntheticum, Bergroth, Zool. Anz., Vol. 29, p. 646 (1906) {Aphylum) (Australie meridionale). —

Pl. I, Fig. 4-5.

EXPLICATION DE LA PLANCHE

Fig. 1-2. Aphylum Bergrothi, Schouteden.

— 3. — — — elytre.

— 4. Aphylum syntheticum, Bergroth, vu de face.

— 5. — — — vu de profil.

— 6. Aphylum Bergrothi, Schouteden, vu de face.

— 7. — — — vu de profil.

Bruxelles, le 14 aout 1906.

GENERA INSECTORUM

l

HETEROPTERA

FAM. PENTATOMIDA.

SUBFAM. APHYLINA.

■

49

ORTHOPTERA

FAM. ACRIDIID^

SIIBFAM. TETRIGIN.®

ORTHOPTERA

FAM. ACRIDlIDiE

SUBFAM. TETRIGIN^

JosEPH Lane HANCOCK

WITH 4 PLAIN PI.ATES

HE Tetriginse is an extensive Orthopterous subfamilv, of sniall sized, dull colored

forms, belonging to the family Acridiidae. The}- are remarkable for the absence of

pulvilli between the tarsal cla-ws, and the extension of the pronotum back-w^ards, -which

forms a hood-like covering to the body. Moreover, unlike other Orthoptera, their mouth

is covered, and the atrophied tegmina or elytra appear like small scales overlying the base of the wings.

In exotic species the pronotum often takes on various extreme modifications, giving to the insects

a most grotesque or bizarre appearance, as -will be seen by referring to the accompanying figures. In

some of the forms the pronotum is strongly tectiform. or compressed, and foliaceous, bearing a resem-

blance to dried leaves among -which they live on the ground. Other species present various degrees of

roughness, or saxose or gibbose elevations, or spines, which materially aid in concealing and protecting

them in their natural environment. Superficially their likeness to certain Hemiptera is very marked.

Indeed when the tetrigian genus Xerophyllinn was first described it was mistaken for, and placed among

the Membracidae. While long before this, Linne termed one of the leaf-like species Cicada rhomhea.

The strongly marked differences, as we have above indicated, between the Tetrigidae and the rest

of the group of Acridiidae, are quite easily discerned even by the unscientific observer. It follows that

the passage of this group to the next allied group is abrupt. But from the researches of Leon Dufour we

are led to suppose that the Tetrigidae connect the Tridactyli on the one side, with the Acridini on

the other (i).

The true relations of these insects with their living allies will be definitely determined, however,

only after more comprehensive study of orthropteran embryology, together with the post embryonal

knowledge. This data is insufficient at present to speak authoritatively on the subject.

(i) For a recent systematic classification of the Orthoptera, consuit Brunner von Wattenwyl'sRevision du Systeme des Orthopteres, Genova, 1893

The Acridiidae are arranged here into nine tribes, the Tetrigidae forming the first division.

ORTHOPTERA

Habits. — It is quite evident that the peculiar structure of these insects has been directly

influenced by their habits, which bring them in close relation with the ground or water. They are

generally geophilous, preferring to live on damp humus where such low forms of vegetation as algae,

mosses, lichens and liverworts abound. Though often inhabiting the shores of streams and ponds, and

low wet meadows, living on the sandy or muddy earth, soine forms are sufftciently amphibious or aquatic

to prefer water to the land. These forms, living in the oriental region, have been observed to feed upon

the vegetation under the surface of the water.

As might be expected from their habits, they are provided with perfect paddle-like modifications

of the hind tibise and first joint of the tarsi. to assist them in swimming about in the water. Suffice it to

say that the superficial soil itself composed of humus, with the admixture of low vegetable life more

often forms the principle food of the Tetrigidas. Having previously treated the various habits and

bionomics at some length in my published articles(i), it is superfluous here to go into detail concerning

these topics.

Geographical distributiori. — As to the geographical distribution, this group is widely

distributed over the world. The tropical portions of the earth being especially richly supplied with

diverse forms, contrasting with the less bizarre or specialized forms that live in the temperate latitude.

Bibliography. — The most notable contributions to the literature since the publication of

Bolivar’s essay in 1887 have been made by Karsch(2), Bolivar(3), Hancock(4) and Morse (5). While a

number of species have been described in various scientific publications ali of which have been

included here.

The requirements and scope of Genera Insectorum has been kept in mind in the preparation of

this article, treating the subject as a record of the literature. .At the same time the opportunity has been

sized upon of interpolating facts, rewriting and adding new genera and a few new species. Certain

modifications in the classifications to admit of the newly acquired knowledge of the Tetrigidse was

made necessary.

The valuable essay by Bolivar formed the basis of the present article (6). This work being followed

within certain limitations but in the grouping of sections, two new ones have been supplemented.

The synopsis of genera has been almost completely rewritten or revised, and here it must be said only

the salient points of differences between these little Acridians were accentuated rather than always

adhering to their striet morphological affinities.

The name Tetrix[']) of Latreille has been adopted instead of Tettix in the present paper. Hence

the use of the subfamily name Tetrigina instead of Tettigina which had been previously used. It is hoped

this reversion to the older name will not cause confusion in nomenclature such as the adoption of the

name Acrydiiim with its subfamily Acridinae will entail.

In the case of localities, the author’s collection has been drawn upon for data with a view to

enlarging the range of distribution of species whenever possible.

The illustrations are for the most part from original drawings by the present author. Some

(1) Hancock, J. L. The food-habits of the Tettigid;e, in Entomologists Record and Journal of Variation, Vol. lo, p. 6-7, i8g8; Tettigidse of

North America, Chicago, 1902; Tettigidse of Ceylon, in Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part 7, 1904.

(2) Karsch, F. Entom. Nachr. Jahrg., 1890, Vol. 16; Ibidem, p. 287; Die Insecten der Berglandschaft Adeli im Hinterlande von Togo,

Berlin. 1890.

(3) Bolivar, I. Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, Vol. 70, p. 58o-586, 1902 ; Mem. dela Sociedad Espanola de Hist. Nat. Vol. i, mem. i3, igoS.

(4) Hancock, J. L. Occasional Memoirs of the Chicago Entomological Soc., Vol. i, 1900; The Tettigidae of North America, Chicago, 1902; Tetti-

gidae of Ceylon, Vol. 2, part 7,Oct. 1904.

(5) Morse, A. P. New North American Tettiginae, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 3, p. 14-16, 1898; Ibidem, Vol. 3, p. 107-109 ; Ibidem, Vol. 7,

p. 198-201, 1899; Tettigina;, Biol. Centr. Americana, Orthopt. Vol. 2, p. 3-19, igoo-igoi ; Psyche, V^ol. 7, p. 147-1S4, 163-167, piate 7, 1894.

(6) Bolivar, Essai sur les .\cridiens de la Tribu des lettigidae, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, 1887.

(7) For discussion of names of Orthoptera vide H. A. Krauss, in Zool. Anzeiger, Vol. 28, p. 33o-843, 1902. Also the writings of Kirby, Kirkaldy,

Burr, and others.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

3

however. have been copied from the works of the authors before mentioned, and are duly accredited

to each of them in their proper places.

Nint}^ eight genera are described in the following pages, while four hundred and thirty four

nominal species are recorded.

SYNOPSIS OF SECTIONS

1. (2) Antenna with all the articles excepting the basal and the atrophied apical

articles, strongly flattened, triquetrous , composed of eight to ten articles;

head usually conically produced in profile

2. (i) Antenna filiform, or monili form and varely little compressed, or having

two or three articles near the apices strongly compresso-dilated or

foliaceous.

3. (4) Median ocellus and antenna placed between the eyes ; face strongly

oblique

4. (3) Median ocellus and antenna placed below the eyes; face more or less

oblique.

5. (16) Anterior femora compressed, carinate above.

6. (8) Antenna having two or three articles near the apices strongly compresso-

dilated or foliaceous, consisting of twelve to fourteen articles; first and

third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length

7. (9) Posterior angles of the lateral lobes straight, sinuses wanting.

8. (6) Antenna lengthily filiform, composed of twenty two articles; first and

third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length

9. (7) Posterior angles of lateral lobes not straight, sinuses more or less present.

10. (ii) Frontal costa forhed between the ocelli, the rami strongly divergent for-

ming a frontal scutellum •

11. (10) Frontal costa furcillate, but the rami diverge only a little or moderately

forward , or parallel, very frequently separated only in a slight degree

by a sulcus.

12. (i5) Pronotum truncate anterior ly, posterior angles of the lateral lobes more

or less laminately produced outwards, acute, or posteriorly obliquely

truncate, rarely turned down.

13. (14) Posterior angles of lateral lobes of pronotum acute produced outwards;

the first articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the third,

posterior tibice strongly ampliate toward the apices, very frequently not

or sparingly spinose

14. (i3) Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum little produced outwards,

obliquely truncate behind, very rarely acute-spinose ; first and third

articles of the posterior tarsi nearly equal in length

15. (12) Pronotum truncate anteriorly, rarely angulate-produced ; posterior angles

of the lateral lobes turned down, more or less rounded, not at all obli-

quely truncate ; third articles of the posterior tarsi shorter than the first.

16. (5) Anterior femora above distinctly sulcate; pronotum anteriorly more or

less produced above the head, often uncinate, or acuminate, or to certain

degree obtuse angulate; antennae with sixteen to twenty two articles .

Sect. Tripetalocer^ . p. 4

SeCt. Cl.EOSTRAT.® . . p. 5

Sect. nov. DiscotettigivE p. 5

Sect. nov. Bufonid^ . p. 8

Sect. Cladonot^ . . p. 9

Sect. ScELiMEN^ . . p. 21

Sect. Metrodore . . p. 3o

Sect. Tettigi^e . . . p. 5i

Sect. Batrachide^. . p. 66

4

ORTHOPTERA

I. SECTION TRIPETALOCER/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF THE SECTION TRIPETALOCER/E

1. (i) Antenna inserted between the eyes; vertex transverse, very broad,

anteriorly not at ali marginate Genus Tripetalocera, Westwood.

2. (i) Antenna inserted below the eyes; vertex strongly produced,

acuminate Genus Birmana, Brunner.

I. Genus TRIPETALOCERA, Westwood

Tripetalocera. Westwood, Zool. Journ. Vol. 5, p. 444; Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i,

p 3io (1887).

Characters. — Head inoderately exserted, in profile conical; vertex transverse, very broad,

anteriorly not at all marginate; e3^es globose, substylate; face strongly oblique; frontal costa between

the antennae strongly produced, widely sulcate; antennas inserted betwen the eyes, composed of nine or

ten articles, much surpassing the huineral angles; first articles globose, second cylindrical, the

remainder wide, triquetrous, of unusual form, two apical articles minute, subulate; palpi short, not at

all dilated. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute, humeral angles very obtuse, nearly absent ;

the posterior angles of the lateral lobes acute. Elytra oblong, small; wings not reaching to the pronotal

apex. Legs compressed, femora above carinated; tibiae tetragonal, distinctly narrowed toward the apices;

posterior tibiae not spinose, the canthi strongly serrate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi little longer

than the third, pulvilli not at all acute spinose. Valves of ovipositor straight, dentate but not sinuate.

Geographical distribution of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

native of Borneo.

I. T. ferruginea, Westwood, Zool. Journ. Vol. 5, p. 444, pl. 22, f. 3 (Borneo).

Acridium ferrugineum, Haan, Bijdr. tot de kennis der Orthopt. p. 168, pl. 22, f. ii ; Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. p. 3io, pl. II, f. 28.

2. Genus BIRMANA, Brunner von Wattenwyl

Birmana. Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orthopt., p. 113-114 (1893).

Characters. — Head lengthened. Vertex strongly produced, acuminate. Front strongly reclined,

costal carinae compressed. Antennae inserted before the eyes, composed of eight articles, all the articles

excepting the basal, flattened, triquetrous. Eyes sessile, flattened. Pronotum barely reaching the abdo-

minal apex, narrow, viewed from the side subrounded, truncate anteriorly, marginal carinae in front

short, parallel, lateral lobes adpressed, apical process emarginate with the margins widely deflexed.

Elytra and wings absent. Anterior and i ntermediate femora compressed. Posterior femora short, strongly

dilated, short carinae above very acute, terminating in an antegenicular tooth. Anterior tibiae compres-

sed, sulcate. Posterior tibiae denticulate. (The first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length-

FAM. ACRIDIID^

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus is known. It inhabits

Burmah.

I. B. gracilis, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. pl. 5, p. 114, f. 47 (i8g3) (Bhamo, Burmah).

2. SECTION CLEOSTRAT/E

I. Genus CLEOSTRATUS, Stal

Cleostratus. Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. (1877); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 3i, p. i8g8 (1887).

Characters. — Body neaiiy smooth or minutely granulate. Occiput ascending ; face strongly

oblique; antennae and niedian ocellus located between the eyes; frontal costa more or less produced before

the eyes. below sulcate; antennae consisting

ofthirteen articles, the first and second thic-

kened. Pronotum truncate in front. poste-

riorly lengthily subulate; the posterior angles

of the lateral lobes obtusely rounded. Elytra

oblong; wings perfectly explicate. Femora

elongate; spines very short; first and third

articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. Valves of the female ovipositor narrow, above straight,

below flexous and serrate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus contains two species which inhabit the

Philippines.

1. C. monocerus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 5y (1877) (Dolores, Philippines).

monocenis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 398. pl. i. f. i (1887).

2. C. longifrons, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 56 (1877) (Philippines).

3. SECTION NOV. DISCOTETTIGI/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENER.Y OF THE SECTION DISCOTETTIGI.E

1. (8) Head not at ali or moderately exserted.

2. (7) Pronotum with the posterior angles of lateral lohes produced outwards.

3. (6) Antennae inserted below the eyes : face siihvertical.

4. (5) Lateral margins of pronotum serrulate ; mediati carina tuber culat e .

5. (4) Lateral margins of pronotum not at ali serrulate; median carina not

tuberculate

6. [i) Antennae inserted between the eyes; face strongly oblique; pronotum

not at all tuberculate

y . (2) Pronotum with the posterior angles of lateral lobes turned down .

8. (i) Head distinctly exserted or lengthened ; vertex narrower than one ofthe

eyes ; eyes seniiglobose, sessile

Genus Discotettix, Costa.

Genus Arulenus, Stal.

Genus FIirrius, Bolivar.

Genus Pha;stus, Bolivar.

Genus Tettigodina, Westwood.

ORTHOPTERA

I. Genus DISCOTETTIX, Costa

Discotettix. Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, Vol. 2, p. 5g (1864); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Vol. 3i, p. 3o6 (1887).

Chanacters. — Head not at ali exserted ; vertex transverse, not t-wice the breadth of one of

the eyes, anteriorly imperfectly marginate; eyes viewed from above reniform, sessile; face scarcely

oblique; frontal costa compressed and arcuately elevated between the antennae, above the antennae

depressed and obliterated; antennae inserted distinctly before the

eyes, filiform, long, composed of twelve articles, articles seven to

nine strongly compressed, dilated and foliaceous, from three to fi ve

cylindrical and confused, the apical articles very narrow; palpi short,

not ait ali ampliate. Pronotum with the dorsum fiattened, anteriorly

often produced in a tubercle, posteriorly acuminate, the carinae

more or less tuberculate; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes

outwardly fiattened, spinose or obtuse. Elytra and wings perfectly explicate or abbreviated or wanting.

Prosternum anteriorly refiexed, middle not at all carinate. Legs compressed, femora carinate above,

more or less lobato-dentate, tibiae tetragonal, the second and first outwardly toward the apices bent down ;

the posterior tibiae nearly unarmed, only the apical half bearing three or four spines, the canthi serrate;

the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length; pulvilli rounded, not at all acute

spinose; the second and third pulvilli together equal in length to the first.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The four species belonging to this genus are

inhabitants of the Oriental Region.

1. D. belzebuth, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt. p. ySg, {Tetrix) (i83g).

belzebuth, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3o6, pl. 2, f. 29(1887).

acridium oi YisLaxi. = Discotettix armata. Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, Vol. 2, p. Sg {1864) (Borneo, Isi. 01

Labuan, Brit. N. Borneo, Javal.

2. D. selysi, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 3o7 (1887) (Sumatra).

3. D. scabrides, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. n" 10, p. 55, Mnesarchus (1877) (Philipines).

4. D. doriae, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. ig (3g)p. 80 (i8g8) (Island Mentawei).

Discotettix belzebuth Serville, after Bolivar.

2. Genus ARULENUS, Stal

Arulenus. Stal. Ofv. Vet. .\kad. Forh., no 10, p. 56 (1877).

Chanacters. — Head not at all exserted; vertex not twice the breadth of one of the eyes, on

either side fossulate, anteriorly imperfectly carinated. Eyes inwardly not sinuate, sessile, little promi-

nent ; face barely oblique ; frontal costa little compresso-produced between the antennae, depressed

behind the antennae; antennae slender, inserted scarcely before the eyes, strongly passing the humeral

angles, consisting of thirteen articles; articles nine visibly ampliate towards the apices, articles ten

compresso-dilated, the three apical articles narrow, subcylindrical ; the palpi short and of ordinary form.

Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute, with the apex subtruncato-emarginate ; humeral angles

rounded; dorsum tuberculate; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly subacute produced, mar-

gins entire. Elytra and wings absent. Prosternum refiexed anteriorly, wide at the middle and semicir-

cularly emarginate. Legs somewhat compressed ; the anterior femora carinate above, tibiae tetragonal;

posterior femora short, broad, the strigae of external paginae tuberculate, compresso-elevated ; posterior

FAM. ACRIDIID^.

tibiae sparingly and shortly spinose, canthi ininutely semilate. First and third articles of the posterior

tarsi equal in length ; the pulvilli rounded, wide, and apices indistinctly sinuate, margins strongly

denticulate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus contains but one species, it is from

the Philippines.

I. A. validspimis, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. n‘' lo, p. 56 (1877) (Philippines).

validspinus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 134 (1887).

3. Genus HIRRIUS, Bolivar

Hirrius. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 3o8-3og (1887).

Characters. — Head moderately exserted ; verte.x little wider than one of the eyes, anterior

carinae rounded, inwardly abbreviated ; eyes inwardl}’ not at all sinuate, sessile, prominent; face strongly

oblique ; frontal costa between the antennae to a slight extent roundly produced, behind the antennae

somewhat depressed ; antennae inserted between the eyes, slender, passing little beyond the humeral

angles, consisting of twelve articles, the three articles before the apex compresso-dilated, foliaceous;

palpi short, cylindrical. Pronotum anteriori}- truncate, posteriorly to a slight extent acuminate; dorsum

subcylindrical not at all tuberculate, humeral angles wanting; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes

outwardly barely ampliate, obtuse, widely obliquely truncate. Elytra and wings wanting. Legs elongate;

the anterior femora carinate; the intermediate femora sulcate above; tibiae tetragonal, canthi entire;

posterior femora broad, the stringae of the external paginae regularly disposed, strongly expressed but

not tuberculate; posterior tibiae sparingly spinose; the first and third aiticles of the posterior tarsi equal

in length ; pulvilli angular but not acute spinose. Valves of the ovipositor with the apices sinuate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus has been recorded,

it is from the Philippines.

I. E . punctatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. For. p. 56 (1887) (Arulemis) (Philippines).

4. Genus PH/ESTUS, Bolivar

Phaestus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. Sog {Tettix of Stal) (1887).

Characters. — Head not at all exserted. Vertex not at all wider than one of the eyes, front imper-

fectly marginate, margin granulate; eyes sinuate inwardly, sessile, little prominent; face little oblique;

frontal costa subangulate produced and shortened between the antennae, widely sulcate, behind the

antennae abruptly depressed; antennae inserted before the eyes, filiform, elongate, the three anteapical

articles compresso-dilated, oval, foliaceous. Pronotum obtuse tectiform, anteriorly subrounded pro-

duced, posteriorly acuminate ; humeral angles wanting; the posteiior angles of the lateral lobes turned

downwards, subrounded-truncate. Elytra oblong, small; wings perfectlv explicate, caudate. Anterior

femora compressed, above carinate, tibiae narrow linear; the posterior femora broad, simple; the poste-

rior tibiae plurispinose ; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. Valves of

the ovipositor wdth the apices sinuate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — There is only one representative of this genus, it is

native of Java.

I. P. mellerborgi, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 353, (i855) (Java).

s

ORTHOPTERA

5. Genus TETTIGODINA, Westwood

Tettigodina. Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 176 (1874).

Tetricodina. Snellen von Vollenhoven, Westwood (pars emend.) ; Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 3o5 (1887).

Fig. 3.

Tettigodina luteomar-

ginata Westw., after

Bolivar.

Characters. — Head strongl}' exserted ; vertex narrower than one of the eyes;

eyes sem i -globose, sessile; antennae very long, nearly reaching to the pronotal process,

the three anteapical articles broad, compresso-dilated, inserted between the inferior part

of the eyes; the two apical articles of the maxillary palpi large, foliaceous, oval. Prono-

tum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute subulate, median carina entire; humeral

angles obtuse; posterior angles of the lateral lobes obtuse, unarmed. El3dra and wings

wanting.^ Legs elongate, ordinary; the posterior tibiae spinose; first and third articles of

the posterior tarsi equal in length.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The two species of this genus, so

far recorded, inhabit New Guinea.

1. T. luteomarginata, Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 176, pl. 32, f. 6, 6a (1874) (New

Guinea).

luteomarginata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. io5, f. 3o, 3oa (1887).

2. T. limosina, Snellen von Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. v. Ent. Vol. 8, p. 65, pl. i, f. 6-8

(Tetrix) (i865) (New Guinea).

limosina, Westwood, Thes. Ent. O.xon. p. 175, pl. 32. f. 6 (Tetricodina) (1874); Bolivar,

Essai Tettig. p. 235 (Spartoius) (1887).

SECTION NOV. BUFONID/E

I. Genus BUFONIDES, Bolivar

Bufonides. Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19, 3g, p. 67-68 (i8g8).

Characters. — Body to a certain degree granulate. Distance between the antennae not at

all greater than that froin the eyes, composed of twenty two articles. inserted far before the eyes, filiform,

touching the humeral angles of prono-

tum or passing beyond ; the first article

robust, obconical, second cylindrical

and short.therestmuch narrower being

much longer than broad ; apices ot the

palpi depressed. Frontal costa with the

carinae compresso-elevated ; posterior

ocelli placed before the eyes; vertex

viewed from in front little wider than

one of the eyes, longitudinally trica-

rinulate, the carinae granose, median

carina nearly imperceptible. Pronotum

large, convex, subinflated, anteriorl\'

truncate with the middle shortly angulate-produced ; median carina of the anterior half tectiform,

subcompressed posteriorly. scarcely elevated ; lateral carinae regularly crenulate; posterior process

Fig. 4.

Bufonides antennatus Bolivar. (Originap.

FAM. ACRIDIID/E

9

not at ali passing the femoral apices, apex emarginate; posterior angles of the lateral lobes straight, not

at all excised posteriorly. Elytra and wings wanting. Front legs elongate, carinae subparalell; tibiae

sulcate above; posterior femora broad, rugae oblique, granulate, femoral and genicular spines obtuse,

triangular ; posterior tibial canthi sparingly spinose; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal

inlength, the pulvilli barely projecting. Male abdomen with inflated apex, the subgenital piate bifid at

the apex. Female having the valves of the ovipositor sinuate, compressed and unarmed.

Geographical distribution of species, — This genus is represented by only one species,

which is from the Austro -Malayan Region.

I. B. antennatus, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. ig, 3g, p. 68(1898) (New Guinea).

5. SECTION CLADONOT/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF THE SECTION CLADONOT.E

1. (17) Pronotum vevy gveatly compressed, above ivholly foliaceoiis , . . .

2. (3) Frontal scutellum piriforni, above widely roiinded ; dorsum triangular

with highest point of summit neavly above the articulation of the inter-

mediate femora

3. (2) Frontal scutellum rounded or triangular, widest in middle, or below, or

subparallel .

4. (i3) Anterior femora simple, slender, much longer than wide, margins entire

or with small distinet lobes.

5. (6) Pronotum viewed in profile subrhombic-angulate, ampliate posteriorly ;

first and third articles of posterior tarsi subequal, or first slightly

longest

6. (5) Pronotum above angulate near the middle, posteriorly acute; first articles

of posterior tarsi nearly twice the lengh of the third

7. (8) Dorsum of pronotum very greatly compressed, above angulato-rounded ,

posteriorly truncate; first articles of posterior tarsi little longer than

third

8. (7) Dorsum of pronotum highly compresso-elevated,translucent,margin above

substraight, anteriorly arcuato-undulate, posteriorly arcuato-sinuate ;

vertex with a median produced tubercle

g. (ii) First joints of posterior tarsi nearly three times as longas the third.

10. (12) Pronotum tectiform, foliaceous, above straight or arcuate, strongly

produced forward over the head, posteriorly truncate or emarginate

11. (g) First joints of posterior tarsi barely more than twice the length of the

third.

12. (10) Pronotum with the dorsum compresso-cristate, sub foliaceous , anteriorly

little produced over the head, cuneate posteriorly

13. (4) Anterior femora distinctly compressed, broad, or foliaceous.

14. (i5) Pronotum per for aied, very "reatly compressed, nearly regularly arcuate;

wings explicate; anterior femora foliaceous

Subsection i.

Genus HYiMENOTES,Westwood.

Genus Phylotettix, Hancock.

Genus Hypsaeus, Bolivar.

Genus Choriphyllum, Serville.

Genus Dolatettix, nov. gen.

Genus Piezotettix, Bolivar.

Genus Deltonotus, Hancock.

Genus Tkypophyllum, Karsch.

IO ORTHOPTERA

i5. (i6) Pronotiim not perforated, with the superior margin distinctly regu-

larly arcuate; antenor femora compressed, the length not Hnice that

of the breadth

if). {\\) Pronotiim strongly compresso-foliaceous, margin not sulcate, entirely

undulate; first articles of the posterior tarsi barely larger than the

the third; wings explicate

17. (i) Promotum little or slightly compressed, very often depressed, or above

not wholly foliaceous, or to a certain degree anteriorly compresso-

produced

18. (29) Antero-dorsal margin of pronotum either angulate, or acute produced,

more or less covering the head but not strictly truncate.

19. (24) First and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length.

20. (21) Body nearlv smooth; pronotum acute tectiform, in profile arcuate,

posteriorly little depressed, apex widely rounded

21. (20) Body and legs btaring spiniform tubercules, or unarmed .

22. (23) Vertex armed with small tooth 011 each side; body and legs bearing

spiniform tubercules; pronotum anteriorly little or not produced

beyond the head, destitute of large compressed tubercles, often pro-

duced in a ramose process

23. (24) Vertex unarmed ; pronotum anteriorly acute tectiform, produced for-

ward beyond the head in an elevated compressed process, posteriorly

flattened,. body and legs unarmed but slightly rugose

24. (19) First articles of the posterior tarsi Innger than the third.

25. (27) Anterior femora slender, verv distinctly longer than loide; body and

legs without spiniform tubercles, lateral lobes of pronotum with the

posterior angles lightly expanded, rounded

26. (28) Body scarcely tuberculate.

27. (25) Anterior femora wHh the length not twice that of the ividth ; pronotum

with the dorsum acute tectiform, anteriorly acute, vertex narroived ;

body apterous

28. (26) Body granose, deshliide of tubercles-, pronotum obtuse tectiform, ante-

riorly angulate subcompressed . posteriorly extended to the middle of

abdomen, vertex very wide, middle carinate

29. (18) Antero-dorsal margin of pronotum truncate or obtuse angulate, head

uncovered.

30. (33) Vertex tricuspidate, middle tooth more distinctly produced.

31. (32) Pronotum nodulose, middle distinctly depressed-, vertex strongly pro-

duced in advence of the eyes

^2. (ii) Pronotum rugose, median carina bicristate ; vertex scarcely produced

in advance of the eyes

33. (3o) Vertex with the median carina compressed, obtuse angulate above-,-

pronotum very short, median carina strongly elevated, compresso-

foliaceous, in profile rounded, behind spinose, apical process bispinose

34. (38) First articles of the posterior tarsi somewhat longer than the third.

35. (37) Body and legs tuber culose-spinose -, pronotum with the dorsum depressed,

posterior angles of lateral lobes ampliate, laminate aud serrate,

vertex very wide ; elytra and tvtngs present

Genus Xerophyllum, Fainnaire.

Genus Acmophyi.i.um, Karsch.

Subsection II.

Genus Eleleus, Bolivar.

Genus Cladonotus, Saussure.

Genus Misythus, Stal.

Genus Diotarus, Stal.

Genus Pantelia, Bolivar.

Genus Hippodes, Karsch.

Genus Cota, Bolivar.

Genus Potua, Bolivar.

Genus Gestroana, Berg.

Genus Trachytetiix, Stal.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

36. (3g) Vertex transverse, truncate, carinae obsolete, niedian carina low.

37. (35) Body and legs not armed ; pronotum strongly depressed, arcuate forward ,

scabrous, wings fully explicate Genus DASYLEUROTETTix,Rehn.

38. (34) First articles of posterior tarsi fully twice the length ofthe third.

3g. (36) Vertex strongly convex in front, very wide, with median carina strongly

produced, margin with short transverse carina on each side ; pronotum

sharply tectiform Genus Tylotettix Morse.

I. Genus HYMENOTES, Westwood

Hymenotes. Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 129 (1837).

Characters. — Tomentose. Face little oblique; antennce filiform, distance between them very

wide, drawn near to the eyes; frontal scutellum cordiforin, wider above; vertex much wider than one

of the eyes. Pronotum large, strongly compressed, foliaceous, with radiating veins; anteriorly extended

above the head and posteriorly beyond the femoral apices; apex narrowed. Elytra and wings wanting.

Anterior femora slender, much longer than broad, the carinas i rregular but not dilated,- posterior femora

above foliaceo-undulate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi nearly twice the length of the third.

Superior valves of the ovipositor dilated before the middle, noticeably attenuate towards the apices,

below straight, slender. — Piate I, Fig. 5.

Geographical distribution of species. — Only one species has been recorded. it is from the

Philippines.

I. H. triangularis, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. i3o (1837I; idem in Charlesworth, Mag. Nat.

Hist. Vol. 3, p. 493, pl. 37, f. 3 (1839) (Philippines).

triangularis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 200, pl. i, f. 2-26 {Acridium, Haan) (1887).

2. Genus PHYLLOTETTIX, Hancock

Phyllotettix. Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. i3, p. 188.

Phyllonotus. Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 46 (1902).

Characters. — Body strongly compressed, somewhat rhombic, reticulose, granulate. Face

nearly vertical; crown tumid, little higher than the eyes; vertex strongly wider than one of the eyes;

frontal scutellum with the carinae above somewhat depressed or obsolete, forward distinctly rounded,

widest between the antennae, in profile little angulate compresso-elevated nearly opposite the insertion

of the antennm; distance between the antennae very much wider than that to the eyes which they appro-

ximate; antenna longer than the entire head, very filamentous, articles elongate, inserted very distant

before the eyes; superior ocelli placed between the lowest part of the eyes, the distance between them

wider than that to the eyes; eyes of moderate size. Pronotum large, strongly compressed, wholly folia-

ceous, the sides presenting radiating veins or reticulations, anteriorlv extended beyond the head, often

truncate but with sinuate margin, posteriorly little extended beyond the knees of the hind femora,

widely and obliquely truncate, with sinuate margin; the front margin lower than the hind margin; the

thin dorsal margin sulcate, meeting the posterior margin at an angle which forms the highest point.

Anterior femora elongate, margins little compressed or sinuate, below sinuato-lobate ; intermediate

femora narrow elongate, margins sinuate; posterior femora compressed above in the forward two-thirds,

the external surface squamose, femoral lobes moderately distinet, genicular spine strong, triangular.

ORTHOPTERA

little produced but the apex not distinctly acute; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi sube-

qual in length (i). — Piate I , Fig. I 0.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are native of the West

Indian Islands.

1. P. foliatus, Hancock, Tettig. N, Amer. p. 42-43, pl. i, f. i (1902) (Jamaica).

2. P. westwoodi, Hancock, idem, p. 42, pl. i, f. 2 (1902) (Jamaica).

3. P. rhombeus, Baker, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. p. 55, pl. 6 (Jamaica, Cuba).

3. Genus HYPS>EUS, Bolivar

Hypsaeus. Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 200 (1887).

Characters. — Body tomentose; face little oblique; antennae filiform, very short, but the

distance between them very wide approaching the e3’es, composed of elongate articles; frontal scutellum

open in front, acute angidate above, its height longer than the breadth; vertex much wider than one of

the eyes. Pronotum large, strongly compressed, foliaceous, with radiating veins ; extended anteriorly

above the head, middle angulate, posteriori}’ acute not passing beyond the femoral apices. Elytra and

wings wanting. Anterior femora slender, elongate, the carinae entire ; posterior femora strongly com-

pressed above, foliaceo-undulate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi nearly twice the length of the

third. — Piate I, Fig. 12.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The three members of this genus are found in the

Oriental and Ethiopian Regions.

1. H. westwoodi, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 200 (1887) (Philippines).

2. H. aequalis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 257 (1890) (West Africa).

3. H. inequalis, Karsch, idem, p. 257 (1890) (West Africa).

4. Genus CHORIPHYLLUM, Serville

Choriphyllum. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 754 (1839); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 202

{Choroplyllum) (1887); Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. p. 41 (1902).

Hymenotes. Stad.

Chorophyllum. Fieber, Ent. Monogr.

Characters. — Body granose. Face little oblique; antennae widely separated, more distant from

the eyes than in Piezotettix ; the frontal scutellum with the rami convergent above and narrowed. Vertex

much wider than one of the eyes. Pronotum large, strongly compressed, completely foliaceous, with

radiating veins; extended forward above the head, the posterior process not reaching apices of the

femora or strongly extended beyond, the apex obliquely truncate. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior

femora narrow, distinctly longer than wide, the carinae percurrent; posterior femora compressed above,

the apical half serrulate, genicular tooth acute; the first articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer

than the third. — Piate I, Fig. 7.

Geographical distribution of species. — The three recognized species of this genus are

confined to the West Indian Islands.

I. C. sagrai, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 755, pl. 8, f. 5 (1839) (Island of Cuba, Western Indies).

sagrai, Haan, Bijclr Orth. p. i65 {Acridium \Hymenotes]) ; Giierin in La Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, p. 148, pl. 12, f. 10.

(i) Vide note under Choriphyllum .

FAM. ACRIDIID^

3

2. C. pla^iatiim, Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Salt. Vol. 5, p. 846 (1S71) (Jamaica).

3. C. saiissurei, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 2o3, pl. i, f. 5 (1887) (Island of Cuba).

Note. — It is but proper to state here that throiigh an error in compilation, my genus Phyllonotus

used in my monograph of the Tettigidae of North America, p 45, and afterwards changed owing to

prior use of the name, to Phylotettix, was inadvertently turned about in my monograph, so the species

grouped under it properly belong to Choriphyllum. Serville, while those species grouped under Chori-

phylluni belong to [Phyllonotus) Phylotettix .

5. Genus DOLATETTIX, nov. gen.

Characters. — • Body granulate. Face nearly vertical, sinuate; eyes small conico-rotundate

very little exserted; antennae filiform, the distance between them distinctly greater than that to the eyes,

inserted very much before and anterior to the antero-ventral border of the eyes; ocelli situated opposite

the ventro-anterior border of the eyes, the distance between them equal to that from the eyes. Vertex

very wide, subtruncate, viewed in profile roundly elevated above the eyes, in front at the middle

distincti}- tuburculiform produced opposite the superior margin of the eyes ; frontal scutellum widely

rounded, the rami open forwards, distinctly compresso-elevated. the frontal carina above just under

the spiniform-tubercle excavate and obsolete; the apical articles of maxillary palpi little ampliate.

Pronotum strongly compressed-elevated, translucent, completely loliaceous. the sides bearing radiating

veins. anteriorely produced over and beyond the head; the thin dorsal margin sulcate, in profile

rotundate forward, with very lightly five-undulate margin, above the middle substraight, posteriorly

subrounded-truncate but presenting a largely sinuato-dentate margin, and extended backward little

beyond the abdominal apex. Elytra and wings wanting. — Piate I, Fig. 2.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Only one species of this interesting new genus is

known; it inhabits British New Guinea.

I. D. spinifrons, nov. sp. (i) (Moroka, British New Guinea).

6. Genus PIEZOTETTIX, Bolivar

Piezotettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 200-201 (1887).

Characters. — Body smooth granulose. Eace little oblique; antennae remotely separated,

drawn near the eyes; frontal scutellum open in front, above angulate, carinae incrassate, elevated.

Pronotum tectiform, median carina compressed, foliaceous, straight or arcuate, middle not angulate,

extended forward over the head, posteriorly not reaching the abdominal apex, truncate, or emarginate,

very rarely acute. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior femora slender inferior carinae subundulate ;

posterior femora compressed, above more or less undulate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi nearly

three times as long as thethird. — Piate I, Fig. I I.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are native of the Oriental

and Ethiopian Regions.

1. P. cultratus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. no. 10, p. Sq [Hymenofes) (1877) (Philippines).

hymenotes, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 201, pl. i, f. 4-4« (iSSy) (Philippines).

2. P. sulcatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. Sq [Hymenotes) (1877) (Philippines).

3. P. arcuatus, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 166, pl. 22, f. 8 [Acridium) (1843) (New Guinea).

Choriphyllum granulatum. Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, Vol. 2, p. 58 (1864) (New Guinea).

(it D. spinifrms nov. sp. female, lengtli of body 8 mm.;length of pronotum 9.8 mm.;)ieight of pronotum at the middle raeasured from the inferior

border of lateral lobe to the dorsal margin of crest 6 mm. (2000 ft. Anthony) I.egs missing in type specimen.

14

ORTHOPTERA

4. P. karschi, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i, Mem. i3, p. 2i3 ( igo5) (Western Africa).

5. P. clypeatus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 36, p. 196 (Cameroons, Africa).

7. Genus DELTONOTUS, Hancock

Deltonotus. Hancock, Spolia Ze}'lanica, Vol. 2, part. 7. p. iii (1904); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

p. 58o (1902). Poecitotettix preoccupied by Scudder’s Genus.

Characters. — Body rather smooth or shiny, punctate. Face broad, view'ed in profile scarcely

oblique; eyes triangular conico-rotundate, not or barely exserted; antennae short, filiform, the distance

betw'een them much greater than that to the eyes, inserted distinctly below the antero-ventral border

of the eyes; ocelli situated opposite about the lower fourth of the eyes. Vertex subtruncate, covered

partly or completely by the pronotum, viewed in profile obtuse angulate; frontal costa with the median

carina distinet above, strongly triangularly scutellate belowq in profile substraight but advanced before

the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly angulate produced, betvveen the shoulders acute tectiform, the dorsum

compresso-cristate w'ith lateral surfaces flatened, often bearing indistinct vein-like markings or somewhat

rugulose, dorsal margin of crest gently arcuate, posteriorly angulate and abbreviate; the median carina

of the pronotum elevated and often subtranslucent when viewed against the light. Elytra and wings

wanting. Femora entire, the genicular and antegenicular denticles small; the posterior tibiae sparingly

armed with distinet spines and canthi indistincti}? denticulate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi

fully twice the length of the third articles. — Piate I , Fig. I .

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus contains two species from the

Oriental Region.

1. D. tediformis, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 111-112, pl. i, f. 2-2a (1904) (Ceylon).

2. D. gibbiceps, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 58o-58i [Pacilotettix) (1902) (Madura, South India).

Note. — This genus is synonymous with Bolivar’s genus Pacilotettix, but as this name was

preoccupied by Scudder’s name applied to a genus of Melanopli (vide Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sc.

Vol. 3i. n° 9, p. 2o5-2o6, Jan. 1897. for picticornis). I have retained m}' name Deltonotus for this genus.

8. Genus TRYPOPHYLLUM, Karsch

Trypophyllum. Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 22 (1890).

Characters.

the distance between

Fig. 5.

- Allied to Xerophyllum and Acmophylliim . Distance of ocelli from the eyes equal to

the ocelli; margins of the frontal costa elevated, smooth. Pronotum strongly com-

presso-foliaceous, perforated, the dorsum simply acute not bimarginate, nearly

regularly arcuate, anteriorly the inferior margin nearly straight produced above

the head, posteriorly rounded not produced, barely passing the posterior femora,

below very little acute. Anterior femora foliaceous, superior carina entire, the

inferior margin subundulate; posterior femora incrassate, below flat, the dorsal

carina dentate at the apex. Wings perfectly explicate, often reaching to the apex

of the abdomen or not at ali reaching the femoral lobe.

Trypophyllum glabrifrons,

after Karsch. Geographical distribution of species. — One species of this genus has

been recorded, it is native of Western Africa.

I. T. glabrifrons, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 23, f. p. 17 (1890) (Western Africa).

FAM. ACRI DI ID^

i5

9. Genus XEROPHYLLUM, Fairmaire

Xerophyllum. Fairmaire, Rev. de la Tribu des Membracides, p. 242 (1846).

Characters. — Face little oblique; distance between the antennae and from them to the eyes

nearly equal ; frontal scutellum concave, the lateral carinae higly cristate ; vertex less wide, barely twice

the width of one of the eyes. Pronotum large, strongly compresso-foliaceous, with radiating veins,

extended anteriorly above the head, posteriorly distinctly passing beyond the femoral apices ; superior

margin regularly arcuate. Elytra oblong or wanting ; wings absent. Anterior femora compressed, the

length not twice that of the breadth, above and below compresso-dilated ; posterior femora wide, denti-

culate above, genicular tooth small; the first articles of the posterior tarsi longer than the third. —

Piate I , Fig, 4.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The members of this genus inhabit the Ethiopian

Region.

1. X. simile, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 2o5, pl. i, f. 6-6a (1887) (West Africa) (i).

2. X. fuscum, Bolivar, idem, p. 204 (1887) (West Africa).

3. X. platycorys, Westwood. Charlesworth Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3, p. 494, f. 67 (1839) (West Africa).

platycorys, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 2o5 (1887).

4. X. servillei, Fairmaire, Rev. Tribu Membracides, p. 242, pl. 4, f. 10, ii. 12 (1846) (Africa?).

servillei, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 2o5 (1887).

5. X. galeatum, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 20 (1890) (West Africa).

10. Genus ACMOPHYLLUM, Karsch

Acmophyllum. Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, no. 2, p. 21 (1890).

Characters. — Resembling Xerophyllum, Fairmaire, but having the

distance of ocelli from the eyes wider than that between the ocelli ; the

margins of the frontal costa smooth, and higher ; the pronotum strongly

elevated, compresso-foliaceous, the dorsum simply acute, not bimarginate,

being entirely undulate; the posterior femora incrassate, the inferior

margins fiat, the third articles of posterior tarsi barel}^ shorter than the

first. Wings perfectly explicate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus contains

four species from the Ethiopian Region.

1. A. undulatum, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, no. 2, p. 22 (1890) (Western Africa).

2. A. xerophylloide, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i; Mem. i3, p. 211 (ipoS) (Cameroons,

Western Africa).

3. A. conradti, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i; Mem. i3, p. 211 (i9o5) (Cameroons, Wes-

tern Africa).

4. A. nigropimctatum, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i; Mem. i3, p. 212 (ipoS) (Cameroons,

Western Africa).

Fig. 6.

Acmophyllum undulatum,

after Karsch .

(i) Dr. F. Karsch States that X. simile Bol. is the larval form of X. servillei Fairm. , but Bolivar has recently shown that this is an error. (Vide

Bolivar, Soc. Espan. de Hist. Nat. Tomo t, Memoria i3, igoS.

i6

ORTHOPTERA

II. Genus ELELEUS, Bolivar

Eleleus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3i-32 (1887).

Characters. — Body nearly smooth. Face little oblique; distance between the antennae much

greater than that from the eyes ; frontal scutellum oblong, open in front, above acute angulate, carinae

little elevated ; the vertex viewed from in front not twice the width of one of the eyes, and unarmed.

Pronotum little rugose, anteriorly acute and not extended beyond the head, posterioily abbreviated,

depressed, widely rounded, the disc acute tectiforin and arcuate. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior

femora short, rather broad, carinae undulate; posterior femora broad, entire, the femoral spine very

prominent; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. Valves of ovipositor very

short, dentate, sinuate near the apices. — Piate I, Fig. 6.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by only one species from

Brazil, South America.

I. E. curtus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 206, pl. i, f. 7-7« (1887) (Brazil, S. America).

12. Genus CLADONOTUS, Saussure

Cladonotus. Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 478 (1860).

Characters. - Body bearing spiniform tubercles. Face slightly oblique; distance between the

antennae greater than that Irom the eyes; frontal scutellum concave, the rami subcompressed, a little

elevated. entire or dentate ; vertex nearly twice the breadth of one of the eyes, subtruncate, with a small

tooth on each side. Pronotum strongl}' rugose, angulate anteriorly, covering the occiput, posteriorly

truncate, not or scarcely reaching the apices of the posterior femora; dorsum before the middle acutely

tectiforin often produced in a ramose process. Elytra and wings absent. Femora scabrous, carinae acute

lobate ; anterior tibiae linear. the base slightly ampliate; the genicular denticle of the posterior femora

strong and acute ; posterior tibiae spinose and indistinctly serrulate; the first and third articles of the

posterior tarsi subequal in length. - Piate I, Fig. 3.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The six descnbed species of this genus inhabit the

tropics of the Oriental Region.

1. C. humbertianus , Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 478 (1860) (Ceylon).

hurnbertiamis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 209, pl. i, f. lo-ioa (1887).

2. C. latiramus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. ii4-ii5, pl. i, f. i (1904) (Ceylon).

3. C. gibbosus, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 167 and i6g, pl. 22, f. 14 (1842) (Japan).

4. C. echinatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. no. 10, p. 54 (1877) (Philippines).

5. C. becari, Bolivar, .Vnn. Mus. Stor. Nat. (fenova (2), Vol. 19 (Sg), p. 66 (1898) (New Guinea).

6. C. interruptus, Bolivar. idem (ser. 2), p. 67 (i8g8) (Java).

13. Genus MISYTHUS, Stal

Misythus. Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 55 (1877); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 210 (1887).

Characters. — Body roughly clothed with hair. Face little oblique; distance between the

antennae much greater than that from the eyes; frontal scutellum concave, carinae compressed; vertex

unarmed, very wide. Pronotum with the dorsum anteriorly acute tectiform, produced forwards in an

FAM. ACRIDIID^

17

ampliate process, posterioiiy flattened; median and lateral carinse percurrent, apex truncate. Elytra

wanting. Femora compressed, the carinse lobate; posterior femora below nearly entire ; anterior tibiae

linear, the middle appreciably ampliate; posterior tibiae distincti}' ciliate, little spinose; the first and

third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. Valves of the ovipositor straight. — Piate I ,

Fig. 8.

Geographical distribution of species. — The three species of this genus are native of the

Oriental Region, ali of them being reported from the Philippines.

1. M. lamitmtus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 55 (1877) (Philippines).

laminatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 210, pl. i, f. ii-iirt (1887).

2. M. appendiculatiis, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 55 (1877) (Philippines).

3. M. histrionicus, Stal, idem, p. 55 (1877) (Philippines).

14. Genus DIOTARUS, Stal

Diotarus. Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 55 (1877).

Characters. — Body destitute of tubercles. Face subvertical ; frontal scutellum rather concave,

the rami hardly elevated ; the distance between the antennae much greater than that from the eyes;

vertex very wide, unarmed, convex. Pronotum obtuse tectiform, anteriorly angulate produced, poste-

riorly cuneiform, emarginato-truncate, shorter than the abdomen; the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes of the pronotum lightly expanded, rounded. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior femora narrow,

the carinae more or less lobate; the carinae of the posterior femora subentire, the femoral and genicular

lobes minute; tibi$ linear, subampliate before the middle, margins of the posterior tibiae serrulate

sparingly spinose; the first articles of the posterior tarsi very distinctly longer than the third articles.

Geographical distribution of species. — The four species of this genus are tropical insects,

inhabiting the Oriental and Australian Regions.

1. D. bninneri, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 212 (1887) (Australia).

2. D. galeatus, Bolivar, idem, p. 212 (1887) (Philippines).

3. D. pupus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 212-213 (1887) (Philippines, Camarines).

4. D. verrucifer, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 55 (1877) (Philippines).

15. Genus PANTELIA, Bolivar

Pantelia. Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 214 (1887).

Characters. — Body scarcely tuberculate. Face little oblique; frontal scutellum small,^ the

carinae crenulate; distance between the antennae and that from the eyes subequal; eyes substylate;

vertex broad, on either side armed with an acute spine. Pronotum acute tectiform, anteriorly acute

angulate produced, posteriorly longer than the abdomen; posterior angles of the lateral lobes ampliate,

laminate and serrate, extended subhorizontally ; the humeral angles, elytra, and wings wanting. Length

of anterior femora little more than the breadth, carinae compressed, foliate and serrate, posterior

femora with acute tubercles, femoral and genicular spines small. Anterior tibiae before the middle

ampliate, above canaliculate, posterior tibiae spinose, the canthi subentire; first articles of the posterior

tarsi elongate, longer than the third. — Piate I, Fig. 9.

i8

ORTHOPTERA

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species belonging to this genus are native of

the Ethiopian Region.

1. P. cristidata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol, 3i. p. 214, pl. i, f. 12 (1887). This is the species

Clodonotus horrendus^ Walker (i), accordingto Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 26, p. 27 (Western Africa).

2. P. armata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, p. 176-177, pl. i, f. 6(i8g5) (Western Africa).

3. P. uncinata, Bolivar, Jorn. Sc. Ihsboa (2), Vol. i, p. 217 (Tropical Africa).

16. Genus HIPPODES, Karsch

Hippodes. Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 24 (i8go).

Characters, — Allied to Diotarus, Stal. Body granose, destitute of tubercles. Face nearly

vertical; margins of the frontal costa elevated; distance between the antennae much greater than that from

Fig. 7. the eyes; vertex very wide, subconvex, middle carinate, on eitherside fovoelate.

Pronotum obtuse tectiform, anteriorly angulate subproduced, posteriori}^ often

extended to the middle of the abdomen, the apex widely rounded, middle

barely excised ; the posterior margins of the lateral lobes simply profoundly

emarginate. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior femora narrow, carinate, the

carinae not lobate nor undulate ; the posterior femora incrassate, carinae entire,

Hippodes vicarus, after Karsch. knees rounded, uiiarmed; the margins of the posterior tibias serrulate above,

armed with small spines, four to six on both sides; the first articles of the posterior tarsi much

longer than the third.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus is known, it inhabits

Western Africa.

I. H. vicanis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 24, fig. pl. 17, (i8go) (Western Africa).

17. Genus COTA, Bolivar

Cota. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 206 (1887).

Characters. — Body provided with spiniform tubercles. Face oblique ; antennae very short,

distant from the eyes ; frontal scutellum concave, the lateral carinae compressed; vertex viewed from in

front more than twice the breadth of one of the eyes, tricuspidate, presenting a large produced tooth at

the middle. Pronotum strongly rugose, destitute of compressed carinae, anteriorly truncate leaving the

head free, posteriorly little longer than the abdomen. Elytra and wings wanting. Femora saxose,

posteriorly dentate above in front of the apices; genicular teeth distinet; tibiae before the base distinctly

ampliate, behind simple, the canthi serrulate, little spinose ; the first and third articles of the posterior

tarsi of subequal length. — Piate I, Fig. 13.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The two or possibly three species of this genus are

native of South America.

1. C. strumosa, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 226-227 (1887) (Upper Amazon).

2. C. saxosa, Bolivar, idem, p. 207, pl. i, f. 8-8« (1887) (Peru, South America).

3. ?C. hispina, Saussure, Orth. Nova Amer. (2), p. 32 (1861) (Tettix) (Bahia, Brazil, South America).

(i) Vide Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Museum. Vol. 5, p. 842.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

19

18. Genus POTUA, Bolivar

Potua. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 208 (1887).

Characters. — Body rugose, setose, destitute of spiniform tubercles. Face little oblique ;

distance ofantennae to the eyes less than that between them ; frontal scutellum concave,

lateral carinae strongly incrassate, behind the antennae suddenh' depressed; vertex

nearly twice the breadth of one of the eyes, tricuspidate, the inedian tooth strongly

produced. Pronotum rugose, median carina bicristate, anteriorly truncate leaving the

head free, posteriorly not at ali longer than the abdomen, acute. El3'tra and wings

wanting. Femora sparingly tuberculate, carinae undulato-dentate, femoral and genicu-

lar lobes acute ; anterior tibiae filiform ; posterior tibiae simple, rather stout, ampliate

just before the apices, sparingly and shorth' spinose, canthi not at ali serrate; the first

and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length; the two basal pulvilli wanting.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus inhabit

the Oriental Region.

1. P. coronata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 208, pl. i, f. 9 (1887) (Island

of Borneo, Malay Peninsula).

2. P. coronata snmatr ensis , Bolivar. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), \'’ol. 19 (39), p. 66 (1898) (Sumatra).

19. Genus GESTROANA, Berg

Gestroa. Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (39), p. 68 (1898).

Gestroana. Berg (1898) (i).

Characters. — Allied to Potita Bolivar. Vertex with the median carina compressed, obtuse,

angulate above. Pronotum ver}’ short, not at ali reaching to the abdominal apex; the median carina

strongly elevated, compresso-foliaceous, viewed in profile noticeably rounded, the dorsal edge simple,

erose, behind spinose, before the apex gently depressed, the middle on either side fossulate; the apical

process sinuate and bispinose. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior femoi'a sparingly rugose-spinose;

posterior femora tuberculose, the femoral spine large, the genicular spine acute; anterior tibiae above

compresso-carinate, not sulcate or rounded ; the posterior tarsi elongate, the first article bearing three

pulvilli below.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by only one species, from

New Guinea.

I. G. discoidea, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (39), p. 68 (1898) (New Guinea).

20. Genus TRACHYTETTIX, Stal

Trachytettix. Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 57 (1876); Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 2i3 (1887).

Characters. — Body and pronotum armed with spinous tubercles. Face little oblique; frontal

scutellum small, carinae compressed, cristulate; antennae with the apices subincrassate, distance

between them and that from the eyes nearly equal; eyes substylate; vertex very wide, on either side

Fig. 8.

Potua coronata, after

Bolivar.

(i) The genus Gestroa Bolivar, was changed to Gestroana by Berg, (Com. Mus. Buenos-Aires, Vol. i, p, 42), on the ground that the name

was preoccupied.

20

ORTHOPTERA

armed with an acute spine. Pronotum more or less depressed, anteriorly truncate, posteriorlj more or

less elongate; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes ampliate, laminate, and serrate, extended subho-

rizontal; humeral angles produced outwards. Elytra oval; wings abbreviated or perfectly explicate.

Anterior femora little longer than wide, carinae compressed, foliaceo-serrate; posterior femora above

and outwardly conspersed with tubercles; femoral spine acute, genicular spine small; anterior tibiae

ampliate before the middle, above canaliculate ; posterior tibiae spinose, canthi serrulate ; the first

articles of the posterior tarsi elongate, distinctly longer than the third.

Geographical distribution of species. — This genus is represented by one species, it is

native of Africa.

I. Trachyteitix bufo, Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, Vol. 2, p. 58 (1864) [Tettix) (Eastern and Southern

Africa : Damara, Somali, Transvaal, Natal, Lagos).

Trachytettix bufo, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 2i3 (1887).

Cladonotus horridus, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. p. 844. no. 8 (1871).

Trachytettix scaberrimus, Stal .■ Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (igo2).

21. Genus DASYLEUROTETTIX, Rehn

Dasyleurotettix. Rehn, Proc. .-\cad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 658-659 (1904).

Characters. — Body depressed subquadrate in tiansverse section at the humeral angles,

scabrous. Head short and broad ; vertex transverse, the front margin truncate and without distinet

carinae; the median carina of the vertex low, and a little projecting; facial scutellum longitudinal,

subparallel. the margins arcuate and the costa distinctly sinuate above and below; antennae inserted on

a level with the ventral margin of the eyes, placed against the facial scutellum, distant from the eyes,

when extended backward reaching to the humeral angles; eyes subpiriform in outline, moderately

prominent. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, strongly depressed; arcuate forward, closely and uniformly

scabrous, obscurely lineato-rugose ; humeral angles broad, extended, depressed; the lateral lobes with

the elytral sinus moderately deep and acute, the caudal angle produced and apically truncate ; lateral

carinae scabro-denticulate, obsolete forward of the humeral angles; the median carina of pronotum

depressed, arcuate forward, behind the humeral angles irregulaiiy undulate; posterior process lengthily

subulate, extending backward beyond the tips of the hind femora. Elytra cylindrical ovate; wings large,

e.xtending slightly beyond the apex of pronotum. Ovipositor of female rather short, thick and serrato-

dentate. Anterior femora moderately undulate above and below; the intermediate femora undulate above

and trilobate below; hind femora short, inflated, the femoral lobe short and thick, the carinae with

several obsolete points or lobes, the external paginae and dorso-lateral faces bearing strong diagonal

scabrous ridges; the posterior tibiae strongly spined, the canthi minutely serrate; metatarsi slightly

exceeding the remaining tarsal joints in length.

Geographical distribution of species. — Only one species of this genus has been recorded,

it inhabits Western Africa.

I. D. curriei, Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 658 (1904) (Liberia, Africa).

22. Genus TYLOTETTIX, Morse

Tylotettix. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2. p. 6 (1900).

Characters. — Face retreating; facial scutellum deeply concave, with prominent carinae; in

FAM. ACRIDIID.E

21

profile slightly excavated at the lower edge of the scutellum, deeply so at its upper margin, where the

carinae unite to form the very prominent median carina, which is conti -

nued backward to a point just behind the level of the front margin of the

eyes. Vertex viewed from above strongly convex in front, twice the width

of one of the eyes, the median carina strongly produced, the front margin

on each side with a short transverse carina projecting convexly between

the mid-carina and the eyes but reaching neither. Pronotum -with the

dorsum sharply tectiform, median carina cristate, arched anteriorly, nearly

straight posteriorly, the front margin truncate, the posterior process

abbreviated, not reaching the apices of the hind femora, with rounded

submarginate apex; lateral carinae bent inward, elevated and compressed

behind the humeral angles, sinuate in both dorsal and lateral views; hind

process with oblique elevated rugae; scapular area, wings, and elytra wanting, B'ore and median femora

stout, strongl}" carinate, sinuato-lobate below; posterior femora stout, the genicular and femoral lobos

prominent. Related to Diotanis.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

native of Nicaragua,

I. T. sinuatus, Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. 6, fig. (1900) (Nicaragua).

sinuatus, Bruner, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. lowa, Vol. 3, no. 3, p. 61, fig. (Crimisus).

Fig. 9.

Tylotettix sinuatus, after Morse.

6. SECTION SCELIMEN/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF THE SECTION SCELIMEN.E

1. (14) Antennae inserted slightly or distinctly helow the eyes

2. (II) Body fiirmshed with elytra and wings.

3. (6) Margins of posterior tibiae strongly expanded ,first articles of posterior

tarsi spread laterally much wider than the third.

4. (5) Posterior ocelli placed aboiit between the lower third of the eyes;

anterior and middle legs lengthened filiform, posterior angles of

lateral lobes of pronotum turned down, but margins armed with

a straight cylindrical, acute spine

5. {ei^) Posterior ocelli placed nearly on level with the lower margin of the

eyes, humeral angles unarmed ; lateral lobes with the posterior

angles laminate, acute spined

6. (3) Margins of posterior tibiae little expanded ; first articles of posterior

tarsi not widely spread laterally, but little wider than the third,

rarely narrow.

7. (8) Pronotum with the dorsum somewhat smoot but very lightly subgibboso-

fossulate; humeral angles often armed; vertex unarmed, canthi

sparingly armed with feeble denticles

Subsecti on i.

Genus Amphibotettix, Hancock.

Genus Scelimena, Serville.

Genus Eugavialidium, nov. gen.

22

ORTHOPTERA

8. (7) Pronotum with the dorsum distinctly depressed, strongly reticidose,

punctate; vertex armed on each side zvith elevated tubercles ; canthi

of posterior tibiae scrriilatc

9. (10) Third joints of posterior tarsi. in the female, incrassate; posterior

angtes of lateral lobes of pronotum armed with acute spine or

obliquely truncate

10. (19) Third joints of posterior tarsi not incrassate; maxillary palpi with

the apical articles widely comprcssed and yellow ; eyes higher than

vertex; posterior aiigles of latet al lobes of pronotum bearing conical

spines

11. (12) Body voithout elytra or wings ; pronotum with the lateral lobes at

the posterior angles strongly produced outwards, conically spined,

pronotal apex acuminate, extended to or not reaching apices of hind

femora.

12. (i3) Dorsum depressed, with low, short, indistinct nodules, and somewhat

broadly fossulate behind the shoulders ; first and third articles of

the posterior tarsi equal in length

13. (12) Dorsum of pronotum with the middle longitudinally elevato-cristate ;

first articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the third .

14. (i) Antennae inserted between the inferior part of the eyes; body with

elytra

15. (17) Body rather slender ; vertex distinctly narrowtr than one of the eyes

or subequal ; eyes very lightly elevated exserted ; spine of lateral

lobes distinctly directed subtransversely or obliquely forward .

16. (18) Vertex as wide or wider than one of the eyes.

17. [1 5) Body moderately robiist; dorsum of pronotum rugose or rugulose ;

eyes not at all elevated ; antennae short er ; spine of lateral lobes

distinctly directed bachwards

18. (16) Vertex subequal or narrower than one of the eyes; facial frontal

costa roundly produced before the eves ; lateral lobes of pronotum

slightly acute subspiniform produced, or obliquely obtuse

Genus Gavialidium, Saussure.

Genus Falconius, Bolivar.

Genus Chthonius, Bolivar.

Genus Oxynotus, Hancock.

Genus Charagotettix, Branesik.

Subsection II.

Genus Criotettix, Bolivar.

Genus Acanthalobus, Hancock.

Genus Loxilobus, Hancock.

I. Genus AMPHIBOTETTIX, Hancock

Amphibotettix. Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. p. 86-87 (1906).

Characters. — Related to Scelimena. Body granose, indistinctly nodulose, barely fossulate.

Vertex short, sinall, strongly narrower than one of the eyes, middle feebly carinate, the frontal carinulae

moderately distinet, narrowly convergent forward forming anteriorly a nearly hemispherical margin,

not advanced so far as the eyes, viewed in front strongly concave, being here much lower than the eyes.

Face oblique; frontal costa narrowly sulcate, lightly produced. Eyes globose; ocelli conspicuous and

placed about on a level with the lower third of the eyes. Antennae very slender, reaching the humeral

angles, filiform, consisting of fourteen distinet articles, inserted just below and anterior to the

ventro-anterior margin of the e)^es. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, or little ascendant produced in a short

cylindrical spine, directed upward and forward above the occiput, posteriorly the apical process acute.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

23

lengthily extended backward beyond the femoral apices; dorsum distinctly flattened; humeral angles

strongly obtuse, often with indistinct humero-apical carinse; median carina lightly compressed, often

undulate,indistinctposteriorly on theprocess; posterior angles

of the lateral lobes turned downward, the inferior margin

before the angle armed on each side, with a long cylindrical

acute spine. Elytra oblong, acuminate toward the apices;

wings fully explicate. Femora entire, distinctly lengthil}"

attenuate; the anterior nearl)^ as long as the middle femora ;

posterior tibiae shortened to about three fourths the length

of the corresponding femora, lateral margins strongly dilate

towards the apices, the first article of the posterior tarsi

longer than the third, the lateral margins widely expanded,

the pulvilli small and subobtuse (i).

Geographical distributiori of species. — There

are two species belonging to this genus, occuring in

B orneo and Lower Siam.

1. A. longipes, Hancock, Ent. News.p. 87-88 (1906) (Brunei,

Isl. of Borneo).

2. A. abotti, Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 660-661

(Scelimena) (1904) (Lower Siam).

2. Genus SCELIMENA, Serville

Scelimena. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 762 (1839); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i,

p. 2i5 (1887).

Scelymena. Saussure.

Tettix. Stal.

Sceihymena. Hancock, Spolia Ze3-lanica, Vol. 2, p. 116 (1904).

Characters. — Body sparingly granulate. Face moderately declivous; antennae inserted

distinctly before the eyes anterior to them; superior ocelli situated about on a level with the ventro-

anterior border or lower part of the eyes ; vertex with an oblique carina on each side, median carina

almost absent; eyes moderatel}'- exserted, higher than the vertex. Pronotum with the dorsum depressed,

the posterior angles of the lateral lobes armed with an acute spine directed outwards. Elytra oblong;

wings perfectly explicate extending nearly to the pronotal apex. Femora narrow; the posterior femora

more or less lobate; posterior tibiae strongly ampliate towards the apices, the margins laminate, the

internal margin unarmed, the external margin often furnished with small denticles; the first articles of

the posterior tarsi somewhat widely expanded. Amphibious in habits (2). — Piate 2, Fig. 15.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The members of this genus inhabit the Oriental

Region.

1. S. producta, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 762 (1839); {Acridium productum, Haan; Scelymena producta,

Saussure) (Java; Burmah).

producta, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 216 (1887.

2. S. sanguinolenta, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 216 (1887) {Tettix productus, Stal) (Java).

Fig-. IO.

fi) This genus differs from Scehmena in the narrower vertex, tlie raised position of the ocelli and insertion of the antennae, in the lengthily

attenuate legs, and in the turned down posterior angles of the lateral lobes.

(2) I have not adopted the spelling Scelkymena as proposed by Bolivar (vide Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 70, p. 58i, 1901) in as much as most

naturalists agree in using the original spelUng of names notwithstanding they may not be correct from the standpoint of their greek or latin etymology.

24

ORTHOPTERA

3. S. hexodon. Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. i68 {Acyidium) (1860) (Sakoembang).

hexodoH, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 217 (1887).

4. 5. hciyj>ago. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 768 (iSSg) [Acyidium, Haan) (India. Ceylon).

haypago, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 217, f. i3, pl. i (1887).

1 Gyyllus femoyatus , Stoll, Repres. pl. i5, p. 54 (i8i5).

5. 5. uncinata, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 763-764 (1839) [Acyidium uncinatum, Haan) (India).

uncinata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 218 (1887).

6. S. gavialis, Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 486 (1860) (Ceylon).

gavialis, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 1 19-120, f. 5-5r, pl. i (1904).

gavialts, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 217 (1887 1.

7. S. logani, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 120-122, f. S-Sc, pl. i (1904) (Ceylon).

3. Genus EUGAVIALIDIUM, nov. gen.

Characters. — Resembling Gavialidium Saussure and Scelimaia Serville, but having the body

strongly prolongate, densely punctulate, often subgibboso-fossulate ; face declivous ; the vertex as wide

or vvider than one of the eyes and unarmed ; the frontal costa rather narrowly sulcate. Pronotum with

the dorsum distinctly depressed, uneven, densely punctulate, granulate ; the humeral angles widely

obtuse, armed with a denticle, or broad-based spine on each side; very rarely the humeral angles

unarmed; the median carina distinet, little elevated, but strongly unevenly undulate; the lateral lobes

anteriorly generally dentate, the posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate outwards, and produced

in a spine on each side, frequently curved little forwards or uncinate; the posterior process of the

pronotum subulate, acute, strongly extented backward beyond the femoral apices, sometimes as much

as one and a half times the length of the posterior femora. Elytra of ordinary size, elongate

subacuminate towards the apices; wings fully explicate, nearly as long as the process. Femora rather

slender, the margins often lobate ; the posterior femora with the superior margins lightly bilobate, the

inferior margins dentate; the posterior tibial margins little compressed, the canti very sparingly armed

with minute denticles, the first articles of the posterior tarsi flattened above, the margins very little com-

pressed, and not or very feebly dilated. The type is E. dentiunieyis , described below.

Geographical distributiori of species. — .All the species of this genus inhabit the

Oriental Region.

1. E. dentiumeris, nov. spec. (i) (Borneo).

2. E. novae-guincae, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) Vol. 19 (89), p. 68 {Gavialidium) New

Guinea).

3. E. kyaussi, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 221 {Gavialidium) (1887) (Philippines).

4. E. dentifey, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 67 {Tettix) (1877) (Philippines).

dentifey, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 221 [Gavialidium) (1887).

5. E. Spiculatum, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. Sy [Tettix) (1877) (Philippines).

spiculatum, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 7,20 {Gavialidium) (1887).

6. E. celebicum, Bolivar, idem, p. 220 (Gavialidium) (1887) (Celebes).

7. E. auyivilli, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 220 (Gavialidium) (1887) (Philippines).

(i) Eugavialidium dentiumeris nov. sp. — Body nearly fuscous, the humeral tubercles pale yellow.with three indistinct anulae marking the first

and second tibiae. Vertex from above in the female, distinctly wider than one of the eyes, on either side with little oblique elevated carina. Pronotum with

the dorsum uneven, strongly depressed punctate, having light gibbose elevations, profoundly fossulate behind the shoulders, forward between the shoulders

with an abbreviated longitudinal carina on each side ; humeral angles armed with a triangular tubercle on each side, and with evidence of indistinct tuber-

cles forward on the antehumeral carinae; lateral lobes with two smal marginal denticles anteriorly, the posterior angles armed with a distinet, acute, unci-

nate spine on each side, curved forward. Elytra elongate, acuminate towards the apices ; wings very nearly as long as the pronotal process. Femoral margins

lightly lobate ; the anterior femora elongate, the superior margin with the inner third part often subacute-lobate, the inferior margin subbidentate or suben -

tire ; the middle femoral margins having very small lobes, subtrilobate above and bilobate below; posterior femoral margins lightly bilobate above, minutely

dentate below, here often tridentate; the posterior tibiiE unarmed but often lightly quadridentate on the outer margin. Entire length of body, female,

20.2-26 mm, ; pronotum 24.2-2.0 mm. ; hind femora 7-7.8 mm. This species resembles E. novee-guinea Bolivar, but the former has the humeral angles armed

with denticles instead of spines, the spines of the posterior angles of the lateral lobes bear more acute uncinate spines, while the femoral denticles are less

pronounced. Two females in the author's collection.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

25

8. E. birmani, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. p. 104, pl. 5,f. [Gavialidium) (i8g3) (Burmah).

9. E. iuberculatum, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 219 {Gavialidium) (1887) (Celebes).

Note. — The last four out of the entire nine species are only placed here provisionally, as

their characters are uncertain, and not in conformity with the first five species. The species tuherculatum

Bolivar, and birmani Brunner, have the posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum unarmed,

while the species celehicim, and aurivilli Bolivar, differ in having the humeral angles unarmed.

4. Genus GAVIALIDIUM, Saussure

Gavialidium. Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 481 (1860).

Characters. — Allied to Scelimena. Body elongate, strongly reticulose, and coarsely punc-

tate. Face little oblique; vertex wider than one of the eyes, not at all produced, truncate, the frontal

carinae laterally little oblique and often compresso-dentate ; frontal costa distinctly produced between

the antennae, moderately sulcate, the rami subparallel, the median costa above reduced subobsolete;

antennae consisting of fourteen articles, elongate, bearly reaching to the humeral angles ; inserted wide

distance below the eyes; eyes moderately small, in profile subconico-globose, viewed from above sub-

reniform ; ocelli situated scarcely below the level and in advance of the ventral border of the eyes ;

maxillary palpi filiform. Pronotum with the dorsum distinctly depressed, the surface strongly reticulose

punctate, anteriorly truncate, often bearing three minute marginal tubercles, posteriorly very lengthily

extended backward beyond the knees of the hind femora; humeral angles compresso-carinate, crenu-

late, widely obtuse or convex, and often provided with small, subindistinct, tubercles on each side;

the lateral carinae before the shoulders generally extended forward to nearly the front margin; median

carina of the pronotum often distinctly interrupted; the lateral lobes in front bearing a tubercle on each

side, the posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate, lobate posteriorly but the inferior

margin before the angie presenting denticles, more often bidentate. Elytra usually very small, elongate,

acuminate towards the apices ; wings fully explicate but not extended backward so far as the pronotal

process. Femora compressed, the margins more or less lobate, often acute-lobate ; posterior femora

elongate, the superior margins lobate, the genicular spine small; the posterior tibial margins little com-

pressed. the canthi distincti}' serrulate but not at all armed with spines ; the first articles of the poste-

rior tarsi flattened above, but the margins not at all dilate. — Piate 2, Fig. 16,1 6a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The three species of this restricted genus are found

in the Oriental Region (i).

1. G. crocodilus, Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., p. 481. {Scelymena) (1860) (Ceylon).

crocodilus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. 2, part. 7, p. 123-124, pl. 2, f. 11-116 (1904).

2. G. alligator, Saussure, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 483-484 (1860) (Ceylon).

3. G. philippinuni, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 219 (1887) (Philippines).

5. Genus FALCONIUS, Bolivar

Falconius. Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (39) p. 69-70 (1898).

Characters. — Body minutely granose. 'Vertex declivous, anteriorly transverse, depressed.

Frontal costa roundly produced between the antennae, narrowly sulcate. Antennae inserted barely before

(i) I have taken it upon myself here to restrict this genus to members resembling closely the type species originally described as Gavialidium

[Scelymena) crocodilus Saussure, from Ceylon. It is quite evident from comparisons of the actual insects, that this species, together with alligator of the

same author, and G, philipphitan Bolivar, stand out strongly in a group by themselves apart from all the other species which were formerly classed under

Gavialidium.

26

ORTHOPTERA

the eyes, filiform elongate. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily produced ; the posterior

angles of the lateral lobes armed with an acute spine or obliquely truncate. Elytra oblong, noticeably

attenuate towards the apex. Anterior legs elongate; posterior femoral margins very minuteh’ serrulate;

the canthi of the posterior tibiae compressed minutely serrate, not at all spinose; tarsi narrow, the

first articles flattened above, the pulvilli below very minute more or less indistinct, the third article

shorter than the first article in the female, and incrassate. Valves of ovipositor acute serrate.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The three species of this genus are dispersed over

the Austro-Malayan Region.

1. F. clavatus, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2). Vol. 19 (ip) p. 70 (1898) (Is. Mentawei).

2. F. gestroi, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 71-72 (1898) (Is. Mentawei).

3. F . clavitarsus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 23o {Criotcttix) (1887) (Borneo).

6. Genus CHTHONIUS, Bolivar

Chthonius. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 221-222 (1887).

Characters. — Body sjiaringly granose. Face declivous ; antennae inserted

barely before the eyes; posterior ocelli situated between the eyes; rami of frontal costa

little divergent forwards, between the antennae compresso-elevated, being joined toge-

ther long way before the base of vertex ; vertex lower than the eyes ; both apical articles

of the maxillary palpi compresso-dilated, yellow. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, poste-

riorly produced barely be\'ond the apex of posterior tibiae ; dorsum flattened, humeral

angles obtuse; posterior angles of the lateral lobes acute spinose. Prosternum reflexed

in front, the middle profoundly emarginate. Ehflra oblong; wings perfectly expli-

cate. Legs subcompressed, carinae entire ; femoral and genicular denticles of the pos-

terior femora small ; posterior tibiae ampliate towards the apices, the margins dilated,

dentate ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi flattened above, but not expanded,

being very distincti}^ broader and longer than the third. The inferior valves of ovipo-

sitor almost subulate, dentate fi).

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by only one species,

which is a native of the Philippines.

I. C. palpatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 57 [Tettix] (1877) (Philippines).

palpatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 222, pl. i, f. 14-14« (1887).

Fig. II.

Chthonius palpatus

Stal, after Bolivar.

7. Genus OXYNOTUS, Hancock

Oxynotus. Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, n° i, p. 11-12 (1900).

Characters. — Body rugose, sublinear-nodulose, granulose. Head somewhat elevated forward,

exserted, occiput strongly sloping, exposed; face strongly oblique; vertex not at all advanced beyond

the eyes, viewed in front subnarrower than one of the eyes, viewed from above the frontal carinae

rounded laterally, middle lightly carinate forward between the anterior half of the eyes, sides neaiiy

(1) The name C.hihovius is preoccupiecl by Koch’s genus of Arachnid:e, 1848, heiice I propose thei

name Chihottoietiix for Bolivar’s genus.

FAM. ACRIDIID^.

27

straight; frontal costa thinly compressed, very narrowly sulcate, rami subparallel. in profile little

compresso-elevated between the antennae ; eyes globose, little prominent,

posterior ocelli placed scarcely belovv the middle of the eyes ; antennae

inserted berely below the ventral border of the eyes anterior to them ;

maxillar}-' palpi with the apices flattened little ampliate. Pronotum ante-

rioily truncate, with the dorsum depresso-flattened, often bearing more

or less short linear nodules, somewhat broadly fossulate behind the shoul-

ders. posteriorly acuminate with the apex acute spined; median carina

low, indistinctly undulate; prozonal carinae indistmct; humeral angles

obtuse ; lateral margins posteriorly bimarginate-carinate ; scapular area

very wide and extended backward becoming gradually narrowed ; elytral

sinus wanting ; the inferior sinus rather deeply excavate ; posterior angles

of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate flattened, transversely acute sub-

spiniform produced, lobes behind little denticulate. Elytra and wings

wanting. Legs elongate, margins subundulate; posterior femora slender, the genicular lobe little produ-

ced acute, the antegenicular lobes small ; posterior tibiae slightly ampliate towards the apices, margins

unequal}' plurispinose and minutely denticulate; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal

in length. Small in stature; allied to Charagotettix .

Geographical distribution of species. — One species of this genus has been described, it is

native of Madagascar.

I. O. hastatus, Hancock, Occas. Mein. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, no. i, p. i2-i3, pl. i, f. 3-3^i (1900)

(Madagascar, Bay of Antongil).

8. Genus CHARAGOTETTIX, Brancsik

Charagotettix. Brancsik, Jahrb. der Naturw. Ver. Trencs. Comit. Vol. i5, p. 184 (1892).

Characters. — Face declivous; antennae inserted before the eyes; posterior ocelli placed before

the middle of the eyes; carinae of frontal costa subparallel, joined back of ocelli, elevated; apical

articles of the maxillary palpi broad, compressed, and yellow; eyes higher than the vertex. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, posteriorly often acuminately produced to the apices of the hind femora; the poste-

rior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly strongly produced and conically acuminate; middle of prono-

tum longi tudinally elavato-cristate. Prosternum anteriorly reflexed, profoundly emarginate in the middle.

Elytra and wings deficient. Posterior tibiae ampliate toward the apices, sparingly spinose ; the first

articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the third.

Geographical distribution of species. — But one species of this genus has been described,

which inhabits the Islands of Madagascar and Nossibe.

I. C. lucubensis, Brancsik, Jahrb. Nat. Ver. Trencs. Comit. Vol. i5, p. 184(1892) (Madagascar, Nossibe).

Fig. 12,

Oxynotus hastatus Hancock, dorsal

and profile view.

9. Genus CRIOTETTIX, Bolivar

Criotettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 222(1887); Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2,

part 7, p. 128 (1904).

Characters. — Body granose, elongate. Vertex viewed from in front rarely lower than the eyes.

28

ORTHOPTERA

above honzontal or elevated forward ; frontal costa behind the antennae not sinuate ; palpi subcylindrical,

same color as rest of body; antennae inserted between the

eyes barely in front of their antero-ventral borders. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily subulate. rarely

abbreviated, dorsum depressed, humeral angles obtuse, the

posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate,

acute, the spines with depressed base and not distinctly

cylindrical. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly explicate, Pros-

ternum reflexed. anteriorly broadly sinuate. Anterior femora

narrow, carinae entire ; femoral as well as the genicular den-

ticles of the posterior femora small ; posterior tibiae modera-

tely ampliate towards the apices, canthi compressed, spinose ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi flat

above, distinctly longer than the third, but narrow. linear.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus as it is here understood, comprises

fifteen species ali of which are tropical. These forms are scattered over the Oriental, the Austro- Malay an

and the Ethiopian Regions.

1. C. tricarinatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 224 (1887) (Oriental India, Ceylon).

tricarinatus, Hancock. Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 128-129, pl. 3, f. i5-i5« (1904).

2. C. indiciis, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 70, p. 58 1 -582 (1901) (Oriental India).

3. C. vidali, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 227 (1887) (Philppines, Lower Burmah).

4. C. oculatus, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. ig (Sg), p. 74 (Sumatra, Java, S. India).

5. C. spinilohus. Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part 7, p. 129-1 3i, pl. 3, f. 12-12« (1904) (Ceylon).

6. C. exsertus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 70, p. 583 (1901) (Orienal India).

7. C. acutipennis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 26, p. 285 (1900) (Estern Africa).

8. C. aptus. Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. ig (Sgj, p. 72 (i8g8)(New Guinea).

9. C. durus. Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 119 {Paratettix') (Eastern Africa).

10. C. subulatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 227 (1887) (Oriental India).

11. C. nigellus, Bolivar. idem, p. 225 (1887) (Africa).

12. C. beari, Bolivar. ibidem, p. 227 (1887) (Philippines).

13. C. nexuosus. Bolivar, ibidem, p. 224 (1887) (Borneo. Celebes).

14. C. borrei, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 225 (1887) (Cochin-China).

15. C. nodulosus {1), Stal, Freg. Eug. Res. Orth. p. 346 (Tettix) (1860) fjava, Malay Peninsula, Tunis).

nodulosus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 23o (1887).

Fig. i3.

Criotettix spinilobus, Hancock ; profile and dorsal views oi'

head ; a, lateral lobe of pronotum from above.

10. Genus ACANTHALOBUS, Hancock

Acanthalobus. Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p, i3i (Criotettix in part.) (1904).

Characters. — Related to Criotettix Bolivar. Bod}’ more or less tuberculose, granulate or nodu-

lose, or rugulose. Head not exserted or elevated; crown short. Eyes moderately prominent. Vertex as

wide or wider than one of the eyes, flattened, subfossulate on each side, middle feebly carinate, in front

provided on each side with arcuate abbreviate margin ; supra-ocular lobes at the lateral margins distinet.

Frontal costa in profile advanced more or less before the eyes; face lightly retreating. Antennae moderately

short filiform. inserted between the lower portion of the eyes. Pronotum truncate in front, posteriorly

extended backwards beyond the knees, lengthily subulate or abbreviated; dorsum above flattened, between

(i) This diflficult genus is somewhat in need of revision. Asuggestion to this effect was made in the writers recent paper on the Tettigidasof Ceylon

(Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 99, 1904). In that article the species before known as C. miliarius Bolivar, was used as the type of the genus Acanthalobus,

Hancock. Several species which were formerly grouped under Criotettix will now be found' either under Acanthalobus or Loxilobus. Moreover, the spe-

cies C. clavitarsus has lately been removed by Bolivar and placed in his genus Falconius. Of the changes stili necessary,the species given above as C. nodu-

losus Stal, has very few characters in common with the type form tricarinatus. It may be well to class it under a subgeneric heading. Again the species

C. perminutits Bolivar, differs so markedly from the type of this genus, that ittoo will probably come under at least a seperate subgeneric group.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

29

the shoulders more or less convex, behind the shoulders often bifossulate; median carina of pronotum

slender scarcely elevated, sometimes interrupted ; lateral carinae posteriorly on the apical process often

obsolete ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate produced outwards, armed with an oblique spine,

Elytra oblong-ovate ; wings extended to or beyond the pronotal apex. Maxillary palpi elongate, very

slightly compresso-ampliate. Femoral margins entire or lightly crenulate, the second femora rarely

indistinctly sublobate or denticulate. First article of the posterior tarsi little longer than the third. —

Piate 2, Fig. 1 9, I 9a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is essentially Oriental, and six species

including varieties are at present recognized. These are from India, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java and British

Burmah.

1. A. miliarius, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 226 [Criotettix) (1887) (Ceylon).

miliarius, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, part 7, p. i32-i33, pl. 2, f. 8-8fl (1904) (Ceylon).

2. A. miliarius cuneatus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. 2, part 7, p. iSS-iSq (1904) (Ceylon).

3. A. saginatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 225-226 [Criotettix) (1887) (Java, Sumatra,

Southern India, British Burmah); figured by Brunner, Rev. Syst. Orth. pl. 5, f. 38 (1905).

4. A. bispinosus, Dalman, Vet. Akad. Handl. p. 77 [Acrydium) (1818) (Java, China, Borneo, Sumatra,

Burmah); classed under Criotettix by Bolivar.

5. A. bispinosus japonicus, Haan, Bijdr. Oiih. p. 169 (1889) (Japan, Sumatra?); classed under Criotettix by

Bolivar.

6. A. flavipictus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 70, p. 58i-582 {Criotettix) (1901) (Southern India).

I I. Genus LOXILOBUS, Hancock

Loxilobus. Hancock. Spolia Zeylanica, Vol, 2, part 7, p. 184 (1904).

Characters. — Body scabrous, coarsel}^ granulate, or subtuberculate. Face little oblique; vertex

subequal or narrower than one of the eyes, not lower than the eyes, side margins little convergent

forward, the frontal carinae slightly conspicuous laterally, interrupted inwardly, enclosing behind a

little depression on each side which appears forward between the anterior half of the eyes, middle

carinate forward; frontal costa convex or roundly protu-

berant before the eyes, not at ali sinuate, rather narrowly

sulcate, Eyes subglobose; antennae slender filiform, not or

barel}' reaching to the humeral angles, inserted between

the lower fourth or barely the venti al part of the eyes;

ocelli placed on a plane with the middle of the eyes.

Pronotum anteriorly truncate, dorsum somewhat depressed,

scabrous, between the shoulders convex; median carina

of the dorsum scarcely elevated, often somewhat sinuate,

humeral angles obtuse; the posterior pronotal process

lengthily subulate passing the femoral knees or more often abbreviated, lateral lobes bisinuate posteriorly,

the elytral sinus quite small ; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes sublaminate outwards, a little acute

produced or subobtuse. Elytra oblong; wings explicate, abbreviated or caudate. Eemora entire; the

femoral and genicular spines very small; the posterior tibise spinose; the first and third articles of the

posterior tarsi nearly equal in length, the three pulvilli equal in length. — Piate 2, Fig. 17.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus inhabit the Oriental

Region.

1. L. acutus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2. p. i34-i35, pl. i, f. 3, and i6-i6b, pl. 3 (1904)

(Ceylon).

Fig. 14.

Profile and dorsal views ot head of Loxilobus acutus Hancock ;

a, lateral lobe of pronotum from above.

3o

ORTHOPTERA

2. L. rugosus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. i35-t36, pl. 3, f. 17-17^ (1904) (Ceylon).

3. L. pullus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 23o, Vol. 3i (Criotettix) (1887) (Philippines).

4. L. rugosus, Bolivar, idem, p. 228 {Criotettix) (1887) (Borneo).

5. L. insidiosus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 228 {Criotettix) {id,%^) (Malacca, Borneo).

6. L. pulcher, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 228-229 {Criotettix) (1887) (Australia).

7. L. brevis, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 170. pl. 22. f. i3 {Acridium) (Java).

brevis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 229 (Criotettix) (1887).

8. L. emarginatus, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 170, pl. 22, f. i5 (Zmrfhnw) (New Guinea).

emarginatus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg;. p. 229 [Criotettix) (\%%']).

7. SECTION METRODOR/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF THE SECTION METRODORyE

1. (52) Vertex truncate, middle rarely with produced tooth, but not at all trian-

giilarly produced in advance of the head

2. (7) Head more or less compresso-elevated ; vertex narrower than half the

breadth of one of the eyes, anteriorly very nften subacute.

3. (6) Elytra and wings wanting ; hody with strong and conical later al

thoracic spine.

4. (5) Vertex anteriorly truncate, palpi fili for m

5. {f) Vertex anteriorly angidato-rounded ; palpi dilated, foliaceous .

6. (3) Elytra oval, wings perfectly explicate; posterior angles of later al

lobes of prouotum little produced outwards, lightly spinose or truncate

7. (2) Head compresso-elevated , but having the vertex about half the breadth

of one of the eyes. or head not or little compi esso-elevated , the vertex

then somewhat under than one of the eyes, in either case not nar-

rowed forivard .

8. (9) Vertex very narrow, about half the width of one of the eyes, posterior

angles of the later al lobes of pronatum flattened outwards, triangu-

larly produced, subspiniform or uncinate

9. (8) Vertex subequal to or wider than one of the eyes.

10. (i3) Antennae inserted between the lower part of the eyes.

11. (12) Body having the elytra and wings vestigial or wanting; vertex in

profile produced, angulate

12. (ii) Body having elytra and perfeci wings ; vertex in profile not produced in

advance of eyes : frontal costa rondly elevated between the antennae .

13. (10) Antennae situated below or rarely 011 a level with the inferior margin of

the eyes

14. (23) Body strongly depressed ; anterior and middle femora expanded, or

clypeate, carinae sinuto-lobate or foliaceo-laminate.

15. (19) Elytra and wings wanting.

16. (17) V ertex slightly tricuspidale , little produced before the eyes ; pronotuni with

later al lobes outwardly ampliato-roiinded , external pagina of posterior

femora with the median carina bidentate behind the middle.

Subsection i.

Genus Threciscus, Bolivar.

Genus Spartolus, Stal.

Genus Systolederus, Bolivar.

Gen Li s P LESiOTET Ti.x , no V . gen .

Genus Apterotettix, Hancock.

Genus Cotys, Bolivar.

Genus Eurymorphopus, nov.gen.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

3i

17. (16) V ertex truncate anteriorly , anterior and middle femora strongly carinate .

simiato-lobate ; antennae inserted on a level with the lower margin of

the eyes; first articles of the posterior tarsi longer than the third

18. (20) Anterior femora clypeate.

19. (i5) Elytra and wings present,body distinctly flattened, dilated , posterior

ocelli placed between the inferior part of the eyes; antennae shorter

than the head, inserted distinctly belozo the eyes

20. (18) Anterior femora not at ali clypeate.

21. (22) Pronotum with the median carina somewhai compressed undato-elevated ;

body less depressed; head little reclined

22. (21) Pronotum with the median carinaverylow, subindistinct,body somewhat

depressed; heact subexserted ; vertex narrowed forward. subequal in

ividth to one ofthe eyes; later al lobes dilated, posterior angles ivith the

margins entire

23. (14) Body little depressed, or dorsum bearing gibbosities , or the median carina

of pronotum more or less cristulate-undulate , or the humer al angles

highly elevat ed and produced outwards.

24. (27) Posterior ocelli placed below or on a level with the inferior margin of

the eyes.

25. (26) Median carina of pronotum strongly bigibbo-cristate ; vertex armed

with distinctly elevated subcornute tuber cie on each side; lateral lobes

widely laminate. rectangulate subacute

26. (25). Median carina of pronotum undulato-serrate ; vertex wider, with

lateral carinae little acute; lateral lobes of pronotum with angles

lightly laminate, obliquely truncate behind ; ocelli placed below

the eyes

27. (24) Posterior ocelli placed distinctly between the eyes.

28. (29) Dorsum longitudinally compresso-elevated forward ,flattened posteriorly ,

rugose-reticulose, apex of process acute ; humer al angles, elytra. and

wings wanting

29. (28) Dorsum somewhat depressed, with the median carina compresso-elevated

between the shoulders ; vertex very wide. transverse, unarmed .

30. (3i) Middle femora having the width about one half that of the length.

stature very small

31. (3o) Middle femora much longer than wide.

32. (33) Vertex withthe median carinadistinctly produced in advance ofthe eyes,

posterior angles of lateral lobes outwardly flattened, somewhat acute,

body without elytra or wings

33. (32) Vertex with the median carina not at ali produced beyond the eyes.

34. (37) Lateral lobes of pronotum with the posterior angles strongly triangu-

larly produced, acute, or spined.

35. (36) Posterior angles ofthe lateral lobes transversely strongly , triangularly

produced, very acute, dorsum tuberculose, between the shoulders with

tliree compressed gibbosities

36. (35) Posterior angles of lateral lobes strongly spiniform produced, dorsum

smooth, head little elevated

Genus Platythorus, Morse.

Genus Amorphopus, Serville.

Genus Morphopus, Bolivar.

Genus Eomorphopus, nov.gen.

Genus Tetticerus, Hancock.

Genus Chiriquia, Morse.

Genus Platyttetix, Hancock.

Genus Nophele, Bolivar.

Genus Grimisus, Bolivar.

Genus Metrodora, Bolivar.

Genus Lamellitettix, Hancock.

Genus Cryptotettix, Hancock.

32

ORTHOPTERA

37. (34) Lateral lobes of pronotum liaving the posterior angles laminate, obli-

quely truncate behind, or little, or indistinctly flattened outward ,

truncate, or turned down.

38. (40) Body moderately crassate.

3g. (41) Posterior ocelli placed little below the middle of the eycs,first and

third articles of posterior tarsi equal Genus Mazzeredia, Bolivar.

40. (38) Body slender, elongate, vertex more or less wider than one of the eyes.

pronotum with dorsum gibbulose between the shoulders, posteriorly

leUf^thily subulaie\ first articles of posterior tarsi siiblonger than

the first Genus Dinotettix, Bolivar.

41. (39) Posterior ocelli placed between the inferior part of the eyes\ posterior

angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum often angui at e -acute ; third

articles of posterior tarsi barely longer than the first .... Genus Otumba, Morse.

42. (43) Elytra minute, elongate, posteriorly lanceolate\ posterior angles of

lateral lobes laininate outwards, obliquely truncate behind . . . Genus Pterotettix, Bolivar.

43. (42) Elytra of ordinary size\ body narrow elongate-, vertex depressed, carina

on each side compressed, convergent forivard, acute produced behind-,

eyes higher than vertex Genus Xistra, Bolivar.

44. (45) Posterior femora iriquetrous, genicular spine triangiilar . strongly

elevated produced ■ eyes higher than dorsum Genus Trigonofemora, Hancock.

45. (44) Posterior femora of ordinary forni-, body rugose-, vertex wider than one

of the eyes-, lateral lobes of pronotum very Utile flattened outwards,

posterior angles truncate behind or acute produced, but not spined . Genus Scabritettix, nov. gen.

46. (49) Dorsum with the humerul angles low.

47. (48) Lateral lobes turned down, not at ali obliquely truncate, body sub-

vugose Genus Allotettix, Hancock.

48. (47) Lateral lobes laminate outwards, truncate behind.

49. (46) Dorsum with the humeral angles highly elevated , produced outwards,

angulate or cornute-, elytral sinus obsolete.

50. (5i) Body imth the dorsum distinctly bicornute, concave between the cornua Genus Notocerus, Hancock.

51. (5o) Body with the dorsum distinctly compresso-gibbose forward behind the

anterior border, biconcave between the elevated humeral angles. . Genus Hybotettix, Hancock.

52. (i) Vertex acute and lengihily produced in advanct of the head . Subsection II.

53. (56) Antennae inserted between the eyes.

54. (55) Eirst and third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length .... Genus Thyrsus, Bolivar.

55. (54) Eirst articles of posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the third . . Genus Pseudomytraria, nov. gen.

56. (53) Antennae inserted distinctly below the eyes-, process of head arnied on

each side with one or two denticles Genus Mitraria, Bolivar.

I. Genus THRECISCUS, Bolivar

Threciscus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 252 (1887).

Characters. — ■ Head obliquely ascendant; vertex strongly narrower than one of the eyes, little

narrowed forward, anteriorly truncate, middle carinate; frontal costa lenthily furcillate above the ocelli,

middle of sulcus very narrow, viewed in profile moderately compresso-elevated between the antennae;

FAM. ACRIDIIDyE

33

antennee situated between the inferior part of the eyes; palpi C3’lindrical, the apical articles slightly

compressed, fuscous. Pronotum truncate anteriorly. posterioiiy acute, extended to the femoral apices;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles wanting; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes lengthened

and acute spinose. Elytra and wings wanting. Legs elongate, slender, femoral carinse entire; femoral

and genicular lobes of the posterior femora very short; posterior tibiae sparingly spinose; first articles of

the posterior tarsi sublonger than the third.

Geographical descriptiori of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

native of the Philippine Islands.

I. T. pugionatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. n” lo, p. 56 (Spaiiolus) (1877) (Philippmes).

pugionatns, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 232 (1887].

2. Genus SPARTOLUS, Stal

Spartoius. Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 56 (1877).

Tetricodina. Vestwood, in Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. \'ol. 3i, p. 232-233 (1887).

Characters. — Head oblique and strongly ascendant; vertex very much narrower than one 01

the eyes, distinctly narrowed forward, anteriorly subangulato-rounded ; frontal costa barely furcillate

behind the ocelli, the sulcus very narrow in the middle, viewed in profile lighth'

elevated between the antennae; antennae filiform, elongate, situated between the

submedian part of the eyes : maxillarv' palpi ferrugineous or pale, apical article

strongU’ foliaceo-dilated. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriori}- acute or shortly

excised, not or barely reaching the posterior femoral apices ; median carina behind

the anterior margin obliterated; humeral angles wanting ; the posterior angles of

the lateral lobes lengthened and very acute spinose. Elyira and wings wanting.

Legs elongate, slender, femoral lobes small, genicular lobes acute, posterior tibiae

Spartohis longiceps Stal

sparingy spinose : the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. after Bolivar.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are native of the Oriental

Region.

1. S. longiceps, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh., p. 56 (1877) (Philippmes).

longiceps, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., p. 233, pl. ii. f. i5-i5<7 (1887).

2. 5. tricoslatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 233 (1887) (Philippines).

The species Spartohis limosiniis Bolivar, has been transferred to the genus Tettigodina, (vide

Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (39), p. Si. 1898].

3. Genus SYSTOLEDERUS, Bolivar

Systolederus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 234 (1887); Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica,

Vol. 2, p. i36-i37 (1904).

Characters. — Head exserted; vertex narrower than half the breadth of one of the eyes,

narrowed forward and subacuminate, eyes very globose; face oblique; frontal costa barely furcillate

behind the ocelli, thinly sulcate, viewed in profile compresso-elevated between the antennae, front

sinuate; antennae inserted scarcely before the eyes, filiform, articles elongate; maxillary palpi fuscous,

filiform. Pronotum flattened above, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acuminate; median carina little

conspicuous, disappearing near the anterior margin; humeral angles obtuse; the posterior angles of the

lateral lobes more or less flattened outwards, very frequently acute spinose or deflexed downwards.

Elytra oval; wings perfectly explicate. Legs elongate, filiform; anterior femoral carinae minutely granu-

34

ORTHOPTERA

late; femoral and genicular lobes of the posterior femora small; the first and third articles of the poste-

rior tarsi subequal in length. — Piate 2, Fig. 14.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The meinbers of this genus are native of the

Oriental Region.

1. S. angiisticeps, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. [Tettix) (1877) (Philippines).

angusticeps, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 235 (1887).

2. 5. opthalmicus, Bolivar, idem, p. 235 (1887] (Celebes).

3. S. haani, Bolivar. idem, p. 235, f. i6-i6a (1887) (Philippines).

4. S. cephalicus, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. i6g [Acridiiim) (1843) (Sumatra).

5. 5. languidus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 239 (1887) (Philippines).

6. S. uncinatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. Sy [Tettix) (Philippines).

7. S. greeni. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. Vol. 70, p. 584 (1901) (Ceylon).

greeiii, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part. 7. p. i37-i38, pl. 2, f. 9-96 11904).

8. S. cinereus, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Revis. Syst. Orth. p. io5 (1893) (Burmah).

4. Genus PLESIOTETTIX, nov. gen.

Characters. — Allied to Systoloredus. Body rather slender, grannlate or subscabrous. Head

exserted, somewhat compresso-elevated ; vertex little lower than the eyes, distinctly narrower than one

of the eyes, not at all produced, littld narrovved forward, middle carinate, between the eyes 011 each side

longitudinally depressed, with short frontal carinae laterally ; eyes globose; the ocelli placed about on a

plane with the lower third of the eyes; face oblique; the frontal costa in profile very lightly convex

produced between the antennae, not at all or barely sinuate between the eyes, below sinuate, viewed

in front nai rowly sulcate, the rami straight and evenly divergent forward to the median ocellus ; antennae

filiform, articles elongate, not reaching to the humeral angles, inserted little below the eyes anterior to

them; maxillary palpi filiform. Pronotum anteiiorly truncate, dorsum flattened, posteriorly subulate and

extended backward beyond the posterior femoral knees. median carina distinet, often subundulate,

humeral angles obtuse, humero-apical carinae distinet or subobsolete; the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes flattened outwards. triangulari}^ acute produced, transversely subspiniform or distinctly uncinate,

curved forward. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly explicate. Legs elongate, margins entire, or middle

femora subundulate; femoral and genicular lobes of moderate size and subacute; posterior tibiae little

ampliate towards the apices, the margins spinose; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi

subequal in length or the third scarccly longest. — Piate 3, Fig. 22, 22a.

Geographical distribution of species. — The two species of this genus are native of the

Neotropical Region of America.

1. P, uncinatus, nov. spec.(i) (Pachitea. Peru).

2. P. spinosus, nov. spec. (2) (Marcapata. Peru).

(1) Plesiotettix inicinatns nov. sp. Uody ra' lier slender, grayish-ferrugineus, elytra sanie color, posterior femora liglitly interspersed with fuscous,

tibiae with two light bands but otherwise fuscous. Vertex in front about half the width of one of the eye, narowed forward. Head distinctly compresso-ele-

vated, frontal costa not at ali sinuate between the eyes, somewhat depressed, eyes strongly globose, elevated above the dorsum; occiput strongly sloping

backward. Pronotum forward just behind the front margin little upturned, dorsum granulate, depressed, subconvex between the shoulders; posterior pro-

cess lengthily extended backward beyond the knees of the hind femora ; humero-apical carinae distinet, as conspicious as the carinae of the humeral angles ;

median carinm conspicious, percurrent ; the short carime behind the anterior margin little convergent backward, inconspicious ; wings about as long as the

pronotal process ; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes flattened outwards, distinctly uncinate, curved forwards. Legs elongate, entire. Male, entire

length of body 14.3 mm; pronotum i3.5 mm; posterior femora 5,2 nim. (Piate 3, Fig. 22.)

(2) Plesiotettix spinosus nov. sp. Body plain gray, granulate, subscabrous. Vertex in front nearly one half the width of one of the eyes in the

male, or barely more in the female, little narrowed, middle carinate; eyes globose, exserted; frontal costa in profile not at all or barely indistinctly sinuate

between the eyes. Pronotum with the dorsum subscabrous and slightly tuberculose posteriorly; median carina subsinuate; humeral angles obtuse, humero-

apical carinae represented by very thin subobsolete lines ; posterior process lengthily extended backward beyond the knees of the hind ferora ; wings as

long as the process, or very little longer; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly flattened, distinctly triangpilarly subspiniform produced, middle

of the lobes transversely subcarinate to the apices, showing more distinctly in the temale. Hind femora slightlv incrassate, bearing oblique rugae, and

tumose elevations above. Entire length ofbody female, i3.5 mm ; male 11.8 mm; pronotum female 12. 5 mm; male ii mm; posterior femora female 5.3 mm;

male 4.3 mm.

FAM. ACRIDIIDAI

35

5. Genus APTEROTETTIX, Hancock

Apterotettix. Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. 2, part. 7, p. 140(1904).

Characters. — Body scabrous. Face oblique; frontal costa distinctly advanced before the eyes,

in profile not at all sinuate, united with the crovvn angulate anteriorly. Vertex subequal in width to one

of the eyes, sides slightly convergent forward. the front margin advanced beyond the eyes, provided

with abbreviated arcuate carinula on each side, little elevated

laterally, middle carinate and little produced, viewed in front

the vertex not noticeabl}- lower than the e5-es. Eyes of

moderate size. not appreciably prominent or elevated; ocelli

placed very nearh’ on a plane with the middle of the e3'es.

Antennae inserted between the eyes a little in advance of

their lower part, slender filiform. Pronotum anteriorly trun-

cate, posteriori}’ abbreviated obtuse, not extended backward

so far as the extremity of the abdomen; dorsum depressed,

between the shoulders subtectiform ; humeral angles obtuse;

scapular area moderately wide attenuate posteriorly ; the pos-

terior angles of the lateral lobes little sublaminate outwards, behind obliquely truncate. Elytra and wings

wanting or vestigial. Femora lightly compressed, margins entire: the posterior femoral margins minutely

serrulate. femoral and genicular spines subprominent, acute; the margins of the posterior tibiae serrulate,

plurispinose ; frrst and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length, the first and second pulvilli

acute, the third straight below.

Geographical distributiori of species. — There has been but one species of this genus noted

thus far, it is from Ceylon.

T. A. obtusus, Hancock. Spolia Zeylanica, Yol. 2, p. 140-141, pl. 3, f. i3-i3rt (1904) (Ceylon).

6. Genus COTYS, Bolivar

Cotys. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 247 (1887).

Characters. — Face little oblique; posterior ocelli placed opposite the middle of the eyes;

vertex not at all produced before the eyes; frontal costa strongly arcuate produced between the antennae,

barely furcillate behind the ocelli; antennae filiform, elongate, passing the humeral angles, situated

between the anterior part of the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute, subulate, the

dorsum flattened ; median carina little elevated; humeral angles obtuse. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly

explicate. Anterior femora compressed, carinate; posterior femora broad; posterior tibiae spinose, the

first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length. — Piate 4, Fig. 34.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The single recorded species of this genus inhabits

South America.

I. C. antennatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 247 (1887) (Peru, South America).

7. Genus EURYMORPHOPUS, nov. gen.

Characters. — Allied to Amorphopus. Vertex little produced beyond the eyes, in a slight degree

tricuspidate ; frontal costa sinuate above the antennae. Pronotum depressed, subrugose, lateral lobes

outwardly ampliato-rounded, the posterior process not passing the apices of femora, tricarinate, apex

Fig.

Apterotettix obtusus Hancock, profile and dorsal views

of liead : a. lateral lobe of pronotum from above.

36

ORTHOPTEKA

nearly rounded. Elytra and wings absent. Anterior femora strongly undulato lobate ; posterior femora

subscabrous, the external paginae with the median inferior carina bidentate behind the middle.

Type : Amor phof>iis cunctatus, Bolivar.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus has been described;

it inhabits the Island of New Calidonia.

I. E. cunctatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 25o-25i [Amorphopus) (1887) (New Calidonia).

8. Genus PLATYTHORUS, Morse

Platythorus. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. ii, p. 8 (1900).

Characters. — Body much depressed, granulate. Face little oblique; vertex horizontal, wider

than one of the eyes, truncate anteriorly, with small but distinet median carina, the transverse carinae

separated from it by a shallow groove, but continued into a low ridge running backward along each side

of the mid-carina; frontal costa low above. forking midway between the ocelli and vertex into high

narrowly divergent rami, which form in profile a strong protuberance opposite the points of insertion

of the antennae; eyes of moderate size; antennae elongate, distinctly passing the shoulders, filiform,

articles from seven to ten the longest, the basal joint two-thirds the width of one of the eyes in length,

inserted in a line with the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum strongly depressed. granulate, flat above,

truncate anteriorly, cuneate posteriorly, with pinched almost mucronate apex; median carina of prono-

tum distinet in front of and behind the shoulders, nearly obsolete elsewhere, in profile undulate; lateral

carinae prominent, divergent anteriorly; humeral angles very obtuse; lateral lobes laminately produced,

obliquely truncate at the apices, angles obtuse, rounded. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior and middle

femora strongly carinate, with sinuato-lobate margins; hind femora partaking of the general depressed

form of the body. but very stout from side to side, femoral lobes small, genicular lobes prominent,

acutely pointed; posterior larsi with the first joint longer than the third. Allied to Amorphopus.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus has been described,

it is native of Nicaragua, Central America.

I. P. camurus, Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. ii, p. 8, (1900) (Nicaragua).

9. Genus AMORPHOPUS, Serville

Amorphopus. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. pS6 (1839); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i,

p. zSo (1887) in part(i).

Characters. — Body depressed. minutely granulate. Head not at all exserted; eyes not promi-

nent; vertex equal in width to one of the eyes or wider, not at all narrowed forward. anteriorly truncate,

middle not at all carinate; face very distinctly oblique; frontal costa excavate between the lower part of

eyes, between the antennae lightly compresso-elevated, sinuate below; antennae very short, often shorter

than the head, filiform, inserted distinctly below the eyes; posterior ocelli placed between the inferior part

of the eyes. Pronotum flattened above, strongly depressed, rugulose, anteriorly strongly dilated, median

carina nearly obliterated ; humeral angles obtuse, the lateral lobes outwardly ampliate, the posterior

(i) The species phy/locerus forms tlie type of the genus .Morphopus, anteuuaius the type of Eomorphopus, cnnctatHU the type of Eurymorphopus.

The foregoing species were fonnerly plac.^d under Amorphopus.

FAM. acridiid.f:

37

angles with the margins sinuato-dentate or serrato-crenate ; posterioi' process strongly produced, behind

the feinoral apices, the carina on each side compresso-plicate. Eh'tra oval; wings perfectly explicate.

Legs short ; anterior femora clypeate, broad, with the carinae foliaceo-dilate ; posterior femora triquetrous,

pagina externally below strongly ampliate ; the median inferior carinae provided with small compressed

lobe at or behind the middle; posterior tibiae very sparingly spinose, canthi minutely serrulate, the first

and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length. — Piate 4, Fig. 38.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The three species of this genus, as at present res-

tricted, inhabit the Neotropical Region of America.

1. A. notabilis, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 757, pl. i3, f. 5 (1839) (Brazil, Peru. Guiana, Venezuela,

Boli via, in South America).

notabilis, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 262, pl. 2, f. 20-2oa-b (1887).

2. A. griseus, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. aSi-zSz (1887) (Upper Amazon, S. America).

3. A. cnemidotus, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 2, p. bSg {Tetrix) (1839).

cnemidotus, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 2']i,{Paratettix) (1887): Giglio-Tos, Boli. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,

Vol. 12. no. 3o2, p. 28 [Paratettix). The description of this species is so brief and indefinite that its

identity is uncertain (Hancock).

10. Genus MORPHOPUS, Bolivar

Morphopus. Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. \T1. i, Alem. i3, p. 216 (igoS).

Characters. — Strongh’ allied to Amorphopiis. Head not at ali exserted ; vertex quadrate, on each

side bearing a small elevated lobe; frontal costa above and below sinuate. Pronotum rugoso-tuberculose,

median carina near the anterior margin often strongl}- compresso-bicristate or sinuate; posterior process

not lengthily extended beyond the apices of femora ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes stronglj^ oblong

flattened or truncate. Elytra oval; wings perfectly explicate. Anterior femora notat all clypeate, but the

carinae lobato-expanded ; posterior femoral carinae above erosed, the inferior carinae of the external

paginae often bilobed; the posterior tibiae regularly spinose.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by two species which

inhabit the Ethopian Region.

1. M . phyllocerus, Bolivar, .Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3r, p. 25i {Amorphopits) ■, Bolivar, Mem.

Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i, Mem. i3, p. 216 (West Africa).

2. M. affinis, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp Hist. Nat. Vol. i, Mem. i3, p. 216-217 (igoa) (W. Africa).

3. M. simplex, Brancsik, Jahrb. Nat. VTr. Trencs. Com. Vol i5. p. i85-i86, pl. 12, f. 8 (^Amorphopiis)

(1892) (Madagascar. Is. of Nossibe).

I I. Genus EOMORPHOPUS, nov. gen.

Characters. — Allied to Amorphopiis. Body depressed, granose or subtuberculose. Flead

subexserted; face oblique; vertex narrowed forward, truncate anterioiiy, not advanced beyond the eyes,

subnarrower or subequal in width to one of the eyes, middle feebly carinate anteriorly, frontal carinae

very little compressed laterally; frontal costa compresso-elevated between the antennae, moderately

sulcate, the rami substraight, divergent forward to the median ocellus; eyes little prominent, in profile

somewhat conoidal; posterior ocelli placed between the submiddle portion of the eyes; antennae of

moderate length, reaching nearly to the humeral angles, filiform elongate, inserted before the eyes.

Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acuminate, lengthily extended beyond the femoral apices;

dorsum flattened above, rugulose or granulate, humeral angles obtuse ; median carina often subindis-

38

ORTHOPTERA

tinct, posthumeral lateral carinae little sinuate; lateral lobes dilated below, the posterior angles oblong

or acute laminate produced with the margins entire. Elytra oval sublanceolate ; wings perfectly

explicate. Anterior femora strongly carinate, but not at ali clypeate, the superior carinae often bi- or

triundulate, inferior carinae unilobate; middle femora clypeate, margins above substraight, below

strongb' foliaceo-expanded, often sinuate toward the apices; posterior femora somewhat depresso-

crassate, carinae entire; posterior tibiae with the margins plurispinose, first and third articles of the

posterior tarsi subequal in length.

Type : Amorphopus antennatus, Bolivar. — Pl. 4, Fig. 35, 35a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Two species of this genus inhabit the Neotropical

Region of America.

1. E. aniennatiis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 2S1, f. ig-iga-igZ) {Amorphopus) (1887) (Upper

Amazon.).

2. E. granulatus, nov. sp. (i).

12. Genus TETTICERUS, Hancock

Tetticerus. Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol i, no. i, p. 2 (igoo).

Characters. — Body rather large, sparingly granulate, gibbose. Head but little exserted;

vertex anteriorly on either side elevated compresso-subcorniform, middle carinate forward; eyes rather

small; face scarcely oblique; maxillary palpi with the apical articles compressed, ampliate, same color

as the body ; frontal costa moderately sulcate, branching about opposite the lower third of the eyes,

barely above the ocelli, in profile little compresso-elevated between the antennae, excavated opposite the

ocelli and below; the median facial carina above compressed, conspicuous but hardly advanced be3'ond

the eyes; posterior ocelli conspicuous, placed on a plane with the inferior border of the eyes barely

anterior to them ; antenna inserted quite distant below the eyes, the distance between them and that to

the eyes subequal. Pronotum anteriorH’ truncate, posteriorly extended beyond the knees of the hind

femora; humeral angles prominent, compresso-carinated, little acute; lateral carinae crenulate; dorsum

often bigibbose, strongly depressed, the posterior process flat above ; median carina compresso-cristate

on the gibbosities near the anterior border and behind the shoulders, indistinct elsewhere; the posterior

angles of the lateral lobes widely laminate outwards, nearly rectangular, subacute, behind obliquely

truncate and somewhat crenulate; superior sinus obliterated, the margin little arcuate ; the inferior sinus

rather deeply excavate ; the scapular area above the elytra rather wide but gradually attenuate pos-

teriorly. Elytra small, acuminate at each end ; wings fully explicate, nearly as long as the process.

Anterior and middle femora elongate, margins undulate-lobate ; posterior femora with the superior

margin at the anterior half compresso-ampliate, inferior margin provided with tubercles; femoral lobes

small, genicular spine as well as two apical processes prominent; margins of the posterior tibiae scarcely

(i) Eumophoptis gramdatus nov. sp. Body nearly smooth granulate, cinereous or fusco-cinereous. Head hardly exserted; face distinctly oblique;

vertex narrowed forward. barely equal in widtU to one of the eyes, truncate anteriorly and scarcely more advanced than the eyes, median carina subindis-

tinct; frontal costa lightly excavate between the middle of the eyes, compresso-elevated between the antenme, rami moderately and evenly divergent for-

ward; eyes not at ali prominent, inprofile somewhat dististincly conical. Pronotum moderately depressed, finely granulate, little rugulose posteriorly on dosum

somewhat flattened, between the shoulders convex, behind deplanate ; antebumeral and anterior prozonal carinse very low, subobliterated ; humeral angles

obtuse, feebly carinated ; median carina low subindistinct, very lightly subundulate ; posterior process acuminate, subulate, lengthily extended beyond the

femoral apices ; lateral lobes dilated, posterior angles flattened outwards, angulate, truncate behind, margins entire. Elytra of moderate size oval-lanceolate;

wings fully explicate, extended beyond the pronotal apex. Anterior femora strongly carinate, above triundulate, below unilobate at about the anterior third;

middle femora clypeate, the superior margin substraight, entire, below strongly foliaceo-dilate, the margin entire but little sinuato-crenate near the extre-

mity ; posterior femora little depresso-crassate with the external pagina granulate, bearing oblique rug.Te. Total length of body female, i6.5 mm.; pronotum

14.5 mm ; post, femora 7 mm. Male length i5 mm.; pronotum 1.I mm.; post, femora 6 mm. I.ocality, Dutch Cuiana, S. America. — Piate 4, Fig. 35-35a.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

39

at all ampliate toward the apices, the margins sparingly and unevenly spinose, canthi serrulate; first and

third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. — Piate 2, Fig. 18.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One member of this genus is all that is recorded ;

it inhabits Madagascar.

I. T. bigibbosus, Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, no. i, p. 5, pl. i, f. i-ib (igoo).

? Tetrix asmodaus, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 760 (i83g).

13. Genus CHIRIQUIA, Morse

Chiriquia. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. p. 7 (1900); Flancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 49 (1902).

Characters. — Body somewhat depressed. Face moderately retreating. Eyes large, globose,

very prominent, elevated on the sides of tfie vertex. Antennte inserted below the level of the eyes,

equidistant from the eyes and each other. Posterior ocelli barely below the level of the eyes. Vertex

horizontal, elevated at the sides above the eyes to form transverse carinae running obliquely downward

and inward to the mid-carina; the latter conspicuous from above, but hidden in side view by the

prominent eyes, dividing opposite their lower part into high, rather widely divergent antrorse rami ;

from above the vertex nearly twice the width of one of the eyes, distinctly excavate, with a prominent

median tooth (the median carina) reaching the level of the front margin of the eyes. Pronotum with

truncate anterior margin, posteriorly subulate or with cuneate apex, rather flat on the dorsum; the

median carina often provided with a series of low teeth backwards between the shoulders and apex,

cristiform forwards in front of the shoulders; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate

produced, obliquely truncate behind or acute. Elytra small or minute; wings fully developed, reaching

the apex of pronotum. Anterior and middle femora slender, with sinuate margins.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by only two species which

are Neotropical.

1. C. serrata, Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. figured p. 7 (1900) (Costa-Rica, Panama, Nicaragua).

2. C. concinna, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 249 {Metrodora) (1887) (Guiana, Peru).

14. Genus PLATYTETTIX, Hancock

Platytettix. Hancock, Ent. News Philad. p. 88 (1906).

Characters. — Body strongly rugoso-reticulose. Head lightly exserted; vertex considerably

broader than one of the eyes, tridentate anteriorly, consisting of a denticle on each side, and a minute

denticuliform produced median carina. Eyes very small, though slightly prominent; ocelli placed

between the lower fourth of the eyes. Frontal costa rather widely sulcate, viewed in profile roundly

produced between the antennae, abruptly sinuate above and below. Antennae inserted distinctly below

the ventro-anterior part of the eyes, anterior to them. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly hastate,

the apex acute ; median carina of pronotum strongly cristate anteriorly before the shoulders ; humeral

angles obsolete; posterior angles of the lateral lobes widely laminate outwards, triangularly subspini-

form produced, obliquely truncate behind and denticulate. Elytra and wings wanting. Legs strongly,

compresso-carinate ; anterior femora strongly carinate above, sinuate, below acute lobate ; middle femoral

carinae sinuate-lobate ; posterior femora stout strongly scabrous, the antegenicular and genicular spines

strongly triangularly produced; first articles of the posterior tarsi provided with subacute pulvilli. —

Piate 3, Fig. 23, 23a.

40

ORTHOPTERA

Geographical distribution of species. — But one species of this genus has been lecorded,

it is native of the Neotiopical Region of America.

I. P. reticulatus, Hancock, Ent. News Philad. p. 88-89 (19°^) (Peru, South America).

15. Genus NEPHELE, Bolivar

Nephele. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. \^ol. 3i, p. 252 (1887) (i).

Characters. — Body minutely and sparingly granose. Face subvertical; antennae inserted little

before the eyes, stout, and very distinctly longer than the head, the six basal articles short, the rest

elongate; ocelli placed between the anterior part of the eyes; frontal carinae subparallel, sulcus to a

certain extent widely separated; vertex very wide. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly subulate,

humeral angles obtuse ; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes to a slight extent laminate outwards ;

inedian carina of dorsum between the shoulders compresso-elevated. Elytra oblong; wings perfecti)^

explicate. Femora compressed, the superior carinas of anterior femora acute; posterior tibiae having the

apices barely or slightly dilated, canthi acute, serrulate, very rarely armed with denticles; the first

articles of the posterior tarsi hardly longer than the third articles.

Geographical distribution of species. — The two species of this genus which are referable

to it with certainty, are native of the Neotropical Region of America (2).

1. N. turgida, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, 252-253 (1887) (Upper-Amazon, Brazil, Peru).

2. N. unicristata, Hancock. M. S. (British (luiana). [Will be described in a forthcoming article by

Bruner ].

16. Genus CRIMISUS, Bolivar

Crimisus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 246 (1887).

Characters. — Face strongly oblique; posterior ocelli placed below the middle of the eyes;

vertex declivous forward, little lower than the eyes; frontal costa barely furcillate behind the ocelli;

antennae moderately elongate, nearly touching the humeral angles. Pronotum anteriori}^ truncate,

posteriorly acute, dorsum rugose; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminato-expanded,

scarcely angulate, posteriorly subrotundate-truncate. Elytra oblong. Femora compressed; the anterior

femoral carinae compresso-laminate and lobate; posterior femoral paginae above externally nodulose;

carinae of middle tibiae lobate; posterior tibiae distinctly ampliate toward the apices, spinose, the canthi

serrate ; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi nearly eqnal in length.

Geographical distribution of species. — The two species which belong to this genus are

indigenous of South-America.

1. C. patruus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 246(1887) (Upper-Amazon).

2. C. contractus, Bolivar, idem, Vol. 3i, p. 246-247 (1887) (Peru, Ecuador, S. -America).

(r) The narae Nephele is preoccupied by Hiibner s genus of Lepidoptera, i8i6, consequently the narae Gladioteltix is liere proposed as a substitute.

(2) Prof. Bolivar placed Serville’s species Tetrix asmodaeus in this genus (Essai Tettig. p. 2.S3), but I ara almost sure this species, whose

habitat is unknown, belongs in iny genus Tetticerns. Giglio-Tos has possibly mistaken this species for another forra, native of Paraguay. (vide Bull. Mus.

di Zool. Anat. comp. Univ. Torino, no. 377, p. 3.' The species Nephele gracilis Bruner, has been determined as Tetrix g> acilis, after an exaraination of

co-type material, vide Tetrix.

FAM. acridiid.f:

41

17. Genus METRODORA, Bolivar

Metrodora. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. V'ol. 3i, p. 247-248 (1887).

Characters. — Head little exserted; vertex wider than one of the eyes, subquadrate, anteriorly

truncate, median carina compressed, produced; face strongly oblique; frontal costa scarcely furcillate

behind the ocelli, the rami distinctly divergent forward, viewed in piohle compresso-elevated between

the antennae, above and belcw abruptly sinuate; posterior ocelli placed between the inferior part of the

eyes; antenna; situated before the eyes, filifonn, not reaching the humeral angles; palpi narrow, the

apical articles moderatel}^ depressed. Pronotum flattened above, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acumi-

nate, median carina little elevated; humeral angles obtuse; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes

outwardly acute flattened. Elytra and wings usually wanting. Legs little elongate; the anterior femora

very frequently above and below undulato-lobate ; posterior tibiae barely ampliate towards the apices,

the carinae regulari}^ spinose; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length. Valves of the

ovipositor with the apices sinuate, margins denticulate (i).

Geographical distributiori of species. — Members of this genus inhabit the Neotropical

Region of America.

1. M. rana, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 248 (1887) (Upper Amazon).

2. M. lutosa, Bolivar, idem, p. 248-249 (1887) (Brazil).

18. Genus lAMELLITETTIX, Hancock

Lamellitettix. Hancock. Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part 7. p. 125-126 (1904).

Characters. — Body scabrous, gibbose. Head little compresso-elevated; face subvertical, the

contour sinuate ; vertex viewed from above subequal in width or barely wider than one of the eyes, not

advanced so far as the eyes, the frontal carinulae laterally little compresso-elevated subacute, viewed in

frqnt strongly concave ; frontal costa roundly produced between the antennae, narrowly sulcate, the

rami little divergent substraight. Eyes globose, conspicuously exserted; antennae unusually long slender,

filifonn, articles strongly elongate, inserted just below and a little in advance of the eyes, on a verticle

plane with their anterior border ; posterior ocelli situated between the lower third of the eyes, often

subobscured in profile. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, dorsum depressed, scabrous and gibbose, between

the shoulders gibbo -cristate on each side, the median carina between the shoulders cristate, behind the

shoulders serrulate; humeral angles distinet with scupular ereas indicated. bimarginate ; the prozonal

carinae behind the anterior margin abbreviated, little elevated; pronotum strongly constricto-sulcate

forward, the posterior pronotal process subulate, extended beyond the femoral knees; lateral lobes

posteriorly bisinuate, the elytral sinus moderatel}^ deep, the inferior sinus angulato-excavated; the

posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate outwards, strongly triangularly spiniform produced, behind

the spine subtruncate. Elytra oblong; wings fully e.xplicate, often nearly as long as the pronotal process.

Anterior and middle femora slender, little compressed, margins subundulate; posterior femora rather

slender, the external pagina provided with oblique rugulae, and above with rounded tumose tubercles,

margins minutely serrulate, femoral spines acute, the genicular spines strongly triangularly produced;

ii) After a critical study of the genus Metrodora. it appears to me that Bolivar’s description is too all-embracing, that is, it takes in three extra

species that really are too widely dissimilar in their anatomical structures from those of the type, to be properly included tlierewith. In the disposition of

species given in Bolivar’s table (Essai Tettig. p. 248', ratia and lutosa are separated from the rest of the group by the absence of elytra and wings, and the

abbreviation of the pronotal process. These two species differ moreover. from the other species, in a distinctive manner with regard to the vertex ; the

median carina is produced, and tlie eyes are not higher than the vertex. none of the species are figured, the first species rana, may be considered

the tr’pe of Metrodora. Accordingly but two species, strictly speaking, belong to this genus. Lastly of the five species originally attributed to this genus by

Bolivar, and lutosa are the only ones retained; his concinna will be found under the genus Chiriqua Morse; spinilrons Stal, under the genus

Otumba ; amazontts Bolivar, and magistralis Brunner, under the genus Scabrotettix .

42

ORTHOPTERA

posterior tibiae armed with small feeble spines; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in

length, pulvilli flat below. Ovipositor rather long, the blades slender and strongly denticulate. — Piate 2,

Fig. 2 1, 2 I a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus is known, which inhabits

Ceylon.

I. L. acutus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. ii, part 7, p. 126-128, pl. 2, f. 6-6/;(igo4) (Ceylon).

19. Genus CRYPTOTETTIX, Hancock

Cryptotettix. Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. \'ol. i, no. i, (igoo).

Characters. — ■ Body plain granulate. Head little compresso-elevated. Vertex wider than one of

the eyes, the front border not advanced so far as the eyes, subtruncute, furnished with little abbreviated

carinulae rounding into sides, the median carina distinctly elevated and little projecting in front; between

the eyes on each side of the median carina longitudinally fossulate, the occiput but little covered by the

pronotum ; frontal costa narrowly sulcate, the rami subparallel, very little protuberant between the

antennae; eyes prominent, subglobose; antennae slender. Pronotum anteriorly truncatfe, posteriorly

lengthily subulate ; dorsum depressed and somewhat narrow between the shoulders, the humeral angles

subroundly sloping laterally; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardl}' strongly acuminate pro-

duced, behind the spines obliquel}^ truncate; the inferior sinus of the posterior margin of lateral lobes

rather deeply incised just above the posterior angle, the elytral sinus scarcely at ali indicated, the

margin here above being broadh’ curved for the reception of the elytra. Elytra very small and narrow;

wings perfectly explicate, as long as the pronotal process. Anterior femora slender, the carinae subentire ;

posterior femora slender, the tibiae scarcel}' at ali ampliate towards the apices, the canthi plurispinose;

the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length, the pulvilli nearly equal in length.

Geographical distribution of species. — The single species described as belonging to this

genus inhabits Madagascar.

I. C. spinilobus, Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. VMl i, no. i, p. iq-iS, pl. i, f. 6, 6a, bb

(1900) (N. E. Madagascar).

20. Genus MAZARREDIA, Bolivar

Mazarredia. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 236-237 (1887).

Characters. — Head little or very slightly exerted. Vertex little narrower than one of the e3'es,

or subwider, very frequently narrowed forward, on either side with oblique carina more or less

compressed ; face little oblique ; frontal costa scarcety furcillate behind the ocelli, the rami little divergent

forward, viewed in profile, slightly compresso-elevated between the antennae, above and below

appreciably sinuate; antennae filiform, often strongly elongate, inserted little before the eyes; posterior

ocelli placed scarcely below the middle of the e\'es; apical articles of maxillary palpi narrow, subcom-

pressed. Pronotum above flattened, between the shoulders often gibbose, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly

lengthily acuminate, humeral angles obtuse; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly more or less

laminato-expanded, distinctly truncate, acute angulate, but not at all spinose, very frequently turned

downward. Elytra oval ; wings perfectly explicate, rarely the elytra and wings wanting. Legs elongate;

anterior femora very slightly compressed, above carinate, carinae entire or gently undulate; posterior

tibiae little ampliate towards the apices, on either side spinose; the first and third articles of the posterior

tarsi equal in length.

FAM. ACRIDIID^

43

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is rather rich in the number species, all

of which are native of the Oriental Region.

r. M. sculpta, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 240 (1887) (Oriental India, Burmah).

2. M. remissa, Bolivar, idem. p. 240 (1887) (Indo-China).

3. M . semperi, Bolivar. ibidem, p 238-23g (1887) (Philippines).

4. M. abbreviata, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 289 (1887) (Island of Viti, Oceanica).

5. M . insularis, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 289 (1887). Figured by Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. 2, p. i38-

140, pl. 2, f. 7-76 (Ceylon).

6. M . gallinacea, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 289-240 (1887) (Philippines).

7. M . atypa, Bolivar, idem, p. 240 (1887) (Philippines).

8. M. lauta Bolivar, ibidem, p. 240 (1887) (Philippines).

9. M. fuscipes, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 58 [Tettix) (1877) (Philippines).

fuscipes, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 241 (1887).

10. M. rufipes, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 57 {Tettix) (1877) (Philippines).

rufipes, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 241 (1887).

11. M. gemella, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 241, pl. 2, f. 17 (1887) (Philippines).

12. M. celebica Bolivar, idem, p. 241-242 (1887) (Island of Celebes).

18. M. centrosa, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 242 (1887) (Island of Borneo).

14. M. Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.p. 668-664 (Sept. 1904) (Isi. Labuan, British, N. Borneo).

15. M. asperula, Bolivar, .A.nn. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (Sg), p. 72-78 (1898) (Sumatra).

16. M. quadricarinata, Bolivar, idem, p. 78 (i8g8) (Sumatra).

17. M. gibbosa, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 78-74 (1898) (Sumatra).

18. M. minuta, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 74-78 (i8g8) (Java).

19. M. truncata, Bolivar, ibidem, p. yS (i8g8) (New Guinea).

20. M . cristulata, Bolivar, x^^nn. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 70, p. 584-585 (1901) (Oriental India).

21. M. inequalis, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. p. 106-107, pl. 5, f. 89 (1898) (Burmah).

22. M . lativertex, Brunner von Wattenwyl, idem, p. 108, pl. 5, f. 41 (1898) (Burmah).

28. M. convergens, Brunner von Wattenwyl, ibidem, p. 107-108, pl. 5, f. 40 (1898) (Burmah).

21. Genus DINOTETTIX, Bolivar

Dinotettix. Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i, Mem. i3, p. 214 (1908).

Characters. — Body slender, elongate. Head not at all exserted; vertex more or less wider

than one of the eyes, anteriorly marginate on each side; frontal costa produced beyond the vertex,

compressed between the eyes, narrowly sulcate; antennae somewhat lengthily filiform, the first articles

large, second globose, the rest elongate, inserted between the eyes; eyes globose. Pronotum truncate

anteriorly, posteriorly lengthily subulate, dorsum gibbose between the shoulders; posterior angles of the

lateral lobes lightly reflexed outwards and truncate behind. El37ra oblong; wings perfectly explicate.

Legs slender; anterior femora somewhat compressed, elongate, carinate above; posterior femoral carinas

scarcely minutely crenulate; first articles of the posterior tarsi sublonger than the third.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by three species which

inhabit the Ethiopian Region.

1. D. hiafrensis, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i. Mem. t3, p. 214 (1908) (W. Africa).

2. D. elegans, Bolivar, idem, p. 2i5 (igo5) (W. Africa).

3. D. major, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 2i5 (igo5) (W. Africa).

22. Genus OTUMBA, Morse

Otumba. iMorse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. 7 (igoo).

Characters. — Body granulate, rugose; head slightly exserted. Vertex truncate, narrower than

one of the eyes or subwider, not at all produced, little lower than the eyes, subnarrowed forward.

44

ORTHOPTERA

frontal carinfe laterally abieviated, scarcely elevated, middle carinate, not appreciably produced ; face

oblique, in profile sinuate betvveen the eyes; frontal costa barely furcillate between the ocelli, narrowly

sulcate, the rami divergent forward to the median ocellus, in profile compresso-elevated betvveen the

antennae; eyes subglobose, little prominent; posterior ocelli placed betvveen the lover part of the eyes

generally on a plane wfitli the lovver fourth; antennae slender filiform, articles elongate, reaching about

to the humeral angles, inserted below the eyes and anterior to them ; maxillary palpi filiform, little

depressed apicalE, Pronotum anteriorh' truncate, dorsum flattened, depressed, provided with distinet

humero-apical carinae, and often having abbreviated accessory carina little elevated and conspicuous,

frequently subundulate; posterior angles of the lateral lobes flattened outvvards, subrectangulate or

acute; posterior pronotal process extended backvv^ard beyond the apices of hind femora. Elvtia sinall or

minute, oblnng-sublanceolate ; vvings perfecti}' explicate, frequently as long as the process, or in the

male often little longer. Legs elongate, little compressed, margins of middle femora undulate; femoral

and genicular denticles nearly equal, of moderate size and acute: ])osterior tibiae slighth’ ampliate

tovvards the apices, the carinae sparingly spinose; first and third articles of posterior tarsi nearly equal

or the third little longer. Rather small forms, narrow between the shoulders.

Geographical distribution of species. — The five sjiecies here attributed to this genus,

inhabit the Neotropical Region of America.

1. O. scapularis. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2. p. 7-S, figured (1900) (Nicaragua).

scapularis, Bruner, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. lowa, Vol. 3, p. 61, f. 2 [Amorpiwpus).

2. O. spinifrons, Stal. Ereg. Ins. Orrh. p, 346 (Teirix) (1860) (Brazil).

spinifrons, Stal, Rec. Orth. Vol. i, p. i5i [Tettix)-, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 249 (1887) (Metrodora).

3. O. marcapata, nov. sp. ( i) (Marcapata. Peru).

4. O. lobata, Hancock M. S. [Will be published by Bruner in Journ. New York Ent. Soc. (Metrodoro.)

(1906)] ( British Guyana).

5. O. dentata, nov. sp. (2) (Costa Rica).

SYNOPSIS OE THE SPECIES OF OTUMBA

1 . (4) Pronotum heariug accessory abbreviated carina on each side behoeen the

shoulders

2. (3) Dorsum with the abbreviated and humero-apical carinae beiivcen the shoul-

ders strongly expressed ; elytra grayish. streaked below with fuscous ; poste-

rior angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum flattened subobtuse angulate. . O. m.\rcapat.\, nov. sp.

3. (2) Dorsum with the abbreviated and humero-apical carinae betioeen the shoul-

ders moderately distinet; elytra fuscous, with the posterior Iialf morked by

(1) Ottnnba marcapata nov. sp. Uark grav obscurely luiirked with fuscous, the ventral surface of body, the lower part of the hind femora, and the

tibiiE black. Head little compresso-elevated ; eyes little higher than the dorsum: vertex barely narrower than oi^e of the eyes, narrowed forward, frontal

carina: on each side little elevated, middle carinated ; frontal costa in profile strongly compresso-elevated between the antenn.-e, sinuate above and below.

Pronotum with the dorsum flattened subscabrous. granulate ; median carina irregularly compressed, undulate; abbreviated carinas between the shoulders

strongly expressed, subcurvate: the humeroapical carinm strongly distinet, rather widely separated from the carinate humeral angles, prozonal carina;

anteriorly distinet; posterior pronotal process substraight, extented beyond the knees of the hind femora; tlie posterior angles of the lateral lobes flattened

outwards. angulate produced. Elytra small, oblong sublanceolate ; wings subequal to the process in length. Femoral margins little compressed, the anterior

and middle femora often little incrassate near the bases ; posterior femora with the external pagina bearing oblique rugas and small tumose elevations

above; posterior tibite sparingly spinose, the canthi minutely serrulate; the first articles ot the posterior tarsi very iittle shorter than the third articles. Val-

ves of theovipositor acute procluced, margins denticulate. Entire length of body female 12.5 inm.; male lO.S mm.; pronotum female ii.8 mm.; male 10 mm.;

posterior femora female 6 mm.; male 5.2 mm. (Pachitea and Marcapata, Peru).

(2) Ot/nnba dentata nov. sp. Light yellow or grayish, face below tlie eyes and lower part of lateral lobes yellow, underneath the body the sides,

the ventral third of hind femora and elytra fuscous. Head little exserted, eyes little higher than the dorsum ; vertex truncate, subquadrate, scarcely wider

than One of the eyes, front slightly i;oncave, on either side minute lobate barely acute, middle carinate forvtard, scarcely produced; frontal costa little sinuate

between the lower part of the eyes, between the antennm little compresso-elevated convex. Pronotum with the dorsum flattened, between the shoulders dis-

tinctly depressed, median carina little elevated, percurrent, humeroapical carinas distinet, only little separated from the carin:e of the humeral angles; pos-

terior process subulate, extented backward to nearly half the length of the hind tibias ; elytra minute, oblong; wings subequal in length to process or little

longer in the male ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly flattened, little subdentate produced, behind to a slight degree angulate excised. Carime

of anterior and middle femora scarcely undulate. Entire length of hody temale lo-ii mm.: male q.8 mm.: pronotum female 9-10 mm.: male 8.8 mm.: poste-

rior femora 5.5 mm.; male 5 mm. (Jnan Vinas, Costa Rica).

FAM. ACRIDIID^

45

a large oblique yellow macula ; posterior angles oflateral lobes rectangulate

acute, lateral margins before the angles subconvex O. lobata, Hancock.

4. (1) Pronotum not provided wiih accessory abbreviated carina between the shoul-

ders.

5. (8) Posterior angles oflateral lobes of pronotum acute.

6. (7) Lateral lobes with the posterior angles acute produced ; median carina of

vertex sirongly produced; superior carina of posterior femora irregularly

undulate O. spinifrons, Stal.

7. (6) Lateral lobes having the posterior angles little dentate produced outwards,

lightly angularly excavate behind ; humero apical carinae of dorsum enclo-

sing narrow groove; vertex nearly quadrate ; face below the eyes and lower

part of lateral lobes light yellow O. dentata, nov. sp.

8. (5) Posterior angles oflateral lobes of pronotum rectangulate not at all acute;

humero-apical carinae very strongly expressed, leaving a deep groove

between them and the lateral carines O. scapularis, Morse.

23. Genus PTEROTETTIX, Bolivar

Pterotettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 246 (1887).

Characters. — Body rugose. Face barely oblique; vertex horizonial, wider than one of the

eyes; frontal costa little furcillate behind the ocelli ; antennae inserted distinctly before the eyes ; posterior

ocelli placed between the anterior part of the eyes; apices of the maxillary palpi depressed, the last

articles scarcely longer than the penultimate. Pronotum with the dorsum flattened, posteriorly acuminate;

the posterior angles of the lateral lobes validly lamina te outwards, posteriorly strongly obliquely

truncate. Elytra narrow, triangular, apices acuminate; wings perfectly explicate. Femoral carinae

lobate; posterior tibiae little ampliate toward the apices, canthi barely compressed, minutely serrulate,

little spinose. First and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

native of Nossi Be.

I. P. andrei, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 245-246, (1887) (Island of Nossi Be).

24. Genus XISTRA, Bolivar

Xistra. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 242 (1887).

Characters. — Head moderately exserted. Vertex very frequently depressed. on either side

having oblique more or less compressed carinae

subconvergent forward often acute produced pos-

teriorly; eyes higher than the vertex; face oblique;

frontal costa furcillate behind the ocelli, the rami

little divergent forward, beween the antennae

lightly compresso-elevated; antennae inserted ba-

rely before the eyes, filiform, elongate ; palpi not

at all dilated. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily subulate; humeral angles obtuse; pos-

terior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly little or almost indistinctly produced, narrow, subrounded-

Fig. 17-

Xistra gogorzae Bol., after Bolivar.

46

ORTHOPTERA

truncate. Elytra oval ; wings perfectly explicate. Legs elongate; anterior femora compressed, above

carinate ; posterior tibise not at ali or lightly ampliate toward the apices; carinae sparingly dentate ; first

and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length, or the first little longer than the third.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The members of this genus inhabit the Oriental

Region.

1. X. gogorzae, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 243-244, pl. 2, f. i8-iSa (1887) (Philippines).

2. X. corniculata, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. p. 67 (1877) (Philippines).

corniculata, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 243 (1887).

3. Ah sagittaria, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 244 (1887) (Philippines).

4. X. impressa, Bolivar, idem, p. 244 (1887) (Philippines).

5. X. lurida, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 244 (1887) (Philjppines).

6. Ah similis, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 246 (1887) (Philippines).

7. X. ochracea, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 245 (1887) (Philippines).

8. X. tricristata, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2). Vol. 19(89), p. 75-76 (1898) (New Guinea).

9. X. sagittata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 280 (Paratettix) (1887) (Philippines, Sumatra).

sagittata, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2;, Vol. 19, p. 76 (1898).

10. Ah tricristata sumatrana, Bolivar, idem, p. 76(1898) (Sumatra).

11. A. ? dubia, Brunner von \\'attenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. p. 108-109, pl. 5, f. 42 Genova (1898) (Burmah.)

25. Genus TRIGONOFEMORA, Hancock

Trigonofemora. Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. p. 89 (1906).

Characters. — Bod}- coarsely granulose, rugose and sparingly tuberculose. Head slightly

compresso-elevated; face subvertical; antennm inserted before the ventro -anterior border of the e3'es;

ocelli placed between the lower third of eyes bareh’ visible in profile view; e^^es small, higher than the

dorsum and scarcely at all more elevated than the vertex; vertex anteriorH truncate, broader than one

of the eyes, middle lightl}’ carinate forward, on either side between the eyes foveate; occiput strongly

sloping backward; frontal costa evenly divergent forward but the rami moderately separated. Pronotum

distincti}' flattened on the dorsum, truncate anteriorly, posteriori}' lengthilly subulate, extended beyond

the femoral knees; median carina of pronotum behind the anterior border often compresso-elevated;

humeral angles laterally prominent, carinate, and obtuse angulate; the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes rather narrowly sub-rectangularly truncate, the inferior margins very little turned outward; elytral

sinus above shallow, the inferior sinus deeply and angulary incised. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly

explicate. Femora little compressed, elongate, carinae of anterior femora undulate ; the middle femora

sublobate; posterior femora triquetrous, the external pagina with the oblique rugae strongly prominent,

the carina of the outer face below very pronounced; femoral and genicular denticles very strongly trian-

gulary produced. First and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length. — Piate 3, Fig. 30.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

native of Peru, South America.

I. T . fossulatus, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. p. 89-90 (1906) (Peru).

26. Genus SCABROTETTIX, nov. gen.

Characters. — Moderately robust forms ; scabrous or subscabrous-granulate. Vertex wider or

subequal to one of the eyes, anteriorly truncate, frontal carinae little elevated laterally, median carina

scarcely produced, eyes not at all or barely higher than the vertex; face oblique, sinuate; frontal costa

compresso-elevated between the antennae, viewed in front sulcate, the rami substraight, evenly, and

FAM. ACRIDIID^

47

moderately sepai ated forward to the median ocellus ; posterior ocelli placed a little below the middle of

the e3’es; antennae filiform, somewhat stout, articles elongate, inserted below the eyes and anterior to

them, nearly reaching to the humeral angies; palpi filiform, little compressed apicalK'. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, having the dorsum flattened, more or less scabrous, posteriorly subulate or acumi-

nate, extending backwards beyond the knees of the hind femora; humeral angies obtuse orrounded;

median carina thin and inconspicuous, often undulate interrupted; rarely the dorsum between the

shoulders having very indistinct humero-apical granulate lines; the posterior angies of the lateral lobes

little flattened outwards and angulate, truncate behind, or acute produced but not at all spined. Elytra

often larger than ordinarily or of moderate size, oval subacuminate apically; wings perfectly explicate,

longerthan the process. Legs moderately elongate but little compressed, margins entire; posterior tibiae

slightly ampliate towards the apices, margins spinose ; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi

subequal in length. — Piate 4, Fig. 37, 37a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The four species which I refer to this genus are

native ofthe Neotropical region of America.

1. S. scabrosus, nov. spec. (i) (Bolivia).

2. S. magistralis, Brunner von Wattenwyl, (Ba3mrn) Berl. Ent. Zeit. Bd. 40, p. 254-255, pl. 3, f. i

[Metrodora) (igoo) (Colombia).

3. S. amazonus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 249 {Metrodora) (1887) (Upper Amazon,

Ecuador).

4. S. bolivianus, nov. spec. (2) (Bolivia).

5. S. acutilobus, nov. spec. (3).

6. S. bolivianus extensus, nov. var. (4).

THE EOLLOWING KEY AND DESCRIPTIONS MAY BE OF USE IN RECOGNIZING

THE SPECIES

1. (4) Vertex much wider than one of the eyes; pronotum with the dorsum

strongly scabrous, broadly depresso-fossulate behind the shoulders ; median

carina very low and thin, in profile distinctly unevenly sinuate.

2. (3) Posterior angies of the lateral lobes of pronotum very little flattened out-

ivards angulate S. scabrosus, nov. sp.

(1) Scabritettix scabrosus 'ciov . Grayish-ferrugineous, the ventral surface ot body fuscous, legs banded with fuscous. Eyes rather small, not

higher than the vertex ; vertex nearly tvvice the width of one of the eyes, truncate, slightly scabrous, middle carinate, in profile very little advanced before

the eyes and angulate ; part of occiput behind the eyes exposed ; frontal costa in profile little sinuate between the middle of the eyes, roundly protuberant

between the antennae, viewed in front rather vvidely sulcate. Pronotum with the dorsum strongly scabrous, transeversely broad between the shoulders, sub-

convex, tuberculose, the humeral angies distinctly rounded ; behind the shoulders broadly fossulate, process rugulose-scabrous, lengthily extended back-

ward, but not so far as the wings ; median carina little compresso-elevated forward behind the anterior margin, posteriorly uneven ; posterior angies of the

lateral lobes little flattened outwards and angulate. Elytra unusually large and oval. Pemora externally scabrous ; posterior femora slender, externally stron-

gly scabrous, with rough tumose elevations above, the superior carinte noticeably minutely serrulate ; the tibial margins plurispinose ; the first articles of

the posterior tarsi having the third pulvilli subequal to the first and second together and flat below. Entire length ot body female, i6 mm.; i^ronotum iqmm.

posterior femora 6.5 mm. (Mapiri, Bolivia) This species bears a superficial resemblance to Apotettix rugoszis Scudder.

(2) Scab^Htetiix bolivia/ia nov. sp. Ferrugineous. Eyes rather large, globose, subhigher than the vertex ; vertex subequal in breadth to one of the

eyes, truncate, viewed in profile or from above not advanced beyond the eyes ; frontal carina; little elevated on each side, middle carina rather conspicuous,

occiput covered ; frontal costa elevated convex between the antennae, subsinuate between the middle of the eyes, sinuate below, viewed in front moderately

sulcate. Pronotum with the dorsum granulate, subscabrous on the process, little compresso-elevated anteriorly, depressed between the shoulders ; median

carina distinet but low and behind the shoulders little undulate ; humero-apical carina; represented by indistinct granulate lines, situated rather near the

humeral carina;; posterior pronotal process moderately long, passing beyond the posterior temoral knees, and barely reaching so far as the wings ; posterior

angies of the lateral lobes flattened outwards, rectangulate and subobtuse. Elytra of moderate size, oval, but with subacuminate apices. Femora little com-

pressed, entire; posterior femora somewhat incrassate, genicular spine distinet ; posterior tibim dark, sparingly spinose. Entire length of body female,

i3 mm.; pronotum iz.5 mm.; posterior femora 6.5 mm. (Bolivia'.

(.1 Scabritettix acutilobus -nex . (Piate 4. Fig. 37-37n.) Resembling majislralis but larger, the lateral lobes less produced out-

wards ; the wings extended beyond the pronotal process ; dorsum of pronotum rugose-scabrous, tuberculose, the lateral carina; subindistinct posteriorly, bu

the humeral angies moderately carinate ; the vertex wider than one of the eyes. Entire length of male i6.5 mm.; pronotum 14.5 mm.; posterior femora 6 mm.

1-ocality llapiri, Bolivia, S. America.

(4) Scabritettix bolivianus extensus nov. var. This form agrees somewhat with the discription of Metrodora aniacona by Bolivar (Essai, i;. 249)^

his species being native ot the Upper Amazon ot Brazil, but my form differs in the color of the body and elytra. It also differs in structure as given in the

key herewith presented. The color is grayish-ferrugineous variegated with fuscous, elytra plain ferrugineous, ventral parts of the body black. Entire length

of the body female 16.8 mm.; pronotum i5 mm.; posterior femora 6.5 mm. (Mapiri, Bolivia).

48

ORTHOPTERA

3. (2) Posterior angles of the laieral lobes of pronohm acute

4. (i) Vertex subequal in width to one of the eyes ; dorsum lightly scabrous, gra-

nulate.

5. (7) Pronohm siibelevated toioard the front, behind the shoulders transversely

depressed, marked with fuscous, posterior process lengthily extended back-

ward to apices of hind tibiae ; elytra black, marked with a niedian whitish

macula ; posterior angles of the later al lobes to slight cxtent angulate .

6. (8) Wings not longer than pronotal process.

7. (5) Pronotum ruith the median carina subcompresso-elevated forward between

the sulci ; lateral lobes flattened outwards, the posterior angles subobtuse,

the apices little rounded ; elvtra plain ferriigineous ; pronotal process little

extended backwards but not nearly to the apices of the hind tibiae .

8. (6) Wings longer than pronotal process ; body more slcnder ; vertex very little

narrower ; dorsum not so compresso-elevated forward, pronotal process more

extended backward beyond the posterior f emor al knees

S. MAGISTRALIS, Brunner.

S. ACUTU, OBUs, nov. sp.

S. AMAZONUS, Bolivar.

S. BOLIVTANUS, IIOV. Sp.

s. BOLiviANUs EXTENSUS, n. var.

27. Genus ALLOTETTIX, Hancock

Fig. 18.

Allotettix. Hancock, Ent. News, PhiladA^ol. 10, p. 276 (1899); Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Oith. Vol. 2,

p. 12 (1900); Hancock. Tettigidm X. Amer. p. 126-127 (1902).

Characters. — Bodv rugose, tuberculose; face oblique, viewed in front na rrow. Vertex little

narrowed forward, scarcely wider than one of the eyes, or subequalh* wide, middle carinate, on either

side lighth’ canaliculate, part of occiput behind the e3?es naked; the

front border of vertex hardly advanded so far as the e^^es, subtrun-

cate, the frontal carinulse elevato-rounded laterally. Eyes in profile

moderateU’ elevated, subconoidal. Fiontal costa narrowl^’ furcate,

the rami little divergent. Antennae inserted a little below the anterior

ventral border of the eyes. Pronotum depressed, rather narro vv,

truncate anteriorly, strongl}" prolonged posteriorly, ending in a sharp

attenuated apical process; median carina of pronotum scarcely

elevated ; humeral angles strongly obtuse, the superior lateral sinus

of lateral lobes quite shallow, the inferior sinus deeph' incised, the posterior inferior angles turned

downwards and scarceR’ at all outwards. obtuse. Elytra elongate; wings as long as the process. Femora

slender, margins entire, posterior tibiae pro\'ided with few spines (four in the outer row, more or less);

the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi about equal in length.

Head of Allotettix peruvianus Bolivar.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Four species belonging to this genus are confined

to South America, the West Indies and Costa Rica.

1. A. peruvianus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 272 {Paratettix) (1887) (Pumamarca, Peru;

Colon, Panama. U. S. Columbia; San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentine Republic ; Costa Rica).

2. A. cayennensis, Bolivar, idem, p. 273 {Paratettix) (1887) (Caj^enne, Guiana, S. America).

3. A. prolongatus, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. 10, p. 276-277 (1899) (Bolivia, .S. America).

4. A. chipmani, Bruner, MS. (Isl. Trinidad, W. Indies).

FAM. acridiifaf:

49

28. Genus NOTOCERUS, Hancock

Notocerus. Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, no. i, p. 5-6 (igoo).

Characters. — Body dispersed with granules, bicornute. Face oblique; vertex transverse,

nearly twice the breadth of one of the eyes, truncate, not advanced so far as the er^es, frontal carinae

little distinet laterally but obsolete inwardly, middle carina obsolete but little evident anteriorly, little

fossulate on each side; frontal costa distinctly compresso-elevated, little produced between the antennae,

narrowly sulcate, the rami subparallel ; er^es subst3’late, flattened-giobose, prominent ; posterior ocelli

situated between the middle of the e}’es ; antennae inserted bareh' on a plane with the ventral border of

the e5'es. Pronotum anteriorty truncate, with the dorsum strongh’ elevated between the shoulders, the

humeral angle on each side highlj" elevated lateralh’ into an acute cornu, distinctly produced outwards,

concave between the connua, behind the shoulders posteriorly flattened, process extended beyond the

knees of the hind femora; median carina of pronotum ver}' low and indistinct, obsolete forward behind

the anterior margin ; prozonal carinas obliterated; lateral carinae posteriorly crenulate; scapular area

quite wide (in Hyboteitix being very narrow or bimarginate) ; elytral sinus wanting; the side margins

below the scapular area arcuate; the inferior sinus deeply angularly excavate; the posterior angles of the

lateral lobes flattened outwards and subacute, rectangular, barely concavo-truncate behind. Elytra ellip-

tical acuminate towards the front with rounded apices; wings perfectlv explicaite and little longer than

the pronotal process. Anterior and middle femora elongate, entire; posterior femora subincrassate with

the superior carina arenate forward; genicular lobes little produced subacute, the femoral lobes of

moderate size; posterior tibial margins unevenly plurispinose, canthi little compressed denticulate,

margins little ampliate toward the apices; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length,

the three pulvilli of the first tarsal joints equal in length. - Piate 2, Fig. 20, 20a.

Geographical distributiori of species. — • But one species of this genus is known, it is a

native of Madagascar.

I. N. cornutus, Hancock, Occas. Hem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, no. i, p. 6-7, f. 2, 2a (1900) (N. E.

Madagascari .

29. Genus hybotettix, Hancock

Hybotettix. Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, no. i, p. 8-g (igoo).

Characters. — Body dispersed with minute granules. Face little oblique; vertex wider than

one of the eyes, narrowed forward, subtransverse, truncate, not advanced so far as the eyes, the frontal

carinse rounded, subobsolete inwardly, middle carina wanting, on either side subfossulate ; frontal costa

distinctly and roundly produced between the antennm, moderately sulcate, the rami very little wider

opposite the antennae; antennae inserted very little below or opposite the antero-ventral margins of the

eyes; eyes subelongate-globose, prominent; ocelli situated between the middle of the eyes. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, the front margin little rounded, posteriorly extended beyond the femoral knees;

dorsum eler^ated biconcave between the shoulders, the humeral angles highly elevated angulate, little

produced laterally, median carina of the dorsum forward behind the anterior margin compresso-gibbose ;

the posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate, obliquely truncate behind; the inferior sinus

angularly incised, the elytral sinus wanting, the elytra lying against a wide bimarginate arc. Elytra

rather small, elongate; wings fully explicate, very nearly as long as the pronotal process. Femora

entire; anterior femora rather slender; the middle femora little incrassate in the male; the posterior

5o

ORTHOPTERA

femora subincrassate, with the antegenicular and genicular denticles of moderate size; posterior tibiae

plurispinose, often six on the outer margin, and minutely denticulate; the three pulvilli of the first tarsal

articles nearly equal in length, but the first distinctly rounded below. — Piate 4, Fig. 43.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus has been recorded, it is

from Madagascar.

I. H. humeralis, Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, p. 9-10, pl. i, f. 4 (1900) (North

Eastern Madagascar).

30. Genus THYRSUS, Bolivar

'1 hyrtus tiaratus Bol.

after Bolivar.

Thyrsus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 253-254 (1887).

Characters. — Body nearly smooth. Head exserted; vertex strongly acute

produced before the eyes : face oblique ; frontal costa subelevated between the antennae ;

antennae shorter than the head, inserted between the eyes. Pronotum with the dorsum

nearly flat, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly barely passing the' middle of the abdomen,

behind angularly excised ; humeral angles wanting ; the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes turned down. Elytra and wings wanting. Femora elongate somewhat compressed.

carinate; posterior tibiae sparingly and minutely spinose; first and third articles of the

posterior tarsi equal in length.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus has been

recorded, it is native of Viti-Levu.

I. T. tiaratus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 254, pl. 2, f. 2 1 ( 1887) (Viti-Levu).

31. Genus PSEUDOMITRARIA, nov. gen.

Characters. — Body finely granulose. Head with the cephalic process strongly produced,

frequently advanced before the eyes a distance equal to the greatest length of one of them, depressed

above, acute, the apex rounded, margins entire and carinate, median carina distinet; face distinctly

oblique; frontal costa forked slighth' cephalad of the ocelli, the rami slightly divergent; median ocellus

placed on a plane with the ventral margin of the eyes, paired ocelli placed directE between the eyes;

eyes subtrigonal, hardly prominent; antennae shoit, very slender, apices acute, inserted directly between

the eyes and equidistant from them and the frontal costa. Pronotum anteriorly obtuse angulate, very

elongate, posteriorly extending be3’ond the apices of hind femora a distance about equal to their length,

very slightly subulate; dorsum slightly arched transeversely ; median and lateral carinae distinet;

between the soulders bearing a short accessory carina on each side of the mid-carina; the posterior

angles of the lateral lobes acute; inferior sinus rectangulate, elytral sinus shallow. Elytra cylindrical

ovate, wings perfectly explicate, extended slightly beyond the pronotal process. Anterior and median

femoral margins very slightly undulate; posterior femora slender, margins evenly curved, the genicular

spine distinet and acute, femoral lobe distinet, external pagina with distinet but diamond shaped sculp-

ture; posterior tibiae slightly sinuate, armed apically with distinet spines, canthi minutely serrulate; first

articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the third articles. Nearly allied to Mitraria Bolivar.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus has been described,

it is from the Ethiopian Region.

I. P, pontificalis, Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 664-665 (1904) (West Africa, Liberia).

FAM. ACRIDIID^

5i

32. Genus MITRARIA, Bolivar

Mitraria. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 225 (1887) (i).

Characters. — Body nearly smooth. Face moderately oblique; antennae inserted distinctly

before (below) the eyes, shorl; posterior ocelli placed between the anterior part of the eyes; vertex

strongly produced forward; process of head triangular, on either side uni or bidentate, above carinate.

Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily acuminate; dorsum flattened or veiy obtuse tectiform,

the median carina percurrent but little elevated ; humeral angles rounded; the posterior angles of the

lateral lobes moderately outwardly prominent and obtuse. Elytra small and oblong ; wings perfectly

explicate. Eemora slightly compressed, the superior carinae acute or sparingly laminate; tibiae sulcate

above, the posterior tibiae toward the apices not or barely ampliate, sparingly spinose, canthi serrate,

the first articles of the posterior tarsi nearly equal in length to the third.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Twm species ha ve been nominally referred to this

genus. One inhabits the Upper Amazon, a second (which I think does not properly belong here) is found

in Java.

1. M. producta, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 253 (1887) (Upper Amazon).

2. M. phyllocera, Flaan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 166, 168, pl. 22, f. 10 {Acridium) (1843) (Java).

phyllocera, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 264 {1887).

8. SECTION TETRIGI/E

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF THE SECTION TETRIGI^

1. (3) Vertex strongly narrowed forward, drawing eyes very near together

anteriorly.

2. (4) Pronotum subcylindrical, smoothly granulate, carinw very low or flat-

tened, anterior prozonal carinae near the anterior margin suhobsolete.

3. (i) Vertex narrowed toward the fronthid anterior border truncate, ahout

one half to nearly the breadth of on e of the eyes.

4. (2) Pronotum with the carina little compressed, anterior prozonal carinae

rather distinet

5. (7) Middle femoral margins strongly carinate-clypeate, length little more

than the breadth.

6. (8) Head very short, somewhat retracted under pronotum ; dorsum of prono-

tum transversely convexo-tectiform, subtumid ; body somewhat robust

7. (5) Middle femora not clypeate, sometimes carinae compressed but then the

length much more than the breadth.

8. (6) Head little compresso-elevated, occiput behind the eyes naked ; eyes little

higher than dorsum; body rather slender ; antennae considerably

longer than head

Genus Teredorus, nov. gen.

Genus Telmatettix, Hancock.

GenusCLYPEOTETTix, Hancock.

GenusEuPARATETTix, Hancock,

(i) The name Mitraria is preoccupied by Raf. genus of Mollusca. i8i5, and the name Mitritettix is here proposed as a substitute.

ORTHOPTERA

32

g. (io) Vertex truncate, not advanced heyond tlie eyes, narrower or rarely siibe-

qual to one ofthcm ; dorsum advanced upon thc head to the eyes .

10. (g) Vertex produccd beyond the eyes, usuatty wider than one of tJiem, in

profile very frequentty angulate produced

11. (14) Antennae inserted between the inferior part of the eyes.

12. {li) Body somezvhat rugose, slender prolongate; dorsum subdcpressed , very

narrow between the shoulders ; first and third articlcs of posterior tarsi

equal or the third scarcely Ion gesi

13. (12) Body smooth; vertex not zoider than one of the eyes; median carina of

pronotum little compressed ; facial frontal costa roundly produced ; first

articles of posterior tarsi longer than the third

14. (ii) Antennae inserted little belozo the eyes.

15. (21) Body usually abbrcviated, having zvings but often imperfectly developed,

rarely macropierous.

16. (17) Facial frontal costa zvidely forkcd , scutelliform, vertex zoide, produced,

often tioice the width of one of the eyes, median carina produced, in

profile subangulate

17. (16) Facial costa widely forked but not scutelliform ; vertex wider than one of

the eyes, in profile vertex ivith median carina rounded anteriorly

18. (ig) Pronotum more or less compressed above having median carina compres-

so-cristate, more or less longitudinally arcuate, with the antero-dorsal

margin frequentty angulate produced

ig. (18) Pronotum zoith the mediazi carina cristulato-iindulatc, anterior margin

truncate; antennae filamentous elongate, reaching to the humeral angles;

wings often imperfectly developed, rarely macropterous .....

20. (22) Body granulate; vertex equal in width to one of the eyes, not produced,

little narrozaed forward ; dorsum narrow beizveen the shoulders; stature

small

21. (i5) Body having wings abbreviated or perfectly developed.

22. (20) Body having the surf ace of dorsum rugose or tidzerculose ; antennae short

and stout ; vertex distinctly zvider than one of thc eyes, advanced about

as far as the eyes or little beyond

23. (24) Vertex transverse, declivous tozvard the front; posterior tibiae strong,

incrassate, distinctly ampliate tozvards apices, lightly spinose; zvings

abbrcviated or as long as pronotum

24. (23) Vertex imperfectly carinate anteriorly, very often narrowed forward ;

antennae filiform, elongate, inserted very frequently between the eyes or

sometimes barely below; wings abbreviated or caudate

Genus Paratettix, Bolivar.

Genus Tetrix, Latreille.

Genus Stenedorus, Hancock.

Genus Hedotettix, Bolivar.

Genus Ochetotetti , Morse.

Genus Neotettix, Hancock.

Genus Nomotettix, Morse.

Genus Micronotus, Bolivar.

Genus Merotettix, Morse.

Genus Apotettix, Hancock.

Genus Prototettix, Bolivar.

Genus Coptotettix, Bolivar.

I. Genus TEREDORUS, nov. gen.

Charaoters. — Body smooth, interspersed with granules. Vertex very strongly narrowed toward

the front drawing the eyes together, median carina thin, little elevated and rounded anteriorly, but not

advanced before the eyes, the front margin minutely carinate; eyes globose; posterior ocelli placed

opposite the middle of the eyes; face little oblique; the frontal costa strongly compresso-elevated between

FAAI. acridiid.f:

53

the antennae and roundly produced, sinuate below, viewed in front narrovvl}^ sulcate; maxillary palpi

filiform; antennae rather coarse, the first six articles short, the rest elongate, inserted barelj^ below oron

a level with the ventral border of the eyes anterior to them. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, dorsum

smoothly granulate, somewhat flattened, but subcylindrical, rounded between the shoulders, ali the

carinae low, median carina indistinct forward in front of the shoulders, posteriorly moderately distinet;

prozonal carinae obsolete; humeral angles obtuse; humero-apical carina very indistinctly indicated on

each side by granulate line; pronotal process posteriorly lengthil}- extended beyond the knees of the hind

femora and antenuate; elytral sinus at the sides rather shallow, the inferior sinus deeply angulaiiy

incised; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes turned down and obtuse. Elytra ovate with acuminate

apices; wings perfectly explicate, passing beyond the pronotal apex. Femora elongate, entire ; femoral

and genicular lobes of hind femora small ; tibial margins veiy little ampliate towards the apices, spinose ;

the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal in length. — Piate 4, Fig. 42.

Geographical distributiori of species. — One species of this genus is known, it is a native of

Peru (South America).

I. T. stenofrons( i), nov. sp. (Peru).

2. Genus TELMATETTIX, Hancock

Telmatettix. Hancock, Psyche, p. 7 (1900); Tettigidse N. America, p. 127-128 (1902).

Characters. — Body somewhat slender, granulate, or little rugose. Vertex narrowed anteriorly,

the width equal to about one-half, to nearly the whole of one of the eyes, middle carinate, projecting

very feebly, on either side of the median carina narrowly longitudinally canaliculate, the length of

Crown much greater than the width ; front border of vertex subtruncate, viewed from above not advanced

so far as the eyes or about as far, the frontal carinae very small, concave,

little elevated lateralE next to the eyes and flexed backwards, abbreviated

behind ; frontal costa depressed, between the e5’es bareh’ or not at all

advanced before them, rarely subsinuate, viewed in front narrowly sulcate,

more or less compressed; eyes globose; superior ocelli placed on a plane

little below the middle of the eyes; antennae filiform, consisting of four-

teen articles, inserted barely below the anterior inferior border of the eyes

anterior to them. Pronotirm with the dorsum somewhat flattened, smootly granulate, or sabulose or

little tuberculose, anteriori}’ truncate, advanced upon the head to the eyes, posteriorly extended beyond

the hind femora or abbreviated ; median carina low, scarcely elevated ; prozonal carinae near the anterior

margin feebly expressed; humeral angles obtuse ; lateral lobes of pronotum posteriorly bisinuate, the

elytral sinus moderately shallow; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes turned downwards, subroun-

ded, the inferior margins viewed from above scarcely at all outwardly reflexed. Elytra elongate acumi-

nate; wings perfectly explicate, rarely abbreviated. Femora slender but little compressed, entire or

very rarely the anterior femora subundulate below ; posterior femoral lobes and genicular spines very

small; posterior tibiae somewhat ampliate towards the apices, the margins unevenly plurispinose ; the

first articles of the posterior tarsi little longer or subequal to the third, the third pulvilli distinctly the

longest and flat below, the first and second more or less acute or rounded below. — Piate 3, Fig. 28.

Geographical distribution of species. — The members of this genus inhabit the Lower

(i) T. sUnofrons, nov. sp. — Color gray. Entire length of body female 14.8

1.; pronotum i3.5

1,; irosterior femora 5.8 mm. (Pachitea, Peru)

54

ORTHOPTERA

Sonoran Region of America, but one species occurs in Oregon, the extreme Northern limit of the Upper

Sonoram Region.

1. T. aztecus, Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 400 {Tettix) ( 1861) (Mexico. California, Arizona, Cuba).

asteciis, Bolivar, Aiin. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 282-283 iParatettix) (1887); Hancock. Tettigidae N. America,

p. i3i-i32, pl. 9, f. 1-2 (1902).

2. 7. hesperus, Morse, Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 198 {Paratettix) (Oregon, California).

hespems, Hancock, Tettigidae N. America, p. 129-130, pl. 9, f. 8-9 (1902).

3. 7. aridus, Hancock, Tettigidae N. America, p. i33, pl.6, f. 3-3a (1902) (California).

4. T. fallax, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 282 iParatettix) (1887) (Guatemala).

fallax, Hancock, Tettigidae X. America, p. i33 (1887).

5. 7. minutus, Hancock, Tettigids N. America, p. i34-i35, pl. 7, f. S-6a (1902) (Mexico).

6. 7. minutus rugosus, Hancock, idem, p. i35 (1902) (Mexico).

7. 7. parviverticis var., Hancock, ibidem, p. i3o-i3i, pl. g, f. 3-4 (1902) (Mexico).

The species Telmatettix burri Hancock, has been removed from this genus and placed in the genus

Hedotettix.

3. Genus CLYPEOTETTIX, Hancock

Clypeotettix. Hancock, Tettigidae N. America, p. 124 (1902).

Characters. — Allied to Paratettix, Bolivar. Body minutely granulate. Vertex little narrowed

forward, the Iront border subequal to one of the eyes or barely wider, not advanced so far as the eyes,

truncate, middle feebly carinate, on either side between the eyes lightly longitudinally canaliculate, the

frontal carinulae viewed in front concave and little lovver than the eyes ; viewed from above only the

vertex and eyes show, the head being more or less retracted under the promotum. Frontal costa depressed,

between the antennae very little conve.x protuberant, sinuate below, viewed from in front sulcate,

the rami straight and evenly divergent to the median ocellus. Eves

Fig. 21. •

subprominent and globose; ocelli situated between the inferior third

of the eyes. Antennas filiform, rather short, consisting of fourteen

articles, inserted barelv below or in front of the antero-ventral

border of the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly rather

lengthil}? subulate, strongly dilated forward between the inferior

Heaciofciypeotettixschochii,Boiivar,cj.Originai. niargins 6f the lateral lobes; dorsum between the humeral angles

transversely convexo-tectiform or tumescent, the posterior angles of the lateral lobes distinctly rounded

obtuse; the inferior sinus deeply incised, the elytral sinus shallow, the intermediate lobule convex.

Elytra moderately broad. acuminate towards the apex; wings fully explicate, caudate. Anterior femora

compressed, margins compresso-carinate ; intermediate femora distinctly carinato-clypeate ; the posterior

femora incrassate, margins minutely serrulate, the superior margin strongly arcuate, near the knee often

bidentate, genicular spine deficient; tibiae with the canthi plurispinose, minutely serrulate, towards the

extremity ampliate; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal or equal in length. Valves

of female ovipositor rather produced, serrato-dentate, the lower blades pilose. — ■ Piate 3, Fig. 24.

Geographical distribution of species. - But one species (which is subject to great variation)

ranges from the northern part of South America, northward through Central America and Mexico.

I. C. schochii, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 274 {Paratettix) (1887) (Venezuela, Guatemala,

Nicaragua, Mexico).

schochii, Hancock, Tettig. X. Amer. p. 124-125, pl. 7, f. i, and pl. 9, f. lo-ii (1902).

FAM. ACRIDIIDtE

55

4. Genus EUPARATETTIX, Hancock

Euparatettix. Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part 7, p. 145 (1904).

Characters. — Related to Paratettix Bolivar. Heacl somewhat compresso-elevated. Vertex little

elevated forward, viewed from above subnarrower than one of the eyes, advanced about as far as the

e^^es, viewed in profile not at ali produced, the front margin laterally with barely elevated^ abbreviated

carinula on each side, the middle carinate; part of the occiput behind the eyes sloping backward and

uncovered ; frontal costa more or less convexo-arcuate produced, declivous toward the base ; viewed

from in front moderately or narrowly sulcate. Eyes strongly globose, elevated very little higher than the

pronotum; ocelli situated on a level, or just below the level, of the middle of the eyes Antennm

slender, filiform elongate, the last five articles often ver}^ little compresso-ampliate, inserted barely

below or on a level with the antero-ventral border of the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, the

antero-dorsal margin not advanced to the eyes, posteriori}’ lengthily subulate ; dorsum subdepresso-

convex between the shoulders; median carina distinet, frequently little subsinuate, little elevated, and

excavate just behind the anterior margin ; anterior prozonal carinae small and abbreviated; the lateral

carinae in front of the humeral angles ver}- distinet; infrascapular area just above the elytra at the sides

very narrow, little widened posteriorly behind the apices or the elytra; posterior angles of the lateral

lobes of the pronotum turned downwards, subrounded obtuse. Elytra oval, apices rounded; wings

lengthily extended backwards beyond the apex of the pronotal process. Femoral margins subentire;

anterior femora rather slender ; posterior femoral margins minutely serrulate, posterior tibiae plurispi-

nose, the canthi minutely serrulate; the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi nearly equal in length

the first scarcely longest, the third pulvilli nearly as long as the first and second together. — Piate 3,

Fig. 32.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The three recognized species belonging to this genus

are from the Oriental Region.

1. E. parvus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, part 7, p. 145-146 (1904) (Ceylon).

2. E. personatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 278 [Paratettix) (1887) (Ceylon).

personatus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2. p. 146-148, pl. 2, f. lo-ioh, andpl. 3. f. 20-206 (1904).

3. E. interruptus, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. p. 109-iro, Genova [Paratettix) (i8g3)

(Burmah).

5. Genus PARATETTIX, Bolivar

Paratettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 240 (1887).

Characters. — Body granose, little rugose. Vertex horizontal, narrower than one of the eyes

or equally wide, middle carinate, on either side more or less concave or lengthwise canaliculate,

anterior carinae terminating in flexures, viewed in profile not at all produced between the eyes; frontal

costa between the antennae curved, declivous toward the base, rarely subsinuate; antennae filiform, little

longer than the head, composed of fourteen articles, inserted barely before the eyes ; palpi not dilated,

same color as the body. Pronotum with the dorsum somewhat flattened, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly

subulate, very often passing the femoral apices, median carina little elevated; humeral angles obtuse;

lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate, the inferior sinus straight or acute, the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes turned down, apices subrounded. Elytra oval, punctate; wings perfectly explicate, very rarely

abbreviated. Anterior femora compressed, above carinate, often undulate; posterior tibiae with the apical

56

ORTHOPTERA

third part distinctly ampliate, equally spinose; first articles of the posterior tarsi elongate, longer than

the third, pulvilli acuminate, below straight; the third pulvilli very frequently longer than the first and

second united. — Piate 4, Fig. 40,

Geographical distribution of species. — The members of this genus are widel}^ dispersed

over the woiid. According to the literature it is quite rich in the number of species.

1. P. meridionalis, Rambur, Faune Andal, Vol. 2, p. 65 (Tetrix) (i838) (Europe, N. Africa. Asia minor).

Tettix meridionalis, Brunner von Wattenvvyl, Prodr. Europ. Orth. p. 23g (1882); Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg.

Vol. 3i, p. 276, pl. 2, f. 23-23rt (1887) ; Vide Finot, Fauue France, Orth. p. 170 (1S89).

2. P. toltecas, Saussure, Orth. Nova Amer. p. 3i. (Rev. Mag. Zool.) (1861) (Nicaragua, Mexico,

California, Lower California, Arizona, New Mexico, Nebraska, Colorado).

3. P. mexicatnis, Saussure, Orth. Nova Amer. (Rev. Mag. Zool.). p. 3o {Tettix) (1861) (Central America,

Mexico, California, Arizona. Texas, Georgia, North Carolina, Nebraska).

mcxicaniis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 275 11887).

Paratettix caudatus, Bruner. Bnll. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. lowa, Vol. 3, no. 3, p. 62 11896).

4. P. frey-gessneri, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 276 (1887) (Cuba, Jamaica).

5. P. variabilis, Bolivar, idem, p. 276 (1 887) (Borneo, Philippines, Madura, Sumalra).

6. P . femoralis, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 277 (1887) (Australia)

7. P. obesus, Bolivar. ibidem, p. 277(1887) (Loc.?).

8. P. cinereus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 277-278 (1887) (Island Nossibe).

9. P . fluciuans, Bolivar. ibidem, p. 280(1887) (N. Australia).

10. P. mimus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 278 (1887) (Philippines).

11. P. histricus, Stal, Freg. Eug. Ins. Orth. p. 847 [Tetrix) (1860) (Java, Sumatra, N. Australia, Philip-

pines, N. Caledonia, Borneo, Japan).

histricus, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 279 (1887).

12. P. scaber, Thunberg, Nova Acta Upsal, Vol. 7, p. 187 [Acrydium) (i8i5) (Southern and Central

.Africa, Oriental India).

Tettix scaber, Stal, Rec. Orth. Vol. i, p. 149.

var. Tettix subpusiulata, Walker,

? Tetrix scapularis, Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. Ent. Am. p. 232, pl. 2, f. 8 OSoS).

Tetrix striata. Palisot de Beauvois. idem, p. 282, pl. 2. f. 9 ; Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 3i, p. 279 (1887).

13. P. simuni, Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (6), Vol. 10, p. i38 (Venezuela).

14. P. variegatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 280(1887) (Cevlon).

15. P. indicas, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 281 (1887) (China, S. India).

16. P. contractus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 281 (1887) (Borneo, Philippines).

17. P. pullus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 281-282 (1887) (Viti).

18. P. tricarinatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 282 (1887) (Philippines).

19. P. simi'is, Bolivar, idem. p. 282 (1S87) (Northern Australia).

20. P. borelli, Giglio-Tos, Boli. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, Vol. 12, p. 28-29, no. 3o2 (1897) (Argentine

Republic).

21. P. hirsutus, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. Syst. Orth. p. iio, pl. 5, f. 48 (1898) (Burmah).

22. P. semihirsutus, Brunner von Wattenvvyl, idem. p. iio-iii (1898) (Burmah).

28. P. voeltzkowiana, Saussure, Abh. Senckenb. Ges. Frankf. Vol. 21, p. 656 (Nossi Be).

24. P. carinata, Kirby, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. p. 69-60 (1902) (Africa : Transvaal).

25. P. novae-guinea, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (39), p. 78 (1898) (N. Guinea).

26. P. cultratus, Bolivar, idem, p. 78 (1898) (New Guinea).

27. P. durus. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. i3 (1900) (Mexico).

28. P. sinuatus, Morse, idem, p. i3 (1900) (Mexico).

29. P. robustus, Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 121-122 (1902) (United .States : Wyoming).

30. P. toltecus sonor ensis, Hancock, idem, p. 121-122 (1902) (Mexico).

31. P. toltecus race [arizonus), Hancock, ibidem, p. 120 (1902) (Arizona, United States : New Mexico).

82. P. toltecus extensus. Morse, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 198 (1899) (California, Centr. Amer.).

33. P. cucullatus, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 658-659 (i838) (North Eastern United States,

Canada, [and according to Morse | Austral and warmer parts of Transition zones; Colorado,

Kansas).

FAM. ACRIDIIDiE

5?

34. P. texamis, Hancock, Tettigid* N. Amer. p. it3-ii4 (1902) (Texas, Georgia).

texanus, Rehn & Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. (1904). (Its status appears to be more likely that of a

mere subspecies ofP. citcullatus .)

35. P. texamis nanus, Hancock, Tettigidse N. .Amer. p. 114-115 (1902) (Texas, Louisiana).

36. P. tubercnlatiis, Hancock, idem, p. 117 (1902) (Mexico).

37. P. niorsei, Hancock, ibidem, p. 119, pl. 8, f. 10 (1902) (California).

38. P. niorsei extensus, Hancock, ibidem, p. 117-118, pl. 8, 1. 8 (1902) (California).

3g. P. mexicanus abortus, Hancock, ibidem, p. 117 (1902) (Mexico).

40. P. gracilis, Bruner, 2nd. Rept. Merchants Locust Inv. Comm. Buenos Aires, p. i5 {Nephele) (1900)

(Paraguay, Argentine Republic, Isi. Trinidad).

Note. — Of the twenty-eight species originally mentioned by Bolivar (Essai snr les Tettigidae,

p. 270, 1887) the folio wing changes have been made : peruvianus and cayennensis have been removed to

Allotettix, schnchi made the type of Clypectettix , personatus placed in Euparatettix, fallax and aztecusm Telma-

tettix, rugosus in the genus Apotettix, the species cneniidotus may be found under Amorpliofus, sagittatus has

been transferred to the genus Xistra, while caudatus belongs to Micronotiis.

6. Genus TETRIX, Latreille

Tetrix. Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. Vol. 3, p. 284 (1802).

Acrydium. GeofiVoy, Hist. Ins. Vol, i, p. 890 (1762); Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 278 (1775); Leach,

Edinb. Enc3’cl. Vol. g, p. 120 (i8i5).

Tettix. Fischer, Orth. Russ. p. 346 (1846) and others.

Characters. — Body smooth or little rugose. Head not at all exserted; vertex wider or very

rarely subnarrower than one of the e3’es, laterally more or less sinuate, middle carinate, the anterior

margin often subangulate-rounded, viewed in profile subacute in

front of the eyes, distincti}’ produced ; frontal costa very frequently

sinuate behind the antennae; antennae very short, not at all reaching

the humeral angles, often shorter than the head, somewhat incras-

sate, composed of twelve to fourteen articles, inserted hardiy before

the eyes. Pronotum with the dorsum tectiform, rarely dcpressed,

little ampliate between the shoulders, anteriorly truncate or angidate,

posteriorly acute, very often abbreviated; humeral angles strongly

obtuse ; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes lightly and obliquely

turned outward, lateral margins straight belovv, or the base subsinuate.

Legs simple, rarely the femoral carinae undulate; posterior tibiae

near the apices, carinae serrulate, shortly spinose or the internal carina unarmed at the apical fifth part;

the first articles of the posterior tarsi elongate, distinctly longer than the third. — Piate 3, Fig. 27.

Geographical distributiori of species. — ■ According to the literature the species of this genus

are widely dispersed over the world.

1. T. subulata, Linne, Fauna Suec, p. 237 (1761) (Europe, Asia Alinor, Spain, France, Algeria). (See

Finot, Faune de France, Orth. p. 167 (i8go) for synonyms.)

Tettix sahlbergi, Saiilcy (brachypterous form.).

2. T. hipunctata, Linne, Fauna Suec. p. 235 (1761) (Europe, Asia Minor, Central and Northern Spain

and Portugal, Siberia, Southern India). (See Finot. Faune de France, Orth. p. 166 (1890) for

synonyms. — See also Sahlberg, Fauna et Flora Fenn.Medd. 19, p. 48-48 (1893) for synonyms.)

3. T. depressa. Brisout, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) Vol. 6, p. 424 (1848) (Europe, Asia Minor, Spain, Por-

tugal, Crimea, France, Africa, Turkey).

Fig. 22.

Profile view of Tetrix bipunctatus ;

dorsal aspect of head. $

linear, slender, and only ampliate

58

ORTHOPTERA

4. T. acuminata, Brisout, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. Vol. 63 (1880) (Europe, especially the borders of the

Mediterranean) ; the long-wing variety of Tetrix depressa.

5. T. nobrei, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 262 (1887) (Portugal). Eigured by Bolivar, An.

Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. 16. pl. 4, f. 10 (1887).

6. T . tartara, Bolivar, idem. p. 262 (1887) (Turkestan).

7. T. iurki, Krauss, Ent. Monatsbl. Nr. 7, p. io3 [Tetiix) (1876) (Servia). {Jettix meridionalis of Turk,

vide Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 2o5, pl. ii, f. 2-2«.)

8. T. ceperoi, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. 16, p. 100 (1887) (Spain).

ceperoi. Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 267 (1887).

9. T. dilatata, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 167, 169, pl. 22, f. 12 (Acridiiim) (1843) (Java, Burmah).

dilatata, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 260 iTetti.w (1887).

10. T. prisca, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 261 (1887) (Australia).

11. T. latipes, Stal, Oefv. Vet. Akad. Eorh. Vol. 33, 3, p. 56 (Tettix) (1876) (Africa).

latipes, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 87 {Tettix)-, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl. p. 58 {Acrydium) (1902),

12. r. dubiosa, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 261-262 (1887) (Africa).

13. T. interrupta, Bolivar, idem, p. 262 (1887) (Australia).

14. T . japonica, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 263-264 (1887) (Japan).

15. T. siberia, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 265 (1887) (Siberia)

16. T . /uliginosa, Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. p. 25o [Acridiiim) (1840) (Norway, Lapland, Siberia).

fuliginosa, Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 268 {Tettix) (1887) ; var. of Tetrix bipunctata — Tetrix sidndata var., Borck

Skand. Ratving. Xat. i38.

17. T. signata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 268 (1887) (Philippines).

18. T. spathnlata, Stal, Ereg. Eug. Resa Ins. Orth. p. 848 (1860) (Australia).

sj-athidata, Bolivar, Essai, p. 269 (1887).

19. T. kraussi, Saulc}", Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 8 (France, Norwa}’, Germany).

20. T. atypicalis, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. 142-148, pl. 3, f. 14-14^ (Tettix) (1904) (Ceylon).

21. T. atypicalis ceylona, Hancock, Spolia Ze3ianica Vol, 2, p. 148-144 ( 1904) (Ce}'lon),

22. T . hrachyptera, Lucas & Brisout, Expl. Algerie, Ent, (1849) (Algeria).

Tettix nobrei, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. f. 10 (1887).

23. T. condylops. Gerstaecker, Arch f. Naturg. Vol. 35, p. 221 (1869) (Africa).

coiidylops, Decken, Keisen, Vol. 3 (21, p. 48 (1873) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (Acrydium) (1902).

T. vittata, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Vol. 5, ]>. 821, n. 43 1871): not syn. with Paratettix scaber as given by

Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 279 (1887).

24. T. distanti, Kirby. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 59 (1902) (Africa).

25. T. serripes, Redtenbacher, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8 (Turcomania).

26. T. turki saiilcyi, Azam, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, 4, Bull. p. 3i2. var. of turki (France).

27. T. depressior, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. \"ol. 26, p. 286 {Tetrix) (1900) (E. Africa).

28. T. giatiosa illepida, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 120 (Africa).

29. T. tenuicorna, Sahlberg, Medd. Soc. Fauna F^enn. Vol. 19. p. 47(Finland).

30. T. jugata, (Walker) Karsch, Ent. Nachr. \T1. 16, p. 26 (Africa).

31. T. gratiosus, Karsch. idem, p. 26 (Africa).

32. T. oxycephala? Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 65g (i838) (South Carolina).

33. T. harrisii? Packard, Rept Nat. Hist. Maine, p. 876 (1862) (Maine). Not described, and has no

standing.

34. T. granulata, Kirb}^ Fauna Bor. Amer. Ins. p. 281 (1837) (Temperate and Boreal Regions of North

America, Nebraska, British Columbia).

Tettix morsei, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. 10, p. 280-281 (1899).

35. T. granulata variegata, Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 66, 71-72 (1902) (Michigan), Wisconsin).

36. T. incurvata, Hancock, The Amer. Natural. Vol. 89, p. 761-762, f. (1898) (Washington, New Mexico,

Colorado).

37. T. luggeri, Hancock (Lugger), Orth. Minnesota, p. 109 (1898) (Minnesota, Illinois).

38. T. brunneri, Bolivar, .Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 266-267, pl. 2, f. 22-22« [Tettix) (1887) (Hudson

Bay, British Columbia, Oregon, Wyoming, Colorado).

Tettix lentatus, Morse, Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 200 (1899).

Tettix granulatus, Hancock, Ent. News, p. 279 (Dec. 1899);' Tettix brunneri, Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer*

pl. 4, f. 2 ( 1902).

FAM. ACRIDIID^

5g

3g. T. brunneri caudata, nov. form. (i)(Biitish Columbia).

40. T. acadica, Scudder, Dawson’s Rept. Geol. 49th. part p 345 (1875) (Lake of the Woods, New

Mexico, Minnesota, Nebraska, Canada).

41. T. ornata, Say, Amer. Ent. pl. 5 {Acrydium) (1824) (A boreal species but dispersed over most of the

Eastern part North America as far South as North Carolina and Tennessee).

ornata, Le Conte, ed. i. p. 10, pl. 5 (iSSg).

Tetrix dorsalis, Tetrix quadrimactdala. Tetrix bilineata, Tetrix sordida, Harris. Treat, on some insects injurious

to vegetation 3rd. ed. p. 186-187, 1862.

Tetrix ornata, Scudder, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 474 (1862).

42. 7. irangiilaris, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 7, p. 475 (1862) (Temporate and Boreal Regions

of North America). The short-wing form of Tetrix ornata.

43. 7. hancocki. Morse, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 200-201 (1899) (Kansas, Missouri, Indiana.

lowa, Montreal. Ontario, South Dakota, Nebraska, Illinois, Virginia, North Carolina, Ten-

nessee). Eigured by Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. pl. 4, f. 4 (1902).

44. 7. hancocki abbreviatus, Morse, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 200-201 (1899) var. of preceding

with probably similar distribution (Canada, Kansas. Missouri, Indiana, lowa, Illinois).

45. 7. crassa. Morse, idem, p. 201 (1899) (Colorado, Michigan, Nebraska, New Mexico, British

Columbia, Missouri, Kansas).

46. 7. arenosa, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 6Sg (i838) (Austroriparian and Carolinian zones of

the United States; Elorida, Georga, Mississippi, Virginia, Albana, North and South Carolinas,

Tennessee, Louisiana, Indiana, Illinois, lowa, Nebraska).

47. 7. obscura, Hancock, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 23, p. 239. pl. 7, f. g-ga, lo-ioti (1896) (Upper

Carolinian and Transition zones in Eastern North America; Missouri, lowa, Indiana, Illinois,

Wisconsin, Minnesota, Kansas, Michigan, Ontario) (2).

48. 7. gibbosa, Hancock, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 23, p. 239-240, pl. 6, f, 5-5« (1896) (Illinois, lowa,

Indiana, New Jersey, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Toronto).

gibbosa, vide Blatchley, Orth. Indiana, p. 225 (igoS) considers obscura only a shorter and wider form of arenosa.

Tettix angustus, Tettix inflatus, Tettix decoratus and Tettix fluctuosus: Hancock, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11896).

49. 7. blatchleyi, Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 91-92 (Florida).

Note. — The species mentioned in Bolivar’s Essai sur les Tettigidcc that have been removed and

placed in different genera are as follows : Tettix cucullatus = Paratettix cucullatus; Tettix femoratus = Neo-

tettix femoratus; Tettix cristatus N omotettix cristatus ; Tettix asperulus = Micronotus asperulus.

7. Genus STENODORUS, Hancock

Stenodorus. Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. p. 90(1906).

Characters. — Body granulose rugulose. Head not exserted or elevated ; face little oblique;

antennae slender filiform, inserted between the lower part of the eyes ; ocelli placed between the middle

of the eyes ; eyes moderately small, little elevated but not prominent, viewed from above subreniform,

in profile conoidal. Vertex anteriorly truncate, subequal in breadth to one of the eyes, middle indistinctly

carinate anteriorly; frontal costa narrowly sulcate, the rami almost imperceptibly widening forward to

the median ocellus; maxillary palpi slender, the apical article.s slightly depresso-ampliate. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute, strongly extended backward beyond the apex of posterior femora ;

dorsum very narrow between the shoulders, somewhat flattened; humeral angles very widely obtuse, the

scapular area clearly defined by the presence of humero-apical carinoe; posterior angles of lateral lobes

subobtusel}^ rounded. Elytra oblong ; wings perfectly explicate. Superior or elytral sinus much shallower

(1) Tetrix br7i777ieri caudata nov. form. Body witli lengthily extended process of pronotum, tlie wings passing the apex. Entire length i5.5 mm.

the pronotum i3.8 mm.; post, femora 6.2 mm. Collected by Caudell in British Columbia.

(2) Blatchley concludes that obscura is but a form ot arenosa, based on Hancock’s remark that specimens « shade off into forms approaching

arenosa », vide Orthopt. Indiana p. 225, 1903.

6o

ORTHOPTERA

than the inferior sinus. Femoral margins subentire; posterior femora slender; genicular and antegeni-

cular denticles small. acute, margins of posterior tarsi minutely serrate and sparingly armed with small

spines. First and third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length. This genus resembles Alloteitix, but

differs from that genus in the narrower body, the insertion of the antennae between the inferior part of

the eyes, and the situation of the superior ocelli between the middle of the eyes. — Piate 4, Fig. 39.

Geographical distribution of species. — One species of this genus has been described, it is

native of Peru, South America.

I. S. extenuatus, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. p. 91 (1906).

8. Genus HEDOTETTIX, Bolivar

Hedotettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 283 (1887); Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, p. 148 (1904).

Characters. — Body nearh’ smooth, to a certain degree minutely granose, or punctate impres-

sed. Head little exserted ; vertex subhorizontal not at all wider than one of the eyes, middle carinate,

very frequently distinctly ampliate forward, anteriorly

transeversely carinate. Erontal costa arcuate produced

between the antennae, not at all sinuate between the eyes.

Antennae hliform nearly touching the humeral angles, inser-

ted between the e3’es. Pronotum truncate anteriori}- and

obtuse angulate, posteriorly subulate acute, median carina

slightly compressed, percurrent ; the posterior angles of the

lateral lobes very narrowly rounded-truncate, or subacute.

Elytral apices rounded, rarely subacuminate; wings exten-

ded the length of the pronotal process or caudate, rarely abbreviated. Legs compressed; the anterior

femoral carinae entire, or obscure undulate; posterior femoral carinae granulate; the posterior tibiae

equally spinose; first articles of the posterior tarsi elongate, the third articles shorter than the first.

Geographical distribution of species. — This genus is rather rich in the number of species,

all the representatives inhabiting the tropics. Most of the recorded forms are from the Oriental, but one

is noted from the Ethiopian Region.

1. H . gracilis, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. p. 169 (Acridium) (Java, Lower Siam, .Sumatra, Ce}lon, British

India, Burmah).

gracillis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 283 (1887;.

festivus, Bolivar, idem, p. 286. f. 24-241/ (1887).

2. H. gracilis abortus, Plancock, Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. 2, p. i5i (1904) (Ceylon).

3. H. exsultans, Stal, Freg. Eug. Resa Ins. Orthopt. p. 347 (Tettrix) (1860).

exsultans, Stal, Eec. Orth. Vol. i p. 149 [Tcttix].

exsultans, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 284-285 ( 1887J (China).

4. H. a-ffinis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 280 ( 1887) (Philippines, ? Australia).

5. H. guibelondoi, Bolivar. idem, p. 285 (1887) (Philippines).

6. H . coactus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 285 (1887) (Sumatra).

7. H. sobrinus. Bolivar, ibidem, p. 286 (1887) (Philippines).

8. H. rusticus, Bolivar. ibidem, p. 286 ( 1887) (Philippines).

9. H. angustifrons, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 287 (1887) (Philippines).

IO. H . pulchellus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 287 (1887) (Central Africa, Madagascar).

II. H. attenuatus. Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2, p. i5i-i52, pl. 3, f. 18-18Z/ (1904) (Ce3lon).

12. H. granulatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. Vol. 64, p. ZfS-ijS (1895) (Is. Sechelles).

1 3. H. /wm, Hancock, Occas. Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc. Vol. i, n" i, p. lo-ii {Tehnatettix) (1900)

(N. E. Madagascar).

Fig-. 2.).

Hedotettix attenuatus Hancock ; ilorsal and protile

views of liead; a, lateral lobe of pronotum from abovc.

FAM. acridiid.f:

9. Genus OCHETOTETTIX, Morse

Ochetotettix. Morse, Biol. Cent. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. 9 (igoo).

Characters. — ■ Vertex very broad, often twice the width of one of the eyes, and projecting in

advance of them, the front margin convex, with a prominent tooth the median carina, shallowly exca-

vate above on each side of the mid-carina, the crown elevated ; eyes of moderate size, but little protu-

berant; face little oblique; antenna very short, inserted just below the level of the eyes, separated by a

space three to four times greater than the distance between them and the eyes; facial costa forking high

up, opposite the middle or upper part of the eyes, the rami forming a deep, concave, broadly lanceolate

scutellum, acutely pointed above. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, dorsum tectiform, the posterior process

extended beyond the femoral knees, subulate, or cuneate and only reaching to the apices of the hind

femora; humeral angles strongly obtuse; median carina anteriorly before the shoulders arcuate, sub-

straight behind ; lateral carinas prominent; dorsum provided with an accessory abbreviated carina on each

side of the median carina, midway between it and the antehumeral carinae which they paralell ; posterior

angles of the lateral lobes little expanded outwards but obtuse and turned downwards. Elytra narrowly

lanceolate or elliptical with rounded apices; wings perfectE explicate or apterous. Legs compressed,

with the anterior and median femoral margins somewhat undulate, the inferior inargins sublobate; pos-

terior femora with the genicular and femoral lobes small ; tibial margins denticulate and spinose; the first

articles of the posterior tarsi fully twice the length of the third articles. — Piate 3, Fig. 33.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The two species of this genus are native of the

tropi cal Region of Mexico.

r. O. barretti, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. 10, p. 277 (Neoiettix) (1899) (Afexico).

haretti, Morse, Biol. Cent. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. 9 (1900).

2. O. volans, Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2 (1900) (Mexico).

10. Genus NEOTETTIX, Hancock

Neotettix. Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. g, p. i38 (1898).

Characters. — Body granulate or rugose. Vertex wider tlian one of the eyes, the front margin

convex or rounded; median carina prominent anteriorly, on eiter side between the eyes scarcely

fossulate; viewed in profile the vertex rounded, little advanced before the eyes; frontal costa convex,

viewed in front strongly furcate, subscutelliform ; antennse rather

stout, short, composed of twelve or rarely thirteen articles, inserted

barely below the ventral border of the eyes anterior to them; eyes

globose, and rather small ; superior ocelli placed opposite the

middle of the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly truncate or the dorsal

margin scarcely angulate or convex, advanced over the head to the

eyes, posteriorly acuminate barely reaching to the apices of hind

femora or rarely subulate and extended beyond the femoral knees ;

humeral angles strongly obtuse, between the shoulders tectiform

or convexo-tectiform ; median carina of dorsum distinet, elevated

between the shoulders; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes

obtuse; the inferior lateral sinus quite deeply and angularly incised,

superior sinus shallow, median lobule betw^een the two convex. Elytra elongate elliptical with rounded

Fig. 24.

Profile view of Neotettix bolivari Hancock,

dorsal aspect of head.

62

ORTHOPTERA

apices: vvings often undeveloped or peifectly explicate, passing the pionotal process. Femora com-

pressed, margins entire; posterior femora incrassate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi distinctly

longer than the second and third iinited, the pulvilli acute, but more or less flat below.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus inhabit the south eastern

part of the United States in the Region included in the Austroriparian.

1. N. bolivari, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. 9, p. 139-140, pl. 8, f. 2-2d (1898) (Indiana, Virginia,

Northand South Carolina’s, Georgia, Alabama, Tennesee, Florida).

2. N . rotundifrons, Hancock, idem, p. i3g, pl. 8, f. 3-3d (1898) (Georgia, Florida).

3. .V. bolteri, Hancock, ibidem, p. 140, pl. 8, f. i-id (1898) (Florida).

4. N . bolivari longipennis, Hancock, Tettigidse N. Amer. p. i65 (1902) (Texas).

5. N . coarctatus, Hancock, idem, p. i65 (1902) (New Mexico, Florida).

6. N. variabilis, Hancock, ibidem, p. i65 (1902) (Florida).

7. N . femoraius, Scudder, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 2, p. 3o6 (1869) (Maryland, Georgia).

8. A’, hancocki, Blatchley, Orth. Indiana in 27th. Ann. Rept. Dept. Geol. Nat. Res. Ind. p. 226 (1903)

(Indiana).

Note. — Prof. A. P. Morse has recently included N . rotundifrons as a S3aionym oi bolivari, besides,

indicating that probably /««ora/rw is also synonymous (vide Researches on N . Amer. Acridiidce, Carn. Inst.

p. 25, 1904.)

I I. Genus NOMOTETTIX, Morse

Nomotettix. Morse, Psrxhe, p. i5o (1894).

Characters. — Face little oblique, sinuate. Vertex wider than one of the e^^es and more or less

advanced beyond them, middle distincti}^ carinate, little elevated, in profile angulate produced before

the eyes ; frontal costa sinuate opposite the middle of the eyes, viewed in front sulcate, the rami mode-

ratel}' separated and subparallel ; e^^es small ; posterior ocelli placed opposite the middle of the e^^es;

antennae short, filiform, with thirteen or rarely twelve articles, not i'eaching the humeral angles, inserted

barely below the ventral border of the e}- es anterior to them. Pronotum little compressed, rather narrow

between the shoulders; median carina strongly compresso-cristate, and longitudinali}' more or less

arcuate: antero-dorsal margin angulate or truncate, posteriorly cuneate, barely extended to the apices

of the hind femora or rarely subulate, then passing the knees of the hind femora; lateral lobes with the

posterior margin bisinuate. the elytral sinus shallow, the inferior sinus deep, the intermediate lobule

lightly convex; posterior angles of the lateral lobes obtuse-rounded. Elytra elliptical with acuminate

apices; wings shorter than the process or peifectly explicate. Legs little compressed, entire, posterior

femora incrassate, femoral and genicular lobes rather small and not acute; margins of posterior tibiae

equally plurispinose ; the first posterior tarsal articles longer than the second and third united. Small

forms with the body little compressed, usually brachypterous or rarely having the wings peifectly

explicate. — Piate 3, Fig. 25.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus inhabit the eastern

portion of North America included in the Transition, Alleghanian, Carolinian, and Austroriparian zones.

1. N . cristatus, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 7, p. 478 [Batrachidea) (1862) (E. U. S.).

2. N . parvus. Morse, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 3, p. 14-15, pl. 2, f. i, Vol. 4 (1895) (Minnesota/.

3. N . cristatus carinatus, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 7, p. 479 [Batrachidea) (1862) (E. U. S.).

4. N . acuminatus, Hancock, Ent. News, Philad. Vol. 10, p. 8 (1890) (Kansas).

5. N . sinufrons, Hancock, idem, p. 278-279 (1899) (Minnesota).

FAM. AGRIDIID.F:

63

6. N. compressus. Morse, Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. Vol. 3, p. i5 (iSgS) (Indiana, Georgia, North Caro-

lina, Maryland).

7- N . compressus atavus. Hancock in Blatchley Orth. Ind. (27th. Rep. Geol. and Nat. Res. Ind. 1902),

p. 2ig (igoS) (Indiana).

8. N. arcuatus, Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 65 (1902); [IN. armatus given in Zoolog. Rec.p. 3ii

(1902) (Georgia).

12. Genus MICRONOTUS, Hancock

Micronotus. Hancock, Tettigidae N. Amer. p. 97 (1902).

Characters. — Allied to Tetrix. Body scabrous-granulate; head with part of occiput behind the

eyes exposed; vertex little wider than one of the eyes, truncate anteriorly, transversely carinate, the

carinae laterally abbreviated, little compressed somewhat elevated and rarely subacute or minutely

dentate, middle rather prominently carinate, viewed in profile anteriorly more or less slightly acute

dentate produced; between the eyes on each side of median carina little fossulate ; frontal costa narowly

or moderately sulcate, the rami subparallel or scarcely divergent forward. in profile slightly excavate in

front of the middle part of eyes, compresso-elevated between the antennae, little produced, sinuate

below; e^^es rather small, very slightly elevated higher than vertex; posterior ocelli placed about

between the middle of the eyes; antennae very slender filamentous elongate reaching the humeral angles,

inserted about on a level with the lower margin of the eyes or barely below. Pronotum with the dorsum

somewhat flattened, scabrous, abtuse tectiform, widened between the humeral angles, anteriorly

truncate, posteriorly abbreviated acute, or lengthily extended beyond the femoral apices acuminate;

humeral angles carinate, little produced outwards ; median carina compressed, little elevated cristulato-

undulate; antehumeral and posthumeral carinae more or less compressed; posterior angles ol lateral

lobes subrounded below, slightly outwardly subreflexed, elytral sinus somewhat shallow; inferior sinus

deeply angularly incised. Elytra oval, rather wide; wings often undeveloped or rarely perfectly explicate,

then caudate, or nearly equal in length to pronotal process. Anterior femora compressed elongate, above

carinate, below entire or feebly lobate; median femora in male, often strongly incrassate, in the female

rather broadly compressed and strongly carinate, sinuate above, dentato -lobate below; posterior femora

externally tuberculo-scabrous. genicular and femoral lobes small; posterior tibiae scarcely ampliate near

the apices, margins unequally plurispinose, first articles of the posterior tarsi subequal to the second

and third articles united. — Piate 4, Fig. 41.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Four species are referable to this genus, all of

which inhabit the Neotropical Region of America.

1. M. quadriundulatus, Redtenbacher & Brunner von Wattenwyl, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. Vol. i5,

p. 208 {Tetiix) (1892) (Island of St. Vincent, Island of Trinidad).

2. M. asperulits, Bohvar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 260 [Tettix) (1887) (Brazil).

3. M. hancocki, Bruner, M. S. (Island of Trinidad) (i).

4. M. caudatus, Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 3i {Tettix) (1861) (Guiana, Brazil, Argentine Republic,

Paraguay, Island of Trinidad).

caudatus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 274 (1887).

13. Genus MEROTETTIX, Morse

Merotettix. Morse, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 199(1899).

Characters. — Vertex equal in width to one of the eyes or slightly less, front margin somewhat

convex. projecting very little in advance of the eyes, narrowly sulcate on each side of the mid-carina at

(i) Recently described by Bruner in Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. Vol. 14. p. 146 (1906).

64

ORTHOPTERA

its Union with the frontal costa ; the crovvn betvveen the eyes broadly and shallowly sulcate on each side

of the high median ridge, rapidly widening backward from the iniddle of the eyes. Face in profile quite

retreating below antennae, the frontal costa roundly protuberant, scarcely sinuate above; rami of costa

straight, slighth' and evenly divergent; eyes subglobose ; superior ocelli placed on a plane little lower

than the middle of the eyes; antennae filiform, situated below the eyes and anterior to them. Pronotum

anteriorly truncate, with the dorsum scabrous or rugose, flattened, slightly elevated in front of the shoul-

ders; median carina distinet throughout, highest and almost subcristate midway between front margin

and shoulders, undulate behind; lateral carinae distinet, their anterior poitions converging behind ; dor-

sum between the shoulders narrow and with very obtuse humeral angles; hind process with straight

sides, acute, sometimes having deflected apex, about reaching the posterior knees; posterior sinus of

lateral lobes very shallow, the caudal margin of the upper lobe less than half as long as the ventral mar-

gin. Wings abbreviated, often two-thirds or three- fourths as long as the pronotal process. Anterior and

middle femora slender, margins entire or slightly sinuate; hind femora moderateh" stout; First articles

of the posterior tarsi distincthAonger than the second and third united. Body small, allied to Parateiiix

Bolivar, and Neotetiix Hancock.

Geographical distributiori of species. — But one species of this genus has been described,

a native of Southern California.

I. M. ■pristinus. Morse. Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 199-200 (1CS99).

14. Genus APOTETTIX, Hancock

Apotettix. Hancock, Tettigidac, N. Amer. p. 99-100 (1902).

Characters. — Bodv rather small, rugose-scabi ous, minutelv tuberculose. Head somcwhat

crowded into the pronotum; antennae stout, consisting of thiiteen articles; e3^es small. globose. Vertex

much wider than one of the e\ es or nearly twice the w idth, the front border not, or a little advanced

before the e^-es, convexo-truncate; middle of vertex carinate rather conspicuousl}’' forwards, a little

projecting anteriorly, disappearing backwards between the middle of the e3’es; the front border formed

of little concave carina.', which take their origin on either side of the mid-carina of the vertex, being

elevated and flexed backwards at the inner side of the anterior part of the e3’es ; between the anterior

half of the e3’es fossulate on either side of the mid-carina; backwards between the eyes, the crown

becomes appreciably wider. Facial costa viewed in front rather wideK’ sulcate, or moderateh’ narrow,

subparallel, in profile advanced be3’ond the e3’es, between the e3’es more or less veiy slightl3' concave,

between the antenna; convex. Antenna inserted a little before and scarcel3’ below the antero-ventral

border of the e3as. Pronotum anterioii3’ truncate, posteriorl3' subulate, passing the knees of the hind

femora or abbreviated, with nearl3' straight sides and acute at the apex; dosuum between the shoulders

convexor obtusel3Hectiform ; median carina of pimnotum elevated, more or less abruptF interrupted

between the shoulders, distinet posteriorH^. Fh-tra oblong; wings perfect^'- explicate. Margins of anterior

femora entire; middle femoral margins more or less undulate; posterior femora stout, tibia plurispinose ;

first articles of posterior tarsi longer than the third, the pulvilli to some extent flat below. — Piate 3,

Fig. 29.

Geographical distributiori of species. — This genus has seven species wdiich inhabit the

lower austral zone in the United States, and it is also represented in Mexico, as well as in Paragua3',

South-America.

1. A. convexus. Morse, Biol. Cent. Amer. Orth. Vol 2, p. 10 [Tettix] (1900) (Mexico).

convexus, Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. p. loi 11902).

2. A. tectus, klorse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. ii (Tettix) (icjoz).

tectus, Hancock, Tettig. X. Amer. p. 101-102(1902).

FAM. acridiiiff:

65

3. A. rugosus, Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 7 {Teitix) (1862) (Nebraska, Georgia, Florida,

Mexico, Lower austral zone of U. States).

rugosus, Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. p. 104, pl. 6. f. i-iiJ (1902).

4. A. eiirycephalus, Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. p. io2-io3, pl. 6, t. 4-4« (1902) (Texas).

5. A. breviptnnis, Hancock, idem, p. 103-104(1902) (Texas).

6. A. minutus, Rehn & Hebard, Proc Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p 34-35, pl. i, f. 3-4 (igoS) (Florida).

7. A. bruneri, Hancock, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 3o, p. 614 (1906) (Paraguay).

15. Genus PROTOTETTIX, Bolivar

Prototettix. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. \'ol. 3i, p. 255 (1887).

Characters. — Body granulose-rugose. Head not at all exserted ; vertex transverse, declivous

forward, not carinate anteriorly ; frontal costa roundly elevated between the antennae, in front and behind

depressed, between the ocelli furcillate, the rami strongly divergent forward; antennae inserted barely

before the e)’es; apices of palpi subampliate. Pronotum with the dorsum depressed or obtuse tectiform,

anteriorly truncate, posteriorly angulate; humeral angles substraight, acute carinate; lobes concavely

deflexed, the posterior angles subampliate. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly explicate, but not at all longer

than the pronotum or abbreviated. Legs granose, anterior femora compressed ; posterior femora strongly

rugose; posterior tibiae veiy' distinctly ampliate toward the apices, strong, superior carinae dilated,

spinose, the fourth or fifth apical part of the internal carinae unarmed, canthi minutel}' serrulate; first

articles of the posterior tarsi elongate, but not twice as long as the third. *

Geographical distributiori of species. — The members of this genus are native of the Neo-

tropical and Ethiopian regions.

1. P. impressus, Stal, Rec. Orth. Vol. i, p. i5i (1873) (South Eastern and West Africa;.

2. P. fossulatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 256 (1887) (Brazil, Chili).

Tetrix miserabilis, Blanchard in Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, p. 85, pl. 3, f. 10.

3. P. lobidatus, Stal, Freg. Eug. Resa, fns. Orth. p. 347 (1860) {Teirix) (Brazil, Argentine Republic).

4. P. umbripennis, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 118 (West .'\frica).

16. Genus COPTOTETTIX, Bolivar

Coptotettix. Bolivar. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 287 (1887); Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 2,

part 7, p. i52 (1904).

Characters. — Body rugose or somewhat granulate. Head not at all exserted; vertex narrowed

forward, flattened, imperfectly carinate, the frontal carinulae inwardly interrupted or abruptly turned

backwards; frontal costa rounded, more or less produced ; antennae inserted between the eyes, filiform,

elongate. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly extended to the apices of hind femora or lengthily

verv acute subulate; the median carina depressed; dorsum very rarely tectiform. Elytra oblong; wings

abbreviated or caudate. Anterior femora often elongate, carinae parallel; posterior femora elongate,

carinae entire or to certain extent crenulate; the first articles of the posterior tarsi longer than the third.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Of the twenty-four nominal species belonging to this

large genus the majorit}" are from the Oriental Region. The Australian Region is represented by a single

species inhabiting the northern part of Australia, while there are six Ethiopian forms from the west and

South of Africa.

1. C. modigliani, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) Vol. 19(39), p. 78-79 (1898) (Sumatra).

2. C. fidiginosus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 292 (1887) (Oriental India).

66

OKTJ^OPTEKA

3. C. f uliginosus abbrcviatiis, Bolivar, Ann. Alus. Stor. Nat. Genova ( 2). V’ol. igAg), p. 7S (1S98) (Sumatra).

4 C fossulatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 288 (18S7) (Ce3’lonl.

5. C. testaceus, Bolivar, idem, p. 291 (1887) (Cevdon).

6. C. capitatus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 289 (18S7) (Java, Burmah).

7. C. latifrons, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Rev. S)-st. Orth. p. 112 I1S93) (Lower Burmahl.

8. C. acutetcr minatus, Brunner von Wattenwyl, idem, p. 112 (1893) (Lower Burmah).

9. C. interruptus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. A^ol. 3i, p. 291-292 (1887) (Java, Burmah).

10. C. planus, Bolivar, idem, p. 289 (1887) (Northern Australia).

11. C. fuscus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 289 (1887) (Philippines) .

12. C. rufipes, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 290 (1887) (Africa).

13. C. maesoi, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 290 (1887) (Philippines).

14. C. asperatus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 290-291, pl. 2, f. 2S-2Sa (1887) (Cochinchina, Cap).

15. C. tuberculatus , Bolivar, ibidem, p. 291 (1887) (Borneo).

16. C. nociulosus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 292 (1887) (Philippines).

17. C . ferrugineus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 292 (1887) (Philippines).

18. C. mazarredoi, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 298 (1887) (Philippines).

19. C. infausta, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Vol. 5, p. 820, no. 42 (1871 ) (.Southern Africa).

infausta, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 60 (1902).

20. C. inflatus, Krauss. Orth. Austr. u. Mala3\ Arch. ges. v. R. Semon. (Denkschr. Naturvv. (Ses. Jena

Bd. 8) (1903) Vol. 4, p. 745. pl. 67, f. 10 (1902) (Java).

21. C. annulipes, Karsch. Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 25 (1890) (Western Africti).

22. C. bilineatus, Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. i, Mem. i3, p. 217 {igo5) (Africa).

23. C. minutus, Bolivar, idem, p. 218 (1905) (Africa).

24. C. angulatus, Bolivar, ibidem, p. 218-219 (i9o5) (Spanish Guinea, Africa).

9. SECTION BATRAOHIDE/E

SYNOPSIS OE THE GENER.A OF THE SECTION BATRACHIDE/E

1. (6) Vertex anteriorly distinctly carinate disposed obliquely or transversely,

middle carinate, more or less compressed, produced.

2. (5) Pronatum laith the posterior angles of later al lobes turned down.

3. (4) Body strongly globose; pronotum luith the dorsum convex, lightly or

scarcely punctate-, later al antehumeral carinae wanting

4. (3) Body narrower, pronotum with the dorsum between the carinae soniewhat

concave, more or less granulate, scalnous, or conspersed with longitudi-

nal rugae

5. (2) Pronotum with the posterior angles of later al lobes turned little outwards;

elytral sinus subobsolete; elytra minute; vertex wide, truncate .

6. ( I ) Vertex anteriorly not or imperfectly carinate, each side bearing small

abbreviated lobes next io the eyes, or tumid, median carina wanting, or

when present the facial costa roundly produced.

7. (10) Frontal costa very narrowly sulcate.

8. (9) Body slender ; pronotum lengthily subulate, median carina distinctly

ascendant forward near the anterior margin

9. (8) Body somewhat grosser-, pronotum having the median carina viewed in

proflle horizontal, posterior process and wings dimorphic in length

10. (7) Frontal costa loidely sulcate.

(jenus P.\.\iLLA, Bolivar.

Genus Te'itigidea, Scudder.

Genus Pi.ectronotus, Morse.

(fenus .Scaria, Bolivar.

(fenus Batrachidea, Serville.

FAM. acridiid.f:

67

11. (12) Pronotum anteriorly truncate; first articles of posterior tarsi strongly

elongate, twicethe length of the tJiird ; frontal costa roundly prodnced.

12. ( 1 1 ) Pronotum anteriorly acute uncinate

13. (14) Frontal costa sinuate above the antennae ; palpi strongly ampliate

14. (i3) Frontal costa declivous above the antennae; palpi not at all ampliate;

pronotum longitiidinally arcuate, cristate, anteriorly prodnced, poste-

riorly acuminate

Genus Paurotarsus, Hancock.

Genus Puiggaria, Bolivar.

Genus Saussurei.la, Bolivar.

Genus Phlcenotus, Bolivar.

I. Genus PAXILLA, Bolivar

Paxilla. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 294 (1887).

Characters. — Body rugulose, rather shiny. Head broad; vertex arcuate, the front transversely

carinate on either side, middle longitudinally carinate; frontal costa rounded, with the base sulcate;

antennae consisting of twenty or twenty-two short articles, little distinet, inserted between the inferior

part of the eyes; eyes not at all exserted, subtriangular. Pronotum tectiform, anteriorly angulate,

posteriorly subacute, not reaching the apices of the posterior femora; dorsum rugulose, destitute of

longitudinal rugae; lateral carinae before the shoulders wanting. Elytra narrow; wings abbreviated.

Anterior femoral carinae entire, straight; posterior femora rather broad, with the external pagina pinnate

subsquamulate ; femoral lobes small, the posterior tibiae multispinose. sulcate ; first articles of the posterior

tarsi sulcate above, elongate, little longer than the third articles; pulvilli rounded below, subequal in

length. — Piate 3, Fig. 31.

Geographical distributiori of species. — Only one species of this genus has been recorded,

it is native of the lower Austroriparian Region of the United States.

I. P. obesa, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. iq. p. 12 (Ent. Notes) [Tettigidca) (1877-78)

(Georgia, Florida, South Carolina).

2. Genus TETTIGIDEA, Scudder

Tettigidea. Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 8, p. 476 (1862).

Characters. — Body rugulose or granulose. Face moderatel}' oblique; vertex much wider or

subequal in width to one of the eyes, front margin with the carina outwardly terminating obliquely or

rounded; middle carina little incrassate, more or less compresso-elevated; frontal costa largely compres-

sed, advanced before the eyes, and above coalescing with the median carina of the vertex, viewed in

front narrowly or moderately sulcate ; eyes in dorsal view more or less subelliptical triangular, conoidal

in profile; posterior ocelli placed on a plane with about the middle of

the eyes; antennae consisting of twenty-two articles, inserted opposite

the extreme lower part of the eyes. Pronotum more or less obtuse

tectiform between the shoulders, anterior margin rounded or angulate

or acute or cuspidate, posteriorly acute, more or less extended beyond

the posterior femoral knees or abbreviated ; median carina of pronotum

conspicuous, acute ; the prozonal carinas near the antherior margin

present; dorsum granulose or provided with irregular longitudinal

rugulae; lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate but the inferior sinus often ob-

tuse angulate excised ; the posterior angles distinctly turned downward.

Anterior femora sulcate above; posterior femora with the external pagina often bearing oblique strigae,

the interstices granose; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length or the first rarely

Fig. 25.

Head of Tettigidea lateralis Say.

68

ORTHOPTERA

little longer, the first, second, and third pulvilli lespectively increasing in length, or the second and

third subequal, below not at all spinose, usually straight below. Valves of ovipositor sub-scabrous. —

Piate 3, Fig. 26.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are dispersed over the

northern part of the Tropical zone, passing northward through the Sonoran, lower part of Upper

Sonoran, the Austroriparian, Carolinian, and Transition zones of America.

1. T. lateralis, Say, Amer. Ent. Vol. i, pl. 5 (1824); ibidem, Ent. North Amer. ed. by Le Counte,

Vol. I, p. IO, pl. 5, f. 1-3 {Acrydiim laterale) (1859) (Austroriparian northward as far as lower

part of Transition zones, in eastern United States. Nebraska, Oaklohoma, Tennessee, Alabama,

Georga, Florida, South Carolina, North Carolina, Viginia).

Tctvix lateralis, of Harris ^

Tettigidea lateralis of Scudder, and others.

2. T . polymorpha, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 65g {Tetrix) (i838) (South Eastern United States,

same as precedmg). Var. of lateralis with short wings.

3. T. medialis, Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. Chicago, p. 65g, pl. 10, f. 10 (1902) (Illinois, Indiana,

Missouri, Tenessee, Louisiana). Var. mid-way between lateralis and parvipennis.

4. T . parvipennis, Hariis, Hitchc. Rep. t. Geol. Mass. ist. ed. p. 583 {Tetrix) (i833) (North Eastern

United States and Canada). Idem figured in 3rd. ed. p. 187, fig. 82 (1862) and others.

5. T . parvipennis pennata. Morse. Journ. N. York Ent. Soc. Vol. 3, p. log (igoi) (North Eastern United

States and Canada). Long-wing forni of parvipennis.

6. T.jalapa, Hancock, The Canad. Entom. Vol. 32, p. 25-26 (igoo) (Mexico). Figured by Hancock,

Tettig. N. Amer. pl. 2, f. i-ifl, Chicago (1902).

7. T. chichimeca, Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zool. Vol. i3, p. 400 (Tettix) (1861) (Mexico).

8. T . chichimeca australis. Hancock, The Canad. Entomol. Vol. 32, p. 26-27 (1900) (Mexico). Long-

wing var. of chichimeca.

g. T. guatemaltica, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 298 (1887) (Guatemala, Honduras).

Figured by Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer. pl. lo, f. 3, Chicago (1902).

10. T. bnincri. Morse, Biol. Centr. .Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, p. i5-i6(igoo) (.Mexico).

11. T. nicaraguae, Bruner, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. lowa, Vol 3, part 3. p. 62-63, pl. 3, f. (i8g5)

(Mexico, Nicaragua).

12. T . plagiata, IMorse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. ATI. 2, p. 17 (1901) (Mexico).

13. T . parvula. Morse, idem, p. 17 (1901) (Me.xico).

14. T. nigra. Morse, ibidem, p. 18, figured (1901) (Mexico).

15. T. tecta. .Morse, ibidem, p. 17 (1901) (Mexico).

16. T. scudderi, Bolivar. Ann. Soc Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 229(1887) (Upper Amazon).

17. T. multicostata, Bolivar, idem. Vol. 3i, p. 299 (1887) (Brazil).

18. 7'. gracilis, Bruner, 2nd. Rept. Merch. Locust. Invest. Comrn. Buenos Aires, p. 17 (1900) (Argen-

tine Republic).

19. T. cuspidata, Scudder, Proc. Bost Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 17, p. 3i-32, (1874-75) (Peru).

20. T. pulchella, Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philae, p. 669 (1904) (British Guiana).

21. T. purpurascens? ServiWe, Ann. Sc. Nat. Vol 22, p. 291 (Island of Trinidad).

22. T. armata, Morse, journ New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 7, p. 107 (1895) (South Eastern States, South

Carolina, Texas, Illinois, Indiana, New Jersey).

23. T. armata depressa, Alorse, idem, Vol, 3, p, 107-108 (1895) (Florida, Louisiana, Indiana, New Jersey).

The short-wing forni of the preceding,

23. T. apiculata, Morse, ibidem, p, i6(i8g5) (Louisiana).

24. T. acuta, Morse, ibidem, p. i5-i6 (i8g5) (New York).

25. T. prorsa, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 19; idem, Ent. Notes, p. i2-i3 (1877) (Georgia,

North Carolina).

26. T. prorsa elongata, Mor-se, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 3, p. 16 (i9o5) (Georgia).

27. T. spicata. Morse, idem, Vol. 3 p.io8 (1895) (South Eastern States, Florida, Georgia, north to Indiana.)

28 T . trinitatus, Bruner, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 147 (1906) (Island of Trinidad).

29. T . imperfecta, Bruner, ibidem, p. 147 (1906) (Island of Trinidad).

FAM. ACRIDITDAt

69

3. Genus PLECTRONOTUS, Morse

Plectronotus. Morse, Biol. Centr. Amer. Orth. V0I.2, p. 14 (1900).

Characters. — Body coarseh^ scabrous. Face little oblique ; crown horizontal ; vertex strongly

wider than one of the eyes, truncate anteriorly, the median carina of moderate size and but little exten-

ded backvvard. the front margin transversely carinate, the carinae and surface behind them slightlv

depressed ; facial costa rather broadlv sulcate, the margins often sinuous, approximated below the points

of insertion of the antennae, in profile strongly convex opposite the lower margin of the e3’es, moderately

concave opposite the middle of them; e^^es. of moderate size, prominent; antennae consisting of twenty-

one or twenty-two articles, slender, filiform, about reaching the base of the hind femora. Pronotum tec-

tiform, very coarsely scabrous, granulate ; anteriori}’ acute uncinate produced, with concave sides, pos-

teriorly abbreviated, the sides convex, apex acute ; humeral angles very obtuse; lateral lobes rather deep,

the posterior angles acute, somewhat rounded at the tips and turned a little outwai'd or reflexed; the

posterior sinus nearly obsolete or barely indicated ; median carina of pronotum subcristiform, sinuate,

depressed at the shoulders, elevated and subcompressed in front of them ; lateral carinae well-developed,

coarsely granulate-tuberculate on the humeral angles. Elytra minute, elongate, rounded at the apices,

the lower margin often pale yellow, Legs much as in Tettigidea, but somawhat less stout, pulvilli of the

first joint of hind tarsi small,

Geographical distributiori of species. — Only one species of this genus has been recorded,

it is native of Costa Rica, Central America.

I. P. scaber. Morse, Biol, Centr. Amer. Orth. Vol. 2, }). 14, f. (1900) (Costa Rica).

4. Genus SCARIA, Bolivar

Scania. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 3oi (1887).

Characters. — Body slender, nearly smooth. Face strongly oblique; eyes strongly globose ;

vertex narrower than one of the eyes ; frontal costa sulcate, the middle compresso-elevated, forward and

above suddenly abbreviated; antennas elongate, filiform ; palpi with the apical articles longer than the

penultimate, widely compressed, pale. Pronotum with the dorsum nearly flat, anteriorly more or less

compressed, very acutely produced, uncinate, posteriorly lengthily extended beyond the femoral apices;

median carina towards the front ascendant, posteriorly subdepressed ; lateral carinae near the anterior

margin subobsolete; humeral angles very obtuse. Elytra oblong, frequently impressed with apalemark;

wings perfectly explicate. Femora carinate; the superior carina of the intermediate femora produced in

a spine; femoral spine small, genicular spine nearly wanting; the first and third articles of the posterior

tarsi subequal in length. — Piate 4, Fig. 3 6.

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are native of the Neotro-

pical Region of America.

1. S. hamata, De Geer, Mem. Ins. ATI. 3, p. 5o3, 22, pl. 42, f. i3 {Acridium) (1773) (Guiana, Upper

Amazon, Nicaragua).

hamata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3oi (1887).

2. S. lineata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3o2 (18S7) (Upper Amazon).

70

ORTHOPTERA

3. S. maculata, Giglio-Tos, Boli. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino, Vol. i3, no. 3ii, ]>. 35-36 (1898)

(Ecuadoi).

4. S. producta, nov. spec.( i) (Peru. .South America).

5. Genus BATRACHIDEA, Serville

Bathrachidea. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 764 (i839)(this is not the genus meant by Scudder,

.Saussure orThomas); Bohvar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 126(1887).

Characters, - Body somewhat broad, minutely granulate; face moderately oblique; eyes glo-

bose, nearly round. Vertex narrow; frontal costa sulcate at the base, ^somewhat abbrevated between the

eyes; maxillary palpi compresso-dilated, colored yellow, next to the last apical article longer, and oblong.

Pronotum with the dorsum obtuse tectiform, aiiteriorly very acute produced, posteriorly not or barely

reaching the knees; median carina entire being low and flattened. acute; anteriorly on either side pro-

vided with subparallel carinae, abbreviated posteriorly. Elytra oblong; wings shorter than the process.

Femora carinate, apex of the intermediate femora produced in a spine; posterior femora large, femoral

spine small, genicular spine scarcely distinguishable ; first and third articles of the posterior tarsi sub-

equal in length; pulvilli straight below, the third longer than the rest.

Geographical distributiori of species. — South American genus entending northward to

the West Indies. Three species have been recorded.

1. B. mucronata. Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 764 (i83g); idem, Encycl. Meth. Vol. 10, p. 600 (Tetrix)

(1839) ( Brazil. Peru).

mucronata, Haan, Bijdr. Orth. j). 166 {Acridium \Tetrix\ 1S42); Bolivar, Ann. Suc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. ,^oo

(1887).

2. B. flavo-notata, Bolivar, Ann. .Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3oo (1887) (New Grenada).

3. B. notata, Hancock, Proc. Unit. Stat. Nat. Mus. Vol. 3o, p. 616 (1906) (Paragtiay. South Ameiica).

6. Genus PAUROTARSUS, Hancock

Paurotarsus. Ibincock. Ps3'Che, p. 42 (igoo).

Characters. — Body slightly rugose or dispersed with coarse shiny granules. Face subvertical,

in profile distinctly rounded ; vertex wide, considerably broader than one of the eyes, little elevated,

anteriorly imperfectl\' carinate having very small oblique abbreviated carina lying next to each e^^e

remotely separated; on either side of vertex subfossulate and furnished with rather conspicuous supra-

ocular lobes divided off behind from the widened occiput by little fissures; frontal costa strongl}" and

roundly produced before the e3'es, the carina above which forms the median carina of vertex, termin-

ating rather abruptl3^ opposite about the middle of the ev^es, branching high up, about opposite the top

of the eyes, the rami substraight rather stout and strongly divergent forward to the median ocellus; eyes

(i) Scaria proiucta^ nov. sp. Plain testaceo- ferrug-ineous, sometimes variable. but with a greenish cast on dorsum, darker in the middle and on

the lobes, legs nearly saine color, sides not striated with black, elytra black sometimes bimaculate, anteriorly with obscure light elliptical basal marking,

and with a constant rather distinet, round, yellow marking apically. Vertex narrowed forward, smooth, subwider than one ot the eyes, anteriorly imper-

fectly carinate transversely, rather rounded longitudinally : frontal costa little roundly produced between the antennas ; face moderately oblique ; antennae

very long, inserted between the inferior part of the eyes. Eyes distinctly globose and prominent. Pronotum anteriorly distinctly uncinate produced, strongly

elevated, apex acute, the sides of the antero-dorsal margin strongly concave; dorsum smooth, sparingly granulate, lateral carinjc, including the antehumeral

<*arin;c obsolete, median carina lightly compresso-elevated forward between the sulci, otherwise percurrent, posterior process extended beyoml the knees or

hind femora; anterior and middle femora slender, the outcr carime above terminating hi apical spines, but the anterior very small ; posterior femora with

the superior margin Imaring obscure luberculifonn elevations forward, these often being yellow, hind tibise with the margins minutely i^lurispinose ; first

and third articles of the posterior tarsi cqual in length. Wings iully explicate, extended beyoml the ])ronotal process. Entire length of body female i5.5mm.;

posterior femora 0 mm.; .Male 14 mm.; pronotum 12 mm.; posterior femora 5.5 mm. Eocality Pachitea, Peru, South America. — Piate 4, Fig. 36.

FAM. ACKIDIID/?:

subtriangular somewhat flattened anteriorly; superior ocelli conspicuousl}’ placed in advance of about the

upper third of the eves; anteniice subequal in length to the entire head, filiform. inserted on a plane with

the lower third of the e3'es; maxillary palpi with the apical articles strongh^ ampliate-flattened, oval,

lighter than the bodj’. Pronotum dispersed with coarse elevated granules, anteriorly truncate, but the

antero-dorsal margin convex, dorsum between the shoulders convex, posteriorly extended beyond the

knees of the hind femora; median carina distinet,

little elevated percurrent; humeral angles obtuse;

prozonal carinae somewhat distinet, subparallel;

lateral lobes posteriorly unisinuate, the elytral sinus

shallow, the inferior sinus wanting, the border sub-

straight; the posterior angles of the lateral* lobes

turned down, simply angulate and not at all flat-

tened outward, but very slightly emarginate. Elytra

elongate, narrowed towards the bases; wings per-

fectly explicate, extended beyond the pronotal pro-

cess, caudate. Anterior and intermediate femoral margins entire; anterior femora sulcate above; posterior

femora with the external paginae bearing oblique rugae or squamose; femoral spines small. genicular

spines almost wanting; posterior tibiae sulcate, rather stout, little ampliate towards the apices, the

margins unequally plurispinose ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi strongly elongate, being little acute

produced at the extremity above, scarcely more than twice the length of the third articles, the pulvilli

subequal in length and flat below(i),

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species of this genus are native of the Neo-

tropical Region of America,

1, P. amazonus, Hancock, Psyche, p. 42-43, f, la-id (igoo) (Amazon),

2, P. rtigosm, Bruner, Journ. New York, Ent, Soc, Yol. [4, p. 148 (1906) (Island Trinidad, West Indies),

rofile view of Paurotarsus amazonus Hanc.: (lorsal aspect of head.

7. Genus PUIGGARIA, Bolivar

Puiggaria. Bolivar, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3o2 (1887).

Characters. - Body smooth. Face subvertical; frontal carina above between the eyes abruptly

abbreviated, continued forward strongly divergent to the middle, from here subparallel, the sulcus wide

in the middle; eyes globose, c3’cloidal; antennae filiform, nearh-

twice the length of the entire head. middle articles strongly elon-

gate, inserted bareh’ before the e3"es; vertex verv broad; palpi

with the apical articles longer. oblong, same color as the bod3v

Pronotum tectiform. anteriorh" very acutel3' produced; dorsum

anteriorh' on either side with subparallel carinae, posteriorly

abbreviated; posterior process nearly reaching as far as the knees :

median carina nearly entire as well as low and flat. Elytra narrow largely concealed by the pronotum ;

wings shortened. Femora carinate; intermediate femora with the apex of superior carina produced in a

Fig. 27-

Puiggarria antennata Bol. after Bolivar.

1 1 ' The antenna: in this genus are singular from the fact that in the male the joints appear to be twelve or thirteen in number, and very elongate

distad from the middle. In the female however, the first seven joints are quite small, the remaining ones which at first glance appear strongly elongate, on

proper magnification, are seen to be divided into Uvo each. making the entire number twenty articles instead of thirteen. This same peculiarity is present

in some members of the gemis Tettigidea.

72

ORTHOPTERA

spine; femoral spine small, genicular spine subproduced ; the first and third articles of the posterior

tarsi subequal in length.

Geographica! distributiori of species. — This genus is represented by only one species

which is native of Brazil, South Alnerica.

I. P. antennata, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3o2-3o3, pl. 2, f. 26-26h (1887) (Brazil).

8. Genus SAUSSURELLA, Bolivar

Saussurella. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. lint. Belg. Vol. 3i. p. 3o3 (1887).

Characters. — Body granose. Vertex wide, convex yet docked, on either side near the eyes

shortly carinate, face little oblique; frontal costa depressed, lightly elevated between the antennae and

between the eyes somewhat depressed, very widely sulcate, the carinae subparallel; palpi moderately

compressed. Pronotum anteriori}- produced above the head, median carina straight, posteriorly produ-

ced beyond the femoral knees: lobes deflexed, posteriorly bisinuate, the inferior sinus arcuate. Elytra

oblong; wings perfectly explicate. Femora pluricarinate, anterior femora sulcate above; apices of inter-

mediate femora mucronate, posterior femora slender, carinato-serrulate, femoral spine small, genicular

spine moderately produced; posterior tibial margins subparallel, equally spinose; the first and third

articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length.

Geographica! distributiori of species. — • The species of this genus inhabit the Oriental

region.

1. S. cornuta, Haan, Bijdr. Orth p. 167 [Acridiuin) (1843) (Oriental India, Lower Burmah).

cornuta, Eolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg-. Vol. 3i, p. 3o3 (1887); Brunner von Wattenwyl, Revis. Syst. Orth.

p. ii5, pl. 5, f. 45 (1893).

2. S sumatrensis, Bolivar, Ann. Mus Stor. Nat. Genova, (2) Vol. ig(39)p. 80(1898) (Sumatra).

3. S.javanica, Bolivar, idem (2) Vol. 19 (39) p. 79(1898) (Java).

4. S. decurva, Brunner von Wattenwyl, Revis. Syst. Orth. p. ii3, pl. 5, f. 46 (1893) (Lower Burmah).

9. Genus PHLCENOTUS, Bolivar

Phloenotus. Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 3o3-3o4 (1887).

Hymenotes. Gerstaecker.

Characters. — Body minutely and sparingly granulose. Vertex wide, produced, anteriorly

carinate in middle, on either side tumid; face subvertical; frontal costa compresso-elevated, widely

sulcate; antennae inserted barely before the eyes; eyes little elevated, very obtuse subtriangular. Pro-

notum anteriorly produced, anterior margin on either side sinuate,

acute and arcuate cristate, posteriorly acuminate; lateral lobes behind

bisinuate, the inferior sinus very obtuse, the posterior inferior angles

subacute. Elytra oblong; wings perfectly explicate or wanting? Anterior

femora sulcate above; intermediate femora externally unicostate, apex

acute or not at all armed; posterior femora with angulate strigae, granula-

to-squamate, femoral spine small. genicular spine barely distinguishetl ;

l’hl(i'notus natalensis, Uol. after Bolivar.

posterior tibiae with the apical third portion ampliate, margins subcom-

pressed, plurispinose ; first and third articles oj the posterior tarsi equal in length. Valves of the

ovipositor scabrous, sinuate, margins denticulate.

FAM. ACRlDIIDiE

73

Geographical distributiori of species. — The species belonging to this genus are native of

the Ethiopian Region.

1. P. natalensis, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3i, p. 304, f. 27, 27» (1887) (S. E. Africa).

2. P. humilis, Gerstaecker, Die Gliederthiere, Fauna der Sansibar-Gebietes, p. 47, pl. 3, f. 7 {Hymenotes)

(1873) (E. and West Africa).

humilis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 16, p. 26; Bolivar, Essai Tettig. p. 304 (1S87).

INDEX

I

Pages.

abbreviata, Bol. (g. Mazaryedia) 43

abotti, Rehn {g. Amphibotettix) 23

acadica, Scudder {g. Tetrix) 5g

Acanthalobus (genus), Hanc. 28

Acmophyllum (genus), Karsch i5

Acrydium igenus), Geoftroy Sy

acridium, Haan ig. Discotettix) 6

acuminata, Brisout (°-. Tetrix) 58

acuminatus, Hanc. [g. Nomotetiix) 62

acuta. Morse [g. Tcttigidea) 68

acuteterminatus, Brunner v Watt.

[g. Coptotettix) 66

acutilobus. Hanc. (g. Scahritcttix) 47

acutipennis, Karsch [g. Criotettix) 28

acutus, Hanc. (g. Lamellitettix) 42

acutus. Hanc. 1^. Loxilohiis) 29

aequalis, Karsch (g. Hypsaeus) 12

Aifmis, HoX. i g.Hedotettix) 60

affinis, Bol. (g. Morphopus) 37

alligator, Sauss. ig. Gavialidium) 25

Allotettix (genus), Hanc. 48

amazonus, Bol. (§■. Scabritettix) 47

amazonus. Hanc. {g. Paurotarsus) 71

Amorphopus (genus). Serv. 36

Amphibotettix (genusj. Hanc. 22

andrei, Bol. (g. Pterotettix) 45

angulatus, Bol. [g. Coptotettix) 66

angusticeps, Bol. ig. Systolederus) 34

angusticeps, Stal (^. Systolederus) 34

angustifrons, Bol. {g. Hedotettix) 60

angustus. Hanc. ig. Tetrix) 5g

apnulipes, Kar.sch (g. Coptotettix) 66

anlennata, Bol. (g. Puiggaria) 72

antennatus, Bol. [g. Amorphopus) 38

antennatus, Bol. (g. Bufonides) 9

Pages.

antennatus, Bol. [g. Cotys) 35

apiculata. Morse (g. Tettigidea) 68

Apotettix (genus). Hanc. 64

appendiculatus, Stal {g. Misythus) 17

aptera, Rehn (^. Mazaryedia ) 43

A pterotettix (genus). Hanc. 35

aptus, Bol. {g. Criotettix) 28

arcuatus. Hanc. [g. Nomotettix) 63

arcuatus, Haan (g.Piezotcttix) i3

aridus, Hanc. (g. Telmatettix) 54

armata, Bol. (^. Pautelia) 18

armata. Costa [g. Discotettix) 6

armata, Morse [g. Tettigidea) 68

armata depressa. Morse (^. Tetti-

gidea) 68

arenosa, Burm. [g. Tetrix) 59

Arulenus (genus), Stal 6

asmodoeus, Serv. {g. Tetticerus) 3g

asperatus, Bol. {g. Coptotettix) 66

asperula, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

asperulus, Bol. {g. Micronotus) 63

attenuatus. Hanc. (g. Hedotettix) 60

atypa, Bol. (,4. Mazarredia) 43

atypicalis. Hanc. (g. Tetrix) 58

atypicalis ceylona. Hanc. [g. Tetrix) 58

aurivilli, Bol. [g. Eugavialidiiim) 24

aztecus, Bol. {g. Telmatettix) 54

aztecus, Sauss. (4. Telmatettix) 54

barretti. Hanc. (§■. Ochetotettix) 61

barretti, IMorse {g. Ochetotettix) 61

Batrachideae (section) 66

Batrachidea (genus), Serv. 70

beari, Bol. [g. Criotettix 1 28

becari, Bol. [g. Claionotus) 16

Pages.

belzebuth, Bol. [g. Discotettix) 6

belzebuth, Serv. [g. Discotettix) 6

biafrensis, Bol. [g. Dinotettix) 43

bigibbosus. Hanc. {g. Tetticertis) 3g

bilineatus, Bol. [g. Coptotettix) 66

bilineata, Harris (g. Tetrix) 5g

bipunctata, L. (g. Tetrix) 57

Birmana (genus), Brunner v. W. 4

birmani, Brunner v. W. (g. Euga-

vialidium) 25

bispina, Sauss. [g. Cota) 18

bispinosus, Dalm. (g. Acanthalobus) 29

bispinosus japonicus,Haan {g. Acan-

thalobus) 29

bolivari. Hanc. Ig. Neotettix) 62

bolivari longipennis. Hanc. {g. Neo-

tettix) 62

bolivianus. Hanc. ig. Scabritettix) 47

bolivianus extensus, var.. Hanc.

ig. Scabritettix) . 47

bolteri. Hanc. (g. Neotettix) 62

borelli, Giglio-Tos. [g. Paratettix) 56

borrei, Bol. (g. Criotettix) 28

brachyptera. Lucas et Brisout

(g. Tetrix) 58

brevipennis. Hanc. (§•. Apotettix) 65

brevis, Bol. {g. Loxilobus) 3o

brevis, Haan (g-. Loxilobus) 3o

bruneri, Hanc. (g. Apotettix) 65

bruneri. Morse (g. Tettigidea) 68

brunneri, Bol. {g. Diotarus) 17

brunneri, Bol. {g. Tetrix) 58

brunneri caudata. Hanc. {g. Tetrix) 5g

bufo Costa, {g. Trachytettix) 20

Bufonides (genus), Bol. 8

74

OIvTHOPTKRA

Pages.

Bufonidae (sectioni 8

burri. Hanc. {g. Hednieltixf 6o

camurus, Morse (g. Platythorns) 36

capitatus. Hol. [g. Coptotettix) 66

carinata, Kirby Paratettix) 56

caudatus, Bruner (g Paratettix) 56

caudatus, Sauss. (g. Micronotns) 63

cayennensis, Kol. (^. AUotettix) 48

celebica, Bol. {g. Mazarredia) 43

celebicum, Bol. (g. Eugavialidimn) 24

centrosa, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

ceperoi. Bol. (g. Tctrix) 58

cephalicus, Haan ig. Systulederus) 34

Charagotettix (i;enus), Brancsik 27

chichimeca, .Sauss. (g. Tcttigidea) 68

chichimeca australis, i-Ianc. {g. Tet-

tigidea) 68

chipmani, Bruner ig. AUotettix) 48

Chiriquia (genus). Morse 3g

Choriphyllum igenus), Serv. 12

Chorophyllum (gemisi, Fieber 12

Chthonius Igenus), I3ol. 26

cinereus, Bol. {g. Paratettix) 56

cinereus, Brunner v.W. {g. Systole-

derus) 3^

Cladonotae (sectioni q

Cladonotus -genus), Sauss. 16

clavatus. Bol. (g. Falconius) 26

clavitarsus, Bol {g. Falconius) 26

Cleostratae sectioni 5

Cleostratus igenus). Stal 5

Clypeotettix igenus). Hanc. 54

clypeatus. Karsch (g. Piezotettix) 14

cnemidotus. Burm. [g. Amnrphopus) 37

coactus. Bol. ig. Hedotettix) 60

coarctatus, Hanc. [g. Neotettix) 62

coinjiressus. Morse (g. Xomotettix) 63

i-ompressus atavus. Hanc. (g. Nonio-

tettix 1 63

concinna. Bol. {g. Chir/qnia) 39

condyloi)s. (ierst. ig. Tctrix \ 58

conradti. Bol. ig. Acmophyllum) i5

contractus, Itol. (g. Crimisus) 40

contractus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

convergens. I^runner v.W.(g. Mazar-

redia) 43

conve.Kus, Hanc. [g. Apotettix) 64

convexus. Morse ig. Apotettix) 64

Coptotettix (genus). Bol. 65

corniculata. Bol. (g. Xistra) 46

corniculata, Stal (". .Kislra^ 46

cornuta, Bol. ig. Saussurclla) 72

Pages.

cornuta, Haan [g. .Saussurella 1 74

cornutus, Hanc. (g. Notocerus) 49

coronata, Bol. [g. Potua) 19

coronata sumatrensis, Bol. (g. Potua) 19

Cota (genus), Bol. 18

Cotys Igenus), Bol. 35

crassa. Morse (g. Tetrix) 5q

Crimisus (genus), Bol. 40

Criotettix (genus), Bol. 27

cristatus, Scudder (g, Xomotettix) 62

cristatus carinatus, Scudder Xo-

motettix) 62

cristulata, Bol. (,4'. Mazarredia) 43

cristulata. Bol. (g. Pantelia) 18

crocodilus. Hanc. (g. Gavialidhtm) 25

crocodilus, Sauss. 1^. Gavialidiuvn 25

Crypt'tettix igenus). Hanc. 42

cucullatus, Burm. (g. Paratettix) 56

cultratus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

cultratus, Stal (g. Piezotettix) i3

cunctatus, Bol. i^g. Furymorpliopus) 36

curriei, Kehn (g. Dasylcurotettix) 20

curtus, Bol. (g. Fleleus) 16

cuspidata, Scudder {g. Tcttigidea) 68

Dasylcurotettix 1 genus 1, Rehn 20

decoratus. Hanc. ig. Tetrix) 5y

decurva, Brunner v.W. (g.Sans.wreUa) 72

Deltonotus (genus), Hanc. 14

dentata. Hanc. {g. Otumba) 44

dentifer, Bol. ig. Fugaviaiidium) 24

dentifer, Stal ig. Fugaviaiidium) 24

dentiumeris. Hanc. ig.Euga-eialidium] 24

depressa. Brisout (g. Tetrix) 57

depressior, Karsch ig. Tctrix) 58

dilatata, Haan (^. Tetrix) 58

Dinotettix igenus). Bol. 43

Diotarus igenus), Stal 17

discoidea, Bol. {g. Gestroanai 19

Discotettigise (section) 5

Discotettix (genus), Cost. 6

distanti, Kirby (g. Tetrix) 58

Dolatettix (genusi. Hanc. j3

doria, Bol. (g. Discotetti.r) 6

dorsalis, Harris (g. Tetrixi 59

dubia, Brunner v. W. (o. Xistria) 46

dubiosa, Bol. (^. Tetrix) 58

durus, Karsch [g. Criotettix) 28

durus. Morse ig. Paratettix i 56

echinatus. Stal (g. Cladonotus) 16

elegans, Bol. ig. Dinotettix i . 48

Eleleus (genusi, Bol. 16

PugfS

emarginatus, Bol. {g. LoxilolaiS] 3o

emarginatus, Haan {g. Loxilohus) 3o

Eomorphopus igenus). Hanc. 37

Eugavialidium igenus). Hanc. 24

Eu paratettix (genus). Hanc. 55

eurycephalus. Hanc. {g. Apotettix) 65

Eurymorphopus (genus). Hanc. 35

exsertus, Bol. [g. Criotettix) 28

exsultans, Bol. [g. Hedotettix) 60

exsultans, Stal {g. Hedotettix) 6d

extenuatus. Hanc. [g. .Stenodorus) 60

Falconius (genusi, Bol. 25

fallax, Bol. [g Telmatettix) 54

fallax. Hanc. (g. Telmatettix)

femoralis, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

femoratus, Scudder [g. Xeotettix) 62

femoratus, Stoll (§■. Scelimena) 24

ferruginea. Westw. ig. Tripetalocera) 4

ferrugineum. Haan ig. Tripetalocera) 4

ferrugineus. Bol. [g. Coptotettix) 66

festivus, Bol. Hedotettix) 60

flavipictus, Bol. (g. Acanthalohus) 29

fla\o-notata, Bol. (g. liatracliidae) 70

fluctuans, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

fluctuosus. Hanc. [g. Tetri.v) 5q

foliatus. Hanc. (g. PPyllotettix \ 12

fossulatus, Bol. ig Coptotetti.r) 66

fossulatus, Ifol. (g. Prutotettix) 65

fossulatus. Hanc. [g. Trigonofemora) 46

frey gesneri, Bol. [g. Paratettix) 56

fuliginosa. Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

fuliginosa, Zett. (g. Tetrix ) 58

fuliginosus, Bol. [g. Coptotettix) 65

fuliginosus abbreviatus. Bol. (g. Cop-

totettix) 66

fuscipes, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

fuscipes, Stal (g. Mazarredia) 43

fuscum, Bol. [g. Xerophylhim) i5

fuscus, Bol. ig. Coptotettix) 66

galeatum, Karsch ig. Xerophylhim) i5

galeatus, Bol. ig. Diotarus) 17

gallinacea. Bol. [g. Mazarredia) 43

Gavialidium (genus), Sauss. 25

gavialis, Bol. (g. Scelimena: 24

gavialis. Hanc. (g. Scelimena) 24

gavialis, Sauss. ig. Scelimena) 24

gemella, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

Gestroana (genus), Berg 19

gestroi, Bol. ig. Falconius) 26

gibbiceps, Bol. ig. Deltonotus) 14

gibbosa, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

Pages .

gibbosa, Hanc. (g. Tctrix) 5g

gibbosus, Haan {g. Cladonotus) i6

glabrifrons, Karsch Ig.Trypophylliim ) 14

gogorzae, Bol. (g. Xist/a) 46

gracilis, Bol. ig. Hcdotettix) 60

gracilis, Bruner {g. Paniteitix) 07

gracilis, Bruner ig. Tettigidca) 68

gracilis, Brunner v. W. (g. Birmana) 5

gracilis, Haan (g. Hcdotettix) 60

gracilis abortus, }ia.\\c.(g. Hcdotettix) 60

granulata variegata, lld,nc.(g. Tctrix) 58

granulata. Kirby (g. Tctrix) 58

granulatum, Costa (g. Piezotettix) i3

granulatus, Bol. [g. Hcdotettix) 60

granulatus. Hanc. {g. Eomorphopus) 38

granulatus, Hanc. (g. Tctrix) 58

gratiosa illepida, Karsch (g. Tctrix) 58

gratiosus, Karsch (g. Tctrix) 58

greeni, Bol. (g. Systolederus) 34

greeni. Hanc. (g. Systolederus) 34

griseus, Bol. (g. Amorphopns) 37

guatemaltica, Bol. (g. Tettigidca) 68

guibelondoi, Bol. (g. Hcdotettix) 60

haani, Bol. (g. Systolederus) 34

hamata, Bol. (g. Scaria) 69

hamata. De Geer ig. Scaria) 69

hancocki, Blathchey (g. Neotettix) 62

hancocki, Bruner (g. Micronotus) 63

hanci)cki, iMorse (g. Tctrix) 5g

hancocki abbreviatus, .Morse (g. Tc-

trix) 5g

harpago, Bol. (g. Scelimena) 24

harpago, Serv. (g. Scelimena) 24

harrisii, Pack. (g. Tctrix) 58

hastatus. Hanc. (g. Oxynotus) -z-i

Hedotettix (genus), Bol. 60

hesperiis, Hanc. (g. Tehnatettix) 54

hesperus, Morse (g. Tclmatettix) 54

he.xodon, Bol. (g. Scelimena) 23

hexodon, Haan. (g. Scelimena) 23

Hippodes (genus), Karsch 18

Hirrius (genus), Bol. 7

hirsutus, Br. v. W. (g. Paratettix) 56

histricus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

histricus, Stal (g. Paratettix) 56

histrionicus. .Stal (g. Misythus) 17

horrendus, Walk. (g. Pantelia) 18

horridus, Walker (g. Trachytettix) 20

humbertianus, Bol. (g. Cladonotus) 16

humbertianus, Sauss. (g. Cladonotus) 16

humeralis. Hanc. (g. Hyhotettix) 5o

humilis, Gerst. (g. Phloenotus) 73

FAM. ACRIDIID^

Pages.

humilis, Karsch (g. Phloenotus) 73

Hybotettix (genus). Hanc. 49

hymenotes, Bol. Ig. Piezotettix) i3

Hymenotes (genus), Stal 12

Hymenotes (genus), Westw. ii

Hypsseus (genus), Bol. 12

imperfecta, Bruner (g. Tettigidca) 68

impressa, Bol. (g. Xistra) 46

impressus. Stal (g. Prototettix) 65

incinata, Bol. (g. Scelimena) 24

incurvata. Hanc. (g. Tctrix ) 58

indicus, Bol. (g. Criotettix) 28

indicus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

inequalis, Br. v. W. (g. Mazarredia) 43

inequalis, Karsch (g. Hypsaeus) 12

infausta, Kirby (g. Coptotettix) 66

infausta, Walker (g. Coptotettix) 66

inflatus. Hanc. (g. Tctrix) 5g

inflatus, Krauss (g. Coptotettix) 66

insidiosus, Bol. (g. Loxilobus) 3o

insularis. Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

interrupti. Bol. (g. Tctrix) 58

interruptus, Bol. fg. Cladonotus) 16

interruptus, Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 66

interruptus, Brunner v.W. (g.Eupa-

ratettix) 55

jalapa. Hanc. (g. Tettigidca) 68

Japonica, Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

javanica, Bol. (g. Saussurella) 72

jugata. Karsch (g. Tetrix) 58

kraussi, Bol. (g. Eugavialidium) 24

kraussi. .Saulcy (g. Tetrix) 58

karschi, Bol. (g. Piezotettix) 14

Lamellitettix (genus). Hanc. 41

laminatus. Bol. (g. Misythus) 17

laminatus, Stal (g. Misythus) 17

languidus, Bol. (g. Systotederus) 34

lateralis, Harris (g. Tettigidca) 68

lateralis, Say (g. Tettigidca) 68

lateralis, Scudder (g. Tettigidca) 68

latifrons, Brunner v.W. [g. Coptotettix) 66

latipes, Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

latipes, Stal (g. Tetrix) 58

latiramus, Hanc. (g. Cladonotus) 16

lativertex, Brunner v.W. (g. Mazar-

redis) 43

lauta, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 43

limosina, Snellen (g. T ettigodina) 8

lim«)sina, Westw. (g. T ettigodina) 8

75

Pages.

lineata, Bol. (g. Scaria) 6g

lobata. Hanc, (g. Otumba) 44

lobulatus, Stal (g. Prototettix) 65

logani. Hanc. ig. Scelimena) 24

longiceps, Bol. (g. Spartoius) 33

longiceps, Stal (g. Spartoius) 33

longifrons, Stal (g. Cleotratus) 5

longipes, Hanc. (g. Amphibotettix) 23

Loxilobus (genus). Hanc. 29

lucubensis, Branesik {g.Charagotettix) 27

luggeri. Hanc. (g. Tetrix) 58

lurida, Bol. (g. Xistra) 46

luteomarginata, Bol. (g. T ettigodina) 8

luteomarginata, .(g.Tettigodina) 8

lutosa, Bol. (g. Metrodora) 41

maculata, Gligio-Tos (g. Scaria) 70

maesoi, Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 66

magistralis, Brunner v. W. (g. Sca-

britettix) 47

major, Bol. (g. Dinotettix) 48

marcapata. Hanc. (g. Otumba) 44

Mazarredia (genus) Bol. 42

mazarredoi, Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 66

medialis, Hanc. (g. Tettigidca) 68

mellerborgi, Stal (g. Phaestus) 7

meridionalis, Brunner v.W. (g Para-

tettix) 56

meridionalis, Ramb. Ig. Paratettix) 5o

Merotettix (genus), Morse 63

Metrodora (genus), Bol. 41

Metrodorae (section) 3o

mexicanus, Sauss. (g. Paratettix) 56

mexicanus abortus. Hanc. (g. Para-

tettix) 57

Micronotus (genus). Hanc. 63

miliarius, Bol. (g. Acanthalobus) 29

miliarius. Hanc. (g. Acanthalobus) 29

miliarius cuneatus. Hanc. (g. Acan-

thalobus) 29

mimus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

minuta, Bol. (g. Mazarredia) 48

minutus, Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 66

minutus. Hanc. (g. Tehnatettix) 84

minutus, Rhen & Heb. (g. Apotettix) 65

minutus rugosus. Hanc. (g. Telma-

tettix) 54

miserabilis, Blanch. (g. Prototettix) 65

Misythus (genus), Stal 16

Mitraria (genus), Bol. 5i

modigliani. Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 65

monocerus, Bol. (g. Cleotratus) 5

monocerus, Stal (g. Cleotratus) 5

76

ORTHOPTERA

Pages. Pages. Pages.

Pages.

serripes, Redtenb. {g. Tetrix) 58

servillei, Fairm. [g. Xerophyllum) i5

siberia, Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

signata, Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

simile, Bol. [g. Xerophyllum) i5

similis, Bol. {g. Xistra) 46

similis, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

simoni, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

simplex, Brancsik {g. Morphopus) 37

sinuatus, Morse {g. Tylotettix) 21

sinuatus. Morse (g. Paratettix) 56

sinuatus, Morse [g. Tylotettix) 21

sinufrons, Hanc. (g. Nomotettix) 62

sobrinus, Bol. (g. Hedotettix) 60

sordida, Harris (g. Tetrix) 5g

Spartoius (genus), Stal 33

spathulata, Bol. {g. Tetrix) 58

spathulata, Stal (g. rfir/AT) 58

spicata. Morse (g. Tettigidea) 68

spiculatum, Bol. [g. Eugavialidium) 24

spiculatum, Stal [g. Eugavialidium) 24

spinifrons. Hanc. {g. Dolatettix) i3

spinifrons, Stal ig. Otiimba) 44

spinilobus. Hanc. [g. Criotettix) 28

spinolobus, Hanc. [g. Cryphotettix) 42

spinosus. Hanc. (g. Plesiotettix) 34

Stenodorus (genus). Hanc. 5g

stenofroHS, Hanc. {g. Teredorus) 53

striata. Beauvois (g. Paratettix) 56

strumosa, Bol. {g. Cota) 18

subulata, L. (g. Tetrix) 57

subulatus, Bol. (g. Criotettix) 28

subpustulata, Walk. {g. Paratettix) 56

sulcatus, Stal (g. Piezotettix) i3

sumatrensia, Bol. {g. Saussurella) 72

Systolederus (genus), Bol. 33

tartara, Bol. (g. Tetrix) 58

tecta. Morse {g. Tettigidea) 68

tectiformis. Hanc. [g. Deltomtus) 14

FAAI. ACRIDIID^

Pages.

tectus. Hanc. {g. Apotettix) 64

tectus, Morse (g. Apotettix) 64

Telmatettix (genus), Hanc. 53

tentatus. Morse (g. 58

tenuicorna, Sahlb. (g. Tetrix) 58

Teredorus (genus). Hanc. 52

testaceus. Bol. (g. Coptotettix) 66

Tetricodina (genus), Snellen 8

Tetrigiae isection) 5i

Tetrix (genus), Latr. Sj

Tetticerus (genus). Hanc. 38

Tettigidea (genus), Scudder 67

Tettigodina (genus), Westw. 8

tettix, Bol. [g. Trachytettix) 40

Tettix (genus), Fischer Sj

Tettix (genus), Stal 23

texanus, Hanc. {(g. Paratettix) 57

te.xanus, Rehn & Hebard {g. Para-

tettix) 57

texanus nanus, Hanc. [g. Paratettix) 57

Threciscus (genus), Bol. 32

Thyrsus (genus), Bol. 5o

tiaratus, Bol. (g. Thyrsus) 5o

toltecus, Sauss. [g. Paratettix) 56

toltecus arizonus,Hanc. [g. Paratettix) 56

toltecus extensus. Morse {g. Para-

tettix ) 56

toltecus sonorensis. Hanc. ig. Para-

tettix) 56

Trachytettix (genus), Stal 19

triangularis, Bol. {g. Hymenotes) ii

triangularis, Scudder {g. Tetrix) 59

triangularis, Westw. [g. Hymenotes) ii

tricarinatus, Bol. [g. Criotettix) 28

tricarinatus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

tricarinatus, Hanc. {g. Criotettix) 28

tricostatus, Bol. [g. Spartoius) 33

tricristata, Bol. (g. Xistra) 46

tricristata sumatrana, Bol. [g. Xistra) 46

Trigonofemora (genus), Hanc. 46

77

Pages.

trinitatus, Bruner (g. Tettigidea) 68

Tripetalocera (genus), Westw. 4

Tripetalocerae (section) 4

truncata, Bol. [g. Mazarredia) 43

Trypophyllum (genus), Karsch 14

tuberculatum, Bol. (g. Eugavialidium) zS

tuberculatus, Bol. [g. Coptotettix) 66

tuberculatus, Hanc. {g. Paratettix) 57

turgida, Bol. [g. Nephele) 40

turki, Krauss [g. Tetrix) 58

turki saulcyi, Azam. (g. Tetrix) 58

Tylotettix (genus), Morse 20

umbripennis, Kzxsch (g.Prototettix) 65

uncinata, Serv. (g. Scelimena) 24

uncinatus. Hanc. (g. Plesiotettix) 34

uncinatus, Stal (g. Systolederus) 34

undulatum, Karsch (g. Acmophyllum ) 1 5

uncinata, Bol. (g. Pantelia) 18

unicristata. Hanc. (g. Nephele) 40

validspinus. Bol. (g. Aruleuus) 7

validspinus, Stal (g. Aruleuus) 7

variabilis. Hanc. (g. Neotettix) 62

variabilis, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

variegatus, Bol. (g. Paratettix) 56

verrucifer, StaHg. H/oiarMs) 17

vicarus, Karsch (g. Hippodes) 18

vidali, Bol. (g. Criotettix) 28

vittata, Walker (g. Tetrix) 58

volans, Morse (g. Ochetotettix) 61

voeltzkowiana, Sauss. (g. Paratettix) 56

westwoodi, Bol. (g. Hypsaeus) 12

westwoodi, Bol. (g. Phyllotettix) 12

xerophylloide, Bol. (g. Acmophyllum > i5

Xerophyllum (genus), Fairm. i5

Xistra (genus), Bol. 46

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

Plate i.

Fig. I. Ddtonotiis tectiformis, Hancock.

— 2. Dolatettix spinifrons, Hancock.

— 3. Cladonotiis latiramus, Hancock.

— 4. Xerophyllum simile, Bolivar.

— 5. Hymenotes triangularis, Westwood.

7«

ORTHOPTERA

Fig. 6.

— 8.

— 9-

IO.

— II.

— 12.

— i3.

Fig. 14.

— i5.

— 16.

— i6fl.

— 17.

— 18.

— 19.

— 19«.

— 20.

— 2oa.

— 21 .

— 21«.

Fig. 22.

22fl.

— 23.

— 23«.

— 24.

— 25.

— 26.

— 27.

— 28.

— 29.

— 3o

— 3i.

— 32.

— 33.

Fig. 34.

— 35.

— 35«.

— 36.

Eleleus cttrUis, Bolivar.

Choriphyllum saussurei, Bolivar.

Misythus laminatus, Stal.

Pantelia cristulata, Bolivar.

Phyllotettix foliatus, Flancock.

Piezotettix cultratus, Stal.

Hypsaeiis westwoodi, Bolivar.

Cota saxosa, Bolivar.

Plate 2.

Systolederiis greeni, Bolivar.

Scelimena logani, Hancock.

Gavialidium crocodilus, Saussure.

Dorsum and head from above.

Loxilobus acutus, Flancock,

letticerus bigibbosus, Hancock.

Acanthalobus miliarius. Bolivar.

Dorsum and head from above.

Notocerus cornutus, Hancock.

Front view of head and pronotum.

Lamellitettix acutus, Hancock.

Dorsum and head from above.

Plate 3,

Plesiotettix uncinatus, Hancock.

Dorsum and head from above.

Platytettix reticulatus, Hancock.

Dorsum and head from above.

Clypeotettix schochii, Bolivar.

Nomotettix carinatus, Scudder.

Tettigidea jalapa, Hancock.

Tetrix obscurus, Hancock.

Telmatettix minutus, Hancock.

Apotettix convexus. Morse.

T rigonofemora fossu latus. Hancock.

P axilla obesa, Scudder.

Euparatettix personatus, Bolivar.

Ochetotettix barretti, Flancock.

Plate 4.

Cotys antennatus, Bolivar.

Eomorphopus granulatus, Hancock.

Body and head from above.

Scaria producta, Hancock.

FAM. ACRIDIID/F

79

Fig.

37. Scabrotdtix acutilobus, Flancock.

ija. Dorsum and head from above.

38. Amorphopits notabilis, Serville.

3g. Stenodorns extenuatus, Hancock.

40. Paratettix cuculhitus, Burmeister.

41. Micronotus hancocki, Bruner

42. T eredorus stenofrons, Hancock.

43. Hybotettix humeralis, Hancock.

(Plates drawn by the author.)

Chicago, U. S. A., i5th July igob.

GENERA INSECTORUM

ORTHOPTERA

Veltonotus tecUfbrnus Hanc.

Cladoriotus IcUiranuis Hcuic.

Xerophyliiun simile Sol .

aiier BoUeae

Eleleiis curtus Sol.

uSter BoU-var

Ifymenotes triangularis TVestre.

ChoriplyUicm. saussurei Sol.

oAer BoUvar

Siezotetiix cultratus Sidi

attcr Bolivar

Mi^thjis laminatus StdZ

a/ter Botarar

Hypsoeus iresiwoodi Sol.

after Bolirar

Paritelia cristzilata Sol.

after Bolivar

Plivllotettix foliatus Sane.

FAM. ACRIDIIDA.

SUBFAM. TETRIGINA.

I

GENERA INSECTORUM

ORTHOPTERA

FAM. ACRIDIIDA.

SUBFAM. TETRrOINA,

9

4

r ■'

Aj

•1.

■i{

•-'■"■al '

'*1

• - -• y •■ -

< ►

GENERA INSECTORUM

ORTHOPTERA

22

Huparatetbiz^ jjersorhcUus Sol.

OcTietotetUx bajrretU JIanc.

FAM. acridiid;^

SUBFAM. TETRIGINA.

GENERA INSECTORUM

ORTHOPTERA ^

3^

Coiys antetinaM^iS BoL.

37

UO

Scabroteiiix acutilobus Hanc.

Micronotus Tiancochi Bruner.

TereBoriLS stenoTrons Hanc.

Hyliotettix TiianeraUs Hanc.

FAM. ACRIDIIDA.

SUBFAM. TETRIGIN/e.

A

45

COLEOPTERA

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

SUBFAM. CLYTRIX-^

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

FAM. CHRYSOMELID/E

SUBFAM. CLYTKIN^

par M. JACOBY & H. CLAVAREAU

AVEC 5 PLANCHES COLORIEES

'histoire scientifique des Clytrides est peu compliquee ; Linne, [{Systema Naturae (ed. lo)

(1758) et Fauna Suecica (1761)] ne mentionne aucune particularite propre aux especes

alors connues de lui, qu’il rangeait parmi les Chrysomela. Geoffroy, le premier [{Ins. envir.

de Paris, Vol. i. p. igS (1764)] leur donna le nom de Melolontha, qui ne leur resta pas

aequis. En 1781, Eaicharting {V erzeichniss der Tyrolen Inseckten, Vol. i, p. i65) leur imposa le nom

de Clythra, qui fut admis peu apres par Fabricius, et adopte depuis par tous les entomologistes.

Le genre Clythraiui erige en groupe par Bl.anchard [[Ann. Sc. Nat. (3), t. 5, p. 370(1846)!; peu

apres, Lacordaire [{Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5 (1848)] vint confirmer ropinion de Blanchard, en

publiant sa Monographie, restee classique jusqu’a nos jours, et que Chapuis, son continuateur. devait

venir completer plus tard {{Gen. Coi., Vol. 10, p, 90 (1872)] en erigeant en tribu Timportant groupe des

Clytrides.

Caracteres generaux. — Dernier article des palpes court, conique et obtus ou tronque

a 1’ extremi te.

Mandibules fortes, arquees, concaves au cote interne, tridentees a leur extremite.

Antennes variables, dentees a partir du quatrieme ou du cinquieme article, parfois inserees au

repos dans un sillon longeant la marge latero-inferieure du pronotum.

Pronotum de la largeur des elytres a sa base.

Pattes egales entre elles ou croissant graduellement d’arriere en avant, les posterieures jamais

plus fortes que les medianes et les anterieures.

Premier segment abdominal embrassant sur les cotes les epimeres du metasternum.

Crochets des tarses simples, appendicules ou bifides.

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

D’accord avec Chapuis, nous maintenons la subdivision de la sous-famille des Clytrides en quatre

groupes, en excluant les Chlamydes, qui constituent une division speciale, formant le passage des Clytrides

aux Cryptocephalides.

Lorsque les sexes different et que la tete des males acquiert le developpement qui caracterise tout

specialement, avec raccroissement des pattes anterieures, le dimorphisme sexuel des premiers groupes,

les mandibules prennent des dimensions considerables et tous les autres organes de la bouche s’agran-

dissent en proportion avec ces developpements ; il s’en suit que la bouche des cfd’ est entierement

differente de celle des 9 9 i niais avec des modifications telles. d’une espece a l’autre, que ces differen-

ciations ne peuvent servir a la distinction des genres.

Les yeux et les antennes ne different que d’une fagon peu sensible; les premiers sont plus ou moins

echancres sur le bord interne et varient en dimension, passant de la forme circulaire a Tellipse allongee;

les secondes sont ordinairement courtes et peu developpees, sauf chez les cf cf des premiers groupes ou

elles acquierent un developpement en rapport avec celui de la tgte.

Le pronotum est le plus souvent de la largeur des elytres a la base, quelquefois un peu plus large,

rarement plus etroit.

L’ecusson est assez grand, triangulaire, plus ou moins aigu, arrondi ou tronque a son sommet ;

il est parfois situe dans le plan des elytres, mais aussi il prend une allure inclinee' vers Tavant. ce

qui le rapproche de celui des Chlamydes et des Cryptocephalides.

Les elytres sont convexes, assez courts, brusquement declives sur les cotes et en arriere ou iis

recouvrent plus ou moins le pygidium, quand iis ne le laissent pas entierement a decouvert ; les cotes

sont souvent avances sur Tepipleure, de fayon a former un lobe plus ou moins accentue et qui parait

sufftsamment constant pour pouvoir servir a la delimitation de ceitains genres.

Le prosternum varie extremement; sans etre jamais tres large, il est excessivement reduit dans

certains cas, au point qu’il semble ne plus exister entre les hanches, ou il ne forme plus qu’une etroite

lamelle.

Les pattes sont plutot mediocres, sauf pour les cas speciaux de digjiorphisme sexuel; elles

atteignent alors, particulierement les anterieures, un developpement tres accentue. Les femurs posterieurs

ne sont jamais renfles ni plus developpes que les medians et les anterieurs et les tarses, toujours courts,

ont leurs articles plus ou moins elargis.

Les crochets sont simples dans les deux premiers groupes, appendicules ou bifides chez les

suivants.

Distributiori geographique. — Les Clytrides sont repandues sur presque toute la surface

du globe.

Des quatre groupes, la premiere section (Clytritae) est celle qui a Thabitat le plus etendu. La

region palearctique est la patrie des Chilotoma. de la plupart des Coptocephala . Labidostomis, Lachnaea,

Tituboea, Gynandrophthalma, de quelques Clytra et Miopristis (s. g. Macrolenes)\ le continent africain, outre

certains genres qui lui sont propres : Protoclytra, Crabronites, Hermia, Diapericcra (s. g. Labidognata),

possede plusieurs especes de Miopristis, Lachnaea, Tituboea, Clytra, Miochira et un assez grand nombre de

Diapromorpha, Melitonoma et Gynandrophthalma ; les Epimela sont originaires de la region indo-malaise,

ainsi que quelques Labidostomis, Diapromorpha, Clytra, Melitonoma, Gynandrophthalma, Coptocephala (s. g. Phy-

sancheiiia, Pantacometis et Ceratobasis), une espece de Miopristis [Merilia limata) et de Miochira; enfin, on

compte treize especes de Gynandrophthalma dans TAmerique centrale et meridionale; le sous-genre

Anomoea {Tituboea) est propre aux Etats-Unis et a TAmerique centrale. On ne connait qu’une seule Clytride

de Madagascar {Clytra madegassa, Fairmaire).

Les trois autres groupes {M egalostomitae , Babiitae et Ischiopachitae) sont exclusivement americains,

a Texception dhine seule espece de Babiitae {Dachrys capensis) du Cap de Bonne-Esperance.

FAM. CHRYSOMELIDiE

3

TABLEAU DES GROUPES :

Chapuis [Ge7i. Coi. Vol. lo, p. gg (z<5’7^)], subdivise la sous-famille des Clytrines en quatre groupes

que nous croyons utiles de maintenir :

1. Antennes libres au repos 2.

Antennes logees au repos dansun sillon net et profond, situe sous le bord lateral du pronotum. 4. Ischiopachites.

2. Crochets des tarses simples 3.

Crochets des tarses appendicnles ou bifides 3. Babiites.

3. Hanches anterieures contignes ou subcontigues i. Clytrites.

Hanches anterieures distantes 2. Megalostomites.

GROUPE I. CLYTRIT/E

Caracteres generaux :

Sexes presque toujours dissemblables.

Antennes libres au repos.

Yeux faiblement echancres ou entiers.

Saillie prosternale nulle chez presque toutes les especes, n’existant chezles autres qu’a betat de vestige.

Pygidium ordinairement distinet.

Pattes s’allongeant plus ou moins d’arriere en avant.

Crochets des tarses simples.

Teis qu’ils ont ete etablis par Lacordaire, ces caracteres correspondent a ce qui constitue le

groupe des Clytritm s. s., qui comprend dix-sept genres, dont les caracteres sont etablis plus loin.

Le corps est de forme variable, tantot ovalaire et tantot cylindrique. Les antennes, tres incon-

stantes au point de vue de la longueur, commencent a etre dentes a partir du 4« ou du 5® article et,

presque toujours, le 2® et le 3® sont tres courts, obeoniques. Les inandibules, invariablement plus

developpees chez les cf cf , presentent des differenciations de genre a genre et meme d’espece a espece.

Toute la tete, du reste, affecte toujours chez le un facies plus large et correspondant a la largeur du

pronotum. Celui-ci, transversal et rectangulaire chez la plupart des cf cf, affecte chez les 9 9 forme

plus trapezoidale, qui ne se produit que rarement dans 1’autre sexe. L’ecusson est toujours penche en

avant et subtriangulaire, dans la plupart des cas plus ou moins tronque ou subtronque. Les elytres, qui

sont tronques ou lobes a la base, presentent souvent un lobe epipleural avance sur les episternums

metathoraciques. Ce lobe est plus ou moins avance en arc au-dela d’une carene marginale qui parait etre

le prolongement anterieur de la marge laterale externe, Les hanches anterieures presentent des variations

dans leur developpement, mais affectent presque toujours une forme cylindrique. Les pattes, tout en

etant peu robustes, sauf en ce qui concerne les variations sexuelles dont il sera parle plus loin, sont en

general peu variables; les femurs etant plus ou moins epais et renfies, les tibias allant presque toujours

en s’elargissant vers le sommet, et les tarses etant relativement peu allonges, a articles subconvexes ou

franchement bombes et assez larges.

Le dimorphisme sexuel, a de rares exceptions pres, est tres accentue.

Le a presque toujours la tete plus large et plus forte, les yeux plus saillants, les antennes plus

longues et avec les articles dentes plus elargis, parfois extraordinairement developpes, les mandibules

4

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

tres saillantes, robustes et epaisses; son pronotum est toujours plus rectangulaire et les pattes anterieures

plus allongees et plus robustes avec les tibias et les tarses plus developpes.

La 9 1 outre les differenciations preindiquees, presente toujours, sur le dernier segment abdominal,

une fossette profonde, qui se reproduit chez les cf cf quelques especes.

TABLEAU DES GENRES

1. Base du pronotum tronqiiie ou sinueuse, le lobe median plus

oii moins arque, jamais avance en pointe aigue au-dessus

de Vecusson

— Lobe median de la base du pronotum faisant une saillie aigue

au-dessus de Vecusson g. Hermia, Weise.

2. Elytres plus ou moins lobis et sinues le long du bord externe

— Elytres sans aucune trace de lobe epipleural, leuts cotes non

sinues 17. Diapericera, Lacordaire.

3 . Base du pronotum plus ou moins sinueuse

— Base du pronotum tronquee

4. Angles posteri eurs du pronotum non releves en saillie obtuse

— Angles posterieurs du pronotum releves en saillie obtuse . . i. Labidostomis, Lacordaire.

5. Marge anterieure du pronotum avancee en arc

— Marge anterieure du pronotum tronquee

6. Lobe epipleural des elytres tres ac cuse

— Lobe epipleural des elytres peu prononce 10. Melitonoma, Lacordaire.

7 . Base du pronotum duqf laissant un vide anguleux sur les cotes

— Base du pronotum du (pP entierement juxtaposie d celle des

elytres

8. Dessus glabre 2. Miopristis, Lacordaire.

— Dessus pubescent, au moins sur la tete et le pronotum . . . 3. Crabronites, Lacordaire.

g. Corps rectangulaire, cotes paralUles 14. Coptocephai.a, Lacordaire.

— Corps elliptique, elargi d Vepaide, attinui en avant et en

arriere 6. Diapromorpha, Lacordaire.

10. Ponctuatinn ilytrale normale

— Ponctiiation ilytrale forte; somniet des elytres avec des bour-

relets costiformes, vermiculis et Inngitudinaux . . . . 7. Protoclytra, Weise.

1 1 . Dessus glabre

— Dessus pubescent , au moins la tete et le pronotum .... 4. Lachnaea, Lacordaire.

12. Pronotum du cf plus large que les ilytres, base de ceux-ci

non entierement juxtaposie d celle du pronotum et laissant

sur les cotis un vide anguleux

— Pronotum du plus itroit que les ilytres, sa base entiere-

ment juxtaposie d celle de ceux-ci 8. Clytra, Laicharting.

13. Premier article des tarses plus court que les deux suivants

riunis i3. Chilotoma, Lacordaire.

— Premier article des tarses au moins aussi long que les deux

suivan/s riunis 5. Tituboea, Lacordaire.

14. Tete engagie dans le pronotum

3.

4'

14.

5,

6.

ro.

7-

9

1 1

12.

i3

i5

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^:

5

— Tete degagie dupronotiim i6. Miochira, Lacordaire.

iS. Lohes epipletiraux des elytres peii prononces ii. Gynandrophthalma, Lacordaire.

— Lobes epipleuraiix des elytres tres accuses i5. Epimela, Weise.

I. Genus LABIDOSTOMIS, Lacordaire

Labidostomis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o (1848); Jacquelin Du Val, Gen, Coi. Europe,

Vol. 4, p. 214 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 62 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi.

Vol, IO, p. 106 (1874); Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 85 (1881).

= Chlorostola. Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 85 (1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps rectangulaire. C3dindrique. largement arrondi en arriere. Tete forte, plane,

degagee du prothorax, penchee, subquadrangulaire, les joues prolongees sous chaque oeil en une forte

oreillette trigone; epistome largement echancre entre deux lobes aigus; mandibules robustes, saillantes,

ordinairement en forme de tenailles; yeux arrondis, globulaires tres saillant; antennes tres robustes,

beaucoup plus longues que la tete et le pronotum reunis, a premier article apiani, de forme variable, le

deuxieme et le troisieme courts, subglobulaires et ordinairement subegaux entre eux, le quatrieme de

longueur et de forme variables, les suivants apianis, larges, triangulaires, dentes au cote interne. Prono-

tum en trapeze, de la largeur de la tete en avant, plus large que les elytres en arriere, 1’angle anterieur

arrondi, le posterieur toujours saillant et plus ou moins releve, la base bisinuee avec un large lobe

median peu avance. Ecusson assez grand, en triangle allonge. tronque ou arrondi a son sommet. Elytres

faiblement lobes a la base, droits sur les cotes, largement arrondis en arriere, frnement rebordes le

long de la marge laterale, le lobe epipleural depassant la carene marginale. Pattes allongees, les ante-

rieures beaucoup plus robustes que les autres ; femurs anterieurs souvent munis d’une dent sur la tranche

interne vers le sommet; tibias anterieurs arques ; le premier article des tarses anterieurs plus long que

les deux suivants reunis, le troisieme fortement bilobe, le quatrieme allonge, grele, un peu plus long

que le deuxieme.

Femelle. — TMe moins robuste; mandibules faibles; antennes moins robustes a articles moins

developpes et egalement dentes a partir du quatrieme article. Pronotum moins convexe, les angles ante-

rieurs arrondis et les posterieurs aigus. les cotes tres arques, la base bisinuee avec un lobe median peu

avance. Pattes normales, les anterieures plus longues que les posterieures.

Ce genre renferme des especes qui se reconnaissent surtout a la forme toute particuliere du pro-

notum et des pattes anterieures des cf cf .

La plupart des especes ont le corps bleu et les elytres jaunes, avec ou sans tache humerale.

Ouelques especes ont le corps entierement bleu; M. Weise a cree pour elles (Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 9, p. 85) le sous-genre Chlorostola, qui n’est base que sur cette difference de coloration.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 3o-8i (1848).

Bibliographie. — Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 6g-iri (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent.

Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 194-206 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol, 6, p. 85- 100 (1881).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — La plupart des especes de ce genre appar-

tiennent a la faune palearctique, deux especes sont propre a la Chine et deux a ITnde.

Faune palearctique :

1. L. albida, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 28, p. 271 (1894) (Region Transcaspienne).

2. L. amiirensis, von Heyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 28, p. 299 (1884) (Ile Askold).

6

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

3. L. armeniaca, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 57 (1848) (Armenie, Perse, etc.).

armeniaca, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2. p. 99 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2o3

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881).

4. L. asiatica, Faldermann, Farm. Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p. Syo, pl. i3, f. 8 et g (1837) (Caucase, Arme-

nie, Syrie, etc.).

asiatica. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 42 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. |5), Vol. 2, p. 75(1872);

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16. ]). 199(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881).

5. L. attenuata, Pic. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 202 (1897) (Syrie : Jaffa).

6. L. Beckeri, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. g3, note (1881) (.Sarepta).

7. L. hipunctata, Mannerheim. Flummel Essais Entom., n°4, p. 40 (i825) (Clythra) (Mongolie, .Siberie

meridionale et Russie meridionale).

hipunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 63 (cJ) (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 96

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6. p. go(i88i); Fairmaire, Revue d’Entom. Vol. 7, p. i5o

(1888).

8. L. brevipennis, Faldermann, Faun. Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p. 875, pl. 14. f. 3 et 4 (1837) (Perse,

Caucase, Russie meridionale).

brevipennis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 61 (cJ) (1848); Lefevre. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 82

(1872) ; Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 92 (1881).

9. L. cavifrons, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 80 (1872) (Tanger).

cavifrons, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881).

10. L. centromaculata, Gene, Coleopt. Sardin. Fasc. 2, p. 41-43, pl. i , f. 24 (Mem. Acad. Torino) (i83g)

(Corse, Sardaigne, Algerie). -- Pl. I , Fig. I .

centromaculata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, ji. 76 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 96

(1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2o5 (1872) ; Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. gS (1881).

var. Damryi, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. gS (1881) (Sardaigne).

var. qnadrinotata, Olivier, Enc. Meth. Vol. 6, p. 33 (1796); .Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 200 (i85i);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. g5 (1S81).

var. syriaca, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, ]). 75 (1848).

11. L. cyanicornis, Germar. Faun. Ins. Europ. Fasc. 7, p. 7 (1817) (Europe centrale et meridionale).

cyanicornis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 53 (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8. p. 202 (i85i);

Redtenbacher, Faun. Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. g3

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 20 (1889);

Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine. p. 121 (1891).

= tridentata, Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448 (i858); Weise, Ent. Monatsb. Vol. 2, p. i58 (1881).

12. L. decipiens, Faldermann, Fauna Ent. Transc. Vol. 2 p. 373. pl. 14, f. i et 2 (1837) (Perse,

Turquie, Russie meridionale, Asie mineure).

decipiens, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 46 (pars) (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 88

(1872); Kriatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 200(1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 91 (1881).

var. Q lineola, Redtenbacher. Russegger Reise, Vol. i (2), p. 990 {3i) pl. B, f. 3i (1843); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt.

Vol. 2, p. 45 (1848); Abeille de Perrin, Ann. Soc. Ent. F'r. p. 70 (1867) ; L’Abeille, p. 154 (1868).

13. L. Delagrangei, Pic, L’Echange. Vol. 20, p. 94 (1904) (Syrie).

14. L. diversifrons, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. go, pl. i, f. 5 (1872) (Beyrouth, Russie

meridionale).

diversifrons, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 91 (1881).

= speculifrons, Kraatz. Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 200 (1872); Lefevre, Ann. .Soc. Ent. F'r. (5), Vol. 2,

p. 384 (1872).

15. L. elegans, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 6, Bull. p. 72 (1876) (Perse : Asterabad). —

Pl. I, Fig. 3.

Reitteri, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 314 ( i885) ; Bedel, L’Abeille, Vol. 27, p. i56 (1899) ; Demaison, Bull.

Soc. Ent. F'r. p. i3 (1896).

16. L. Escherichi, Weise, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 58, p. 63 (1897) (Asie mineure : Angora).

17. L. frontalis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 182 (1900) (Asie mineure).

18. L. Ghilianii, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 77, cf (1848) (Espagne).

Ghilianii, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 95 (1881).

19. L. Glasnnowi, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 27, p. 288 (1898) (Turkestan Occidental).

20. L. glycyrrhizae, Becker, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 148 (1880) (Russie meridionale).

jpycyrrhizae, Becker, idem, p. 70 (1892); Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 3o, p. 104 (1896).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

7

21. L. Giierini, Bassi, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 472, pl. ii, f. 8 (1834) {Clythra) (Algerie, Sicile).

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 79 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. io5

(1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2o5 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881).

var. trifoveolata. Desbrochers des Loges, Bull. Acad. Hippone, no 2,. p. 42 (1866); Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

p. 412(1867); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 106 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 97 (1881) ; Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 419 (1889).

22. L. hebraea, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 55 (1848) (Syrie).

hebraea, Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881).

= quadri notata, Fabricius, Ent, Syst. Yol. 2, Tp. 5^ (7) [i']g3){Cyyptocephalus) Ent. Syst. p. no (5) (1798) ;

Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 861 {33), pl. 2, f. i3 (1808) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. 42 (1870) ; Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. ( 5), Vol. 2, p. 97, pl. i, f. i et 2 {1872).

var. limbata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 56 (1848).

23. L. heteromalla, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 9, Bull. p. 119 (1889) (Env. de Smyrne).

24. L. hispanica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 74 (1848) (Espagne).

hispanica. Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. g5 (1881).

25. L. Hordei, Fabricius^ Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 83 {61) (1787) {Cryptocephahis){'Es'^Signe, Portugal, Algerie).

Hordei, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt, Vol. 2, p. 80 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 108 (1872);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881).

26. L. humeralis, Schneider, Neue Magaz. Vol. i (2), p. 192 (//) (1792) {Clythra) (Europe meridionale).

humeralis, Panzer, Ent. Germ. Vol. i, p. 189 (5) (1793) {Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 64 (1848) ;

Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 202 (i85i) ; Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448 (i858); Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. loi (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2o3 (1872); Seidlitz,

Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p. 472 (1872-75) ; Weise, Naturg.Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881 j; Deutsche Ent. Zeit.

pl. 2, f. 17 (1889); Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 121 (1891).

27. L. iconiensis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. i33 (1900) (Asie mineure),

28. L. karamanica, Weise. idem, p. 184 (1900) (Asie mineure).

29. L. Korbi, Weise, ibidem, p. 2o3 (1901) (Ak-Chehir).

30. L. Lejeunei, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 70 (1866) (Algerie).

Lejeunei, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 104, pl. i, f. 6 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881).

= Pelissieri, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2o5 (1872); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2,

p. 384 (1872).

31. L. lepida, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 94 (1872) (Russie meridionale).

lepida, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881).

32. L. longimana, Linne, Fauna Suec. (ed. 2), p. 170, n° 562 (1761) {Chrysomela) (Europe, Siberie).

longimana, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 140 {16) (1781J {Cryptocephalus) ■, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. ii3 {22) (1801)

{Clythra)-, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 856 (aS), pl. i, f. 16 (1808) {Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. 70 (1848) ; Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 204 (i85i); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448

(i858) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p.io3 (1872) ; Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p. 472 (1872-75) ;

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 95 (1881) ; Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 18 (1889); Bedel, Faune

Bass. Seine, p. 121 (1891)

— tridentata, Panzer, Ent. Germ. Vol. i, p, 189 {4) (1793).

var. dalmatina, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 71 (1848).

33. L. lucaniformis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 382 (1872) (Maroc).

lucaniformis, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 86 (1881).

34. L. lucida, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 548 (1824) {Clythra) (Europe centrale, Siberie meridionale).

lucida, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 67 (1848) ; Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p.2o3 (i85i) ; Redtenbacher,

Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448 (i858) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 102 (1872); Kraatz,

Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 204(1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 92 (1881); Bedel, Faune

Bass. Seine, p. 121 (i8gi ).

= notata, Gebler, Ledeb. Reise, Vol. 2, p. 108 (d) (i83o).

var. axillaris, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 69 (1848); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 448 (i858)

(Autrichel

= laticollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 69 (1848).

var. sareptana, Kraatz, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 8, p. 29 (1872).

35. L. lusitanica, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 549 (1824) {Clythra) (France merid., Espagne, Portugal).

■ lusitanica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 36 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 72 et

383 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 195 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 87

(1881) ; Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. i5 (1889) ; Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 120 (1891).

= Lacordairei, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 26 (i858).

= tibialis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 36 (1848).

8

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

var. melauostigma, J. Daniel, Miinch. Kol. Zeits. Vol. i, p. 253 (igo3).

var. meridionalis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 38 (1848); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 87 (1881).

= Pyrenaea, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 197 (1872).

36. L. niaculipennis , Lefevre, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 42 (1870) (Russie meridionale, Turquie).

macuKpennis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 87, pl. i, f. 3 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 91 (1881). •

= Kinder manni, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 201 (1872); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2,

p. 383 ( 18721.

37. L. maroccana, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 38o (1872) (Maroc).

maroccana, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 86 (1881).

38. L. mesopotamica, von Heyden. Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 279 (1886) (Asie mineure).

39. L. metallica, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 83 (1872) (Russie meridionale).

metallica, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 93 (1881) ; Ent. Monatsbl. Vol. 2, p. i58 (1881).

var. nitidicollis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 85 (1872).

40. L. nevadensis, ] . Daniel, Miinch. Kol. Zeits. Vol. 2, p. 91 (1904) {Chlorostola) (Espagne).

41. L. nitida, Ballion, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 53 (i), p. 373 (1878) (Kuldja).

nitida, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 26, p. 807 (1882).

42. L. Oertzmi, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 62 (1889) (Rhodes).

43. L. pallidipennis, Gebler, Ledeb. Reise, Vol. 2 (3), p. 199 (i83o) [Clythra) (Europe meridionale,

Siberie meridionale).

pallidipennis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5o (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 202 fi85i);

Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 449 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 91 (1872) ;

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 202 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6. p. 97 (1881);

Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine p. 121 (1891).

= chalybeicornis, Brulle, Exped. Moree, Vol. 3, p. 268, pl. 44, f. 5 (j832) {Clythra).

— longipennis, Gebler, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 366 (1848) (C(v/Ara) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 97 (1881) et p. 1118 ( 1893).

var. distinguenda, Rosenhauer, Beitr. Ins. Fauna Europ. p. 63 (1847) [Clythra) ; Gredler, Kiif. Tirol. p. 407 (1857);

Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 449 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 78 (1872) ;

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 202 (1872).

var. pilicollis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 52 (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 202 (i85i) ; Redten-

bacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 447 ( i858) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 92 (1872) ; Kraatz.

Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16. p. 202 (1872) ; Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 19 (1889).

44. L. peregrina, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 271 (1900) (Eriwan).

45. L. propinqua, Falderman, Fauna Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p. 372, pl. i3, f. 10 et ii (1837) {Clythra)

(Armenie, Caucase, Turquie, etc.).

propinqua. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 40 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 76 ( 1872) ;

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 199 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90 (1881).

= binotata, Waltl, Isis, p. 472 (i838).

= Q Stevenii, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 48 (1848); Weise, Ent. Monatsb. Vol. 2, p. i58 (1881).

46. L. qiiadrimacidata, Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 149 (1849) (Sardaigne, Espagne).

— higemina. Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 200 (i85i); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 73,

pl. I, f. 4 (1872); Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 87 (1881).

47. L. quadrinotata, Fabricius. Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 79 (1787) (Algerie).

qiiadrinotata , Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 87 (1881).

= hybrida, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 121 (1845); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p 3g (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (5 , Vol. 2, p. 74 (1872).

48. L. rubripennis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 120 (1845) (Algerie).

ruhripennis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 35 (1848) ; Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Algerie, Vol. 2, p. 520.

pl. 46, f. 8 (1849); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5;, Vol. 2, p. 70 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit.

Vol. 16, p. 195 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 86 (1881).

49. L. rufa, Waltl, Isis, Vol. 6, p. 472 (i838) {Clythra) (Turquie, Grece, Asie mineure).

rufa, Ktister, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. 7, p. 96 (1846); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 48 (1848); Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 80 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vcl. 16, p. 199 (1872); Weise,

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 90(1881); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 21 (1889).

50. L. rufomarginata, Vauloger. L’Abeille, Vol. 25, p. 194 (1892-96) (Maroc : Tanger).

51. L. rugicollis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 86 (1872) (Russie meridionale).

rugicollis, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 98 (1881).

52. L. Sardoa, Jacobson, Rivista Coleopt. Ital. Vol. 4 (2), p. 30 (1906) (Sardaigne).

53. L. Schneideri, Weise Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 272 (1900) (Buchara).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID.E

9

54. L. smicula, Kraatz, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 8, p. 29 (1872) (Derbent, Astrakhan).

senicula, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. g3 (1881); Ent. Monatsbl. Vol. 2, p. i58 (1881).

55. L. sihirica, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 545 (1824) (Clythra) (Siberie). — Pl. I , Fig. 2.

sibirica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 78 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 107 (1872);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 99 (1881).

var. altaica, Gehler, Ledeb. Reise, Vol. 2, p. 200 (i83o); Jacobson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43,

p. 106(1901).

var. fallacissima, ]a.cohson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. 106(1901) (Daurie).

var. transitoria.^ Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 35, p. 94 (igoo); Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. p. 106

(1901) (Prov. Tomsk).

56. L. stenostoma, Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 270 (1900) (Buchara).

57. L. subfasciata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 29, p. 3i3 (t885) (Region Caspienne).

58. L. sulcicollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 49 (cf) (1848) (Constantinople).

sttlcicollis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 81 (1872); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. i32 (1900).

59. L. taxicornis. Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. i (2), p. 56 (1875) {Cryptocephalus) (Europe meridionale,

Afrique septentrionale).

taxicornis, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 112 {16] (1798) {Clythra)-, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 848, pl. i, f. 2

(i8o8) [Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 32 (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 98

(i85i); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 449 (i858) ; Jacquelin Duval, Gen. Coi. Europ.

Vol. 4. p. 61, f. 289 (1868) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 69 (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit.

Vol. 16, p. 194 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 86 (1881); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2,

f. 14 (1889) : Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 120 (1891).

= similis, Schneider, Magaz. Vol. i (2), p. 191 (t?) (2) (1792).

60. L. testaceipes, Pic, L’Echange. Vol. 20, p. 98 (1904) (Syrie).

61. L. Tjutschewi, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 35, p. 'jS (1900) (Siberie occidentale).

62. L. tridentata, Linnee, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) (i) p. 374 (i758) {Chrysomela) (Europe, Siberie).

tridentata, Linnee, Fauna Suec. (ed. 2ino 846 (1761) [Chrysomela)-, Latreille. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. ii, p. 356 (/)

(1804): Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 855 [24) (pars.); Gyllenhall, Ins. Suec. Vol. 3, p. 587 (3) (i8i3)

[Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 58 (1848) ; Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 202 (i85i);

Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 100 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16. p. 2o3 (1872);

Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p. 472 (1872-1875); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 89 (1881);

Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 16 (i88g); Bedel, Fauna Bass. Seine p. 121 (1891).

= Leithneri, Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 3) p. 448 (1874) ; Weise, Entom. Monatsb. Vol. 2, p. i58 (1881).

63. L. trigemina, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 180 (1898) (Kurdistan).

64. L. tiralensis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 73 (1848) (Monts Ourals, Anatolie).

iiralensis, yeievie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 85 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. g3 (1881); Jacobson. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 27, p. 289 (1893).

65. L. villosiila, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 270 (1900) (Amasie).

Faune indo-chinoise :

66. L. chinensis, Lefevre, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) Vol. 7, p. 55 (1887) (Chine : env. de Pekin).

67. L. funerea, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. io3 (1891) (Kashmir).

68. L. indica, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 39, p. 264 (1896) (Dalhousie, Himalaya).

69. L. urticarum, Frivaldszky, Termez. Fuzet. Vol. i5, p. 119 (1892) (Chine).

Genre douteux :

70. L. insidiosa, Peringuey, Trans. S. Afric. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4 (pt. 2) p. i85 (1886) (Namaqualand).

2. Genus MIOPRISTIS, Lacordaire

Miopristis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 25 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 107 (1874).

= Teinocera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 17 (1848).

= Lophobasis. Lacordaire, idem, p. 19 (1848).

= Smeia. Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 24 (1848).

IO

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

= Macrolenes. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 100 (1848).

= Plecomera. Lacordaire, idem, p. io3 (1848).

= Atelechira. Lacordaire, ibidem, p. iio (1848).

= Merilia. Lacordaire, ibidem, p. i25 (1848).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete moins large que le pronotum, assez convexe, souvent avec les joues prolongees en

oreillettes, detachee du pronotum et penchee ; mandibules fortes; antennes tres variables, composees de

onze ou douze articles dentes a partir du 3«, du 4® ou du 5® article; yeux petits, globulaires, arrondis.

Pronotum subquadrangulaire, transversal, peu convexe avec les angles anterieurs et les posterieurs arron-

dis, la base bisinuee, Tangle posterieur tres obtus, la surface a peine convexe, finement marginee sur tout

son pourtour. Ecusson mediocre, triangulaire, le sommet arrondi. Elytres oblongs a cotes paralleles,

arrondis en arriere, a lobes epipleuraux peu avances. Pattes anterieures tres allongees; les hanches

subcylindriques et tres saillantes; les femurs fusiformes; les tibias greles, allonges et tres arques ; les

tarses longs et greles, beaucoup plus allonges que ceux des autres pattes.

Femelle. — Forme generale du cf , les mandibules beaucoup moins fortes, la tete plus reduite, le

pronotum plus attenue en avant, les pattes moins fortes, le premier article des tarses a peine plus long

que les deux suivants reunis.

Ce genre a ete subdivise en huit sous-genres, qui ne se differencient entre eux que par les

antennes et les tarses d’une fa9on tellement variable qu’on peut les reunir tous sous une meme coupe

generique.

Voici toutefois le tableau des sous-genres, d’apres les caracteres des cf cf •

1 . Antennes relativement greles

— Antennes robustes, les articles dentes, larges et developpes

2. Premier article des antennes allonge, grele, ar que et ovalair e . . 4. Miopristis, Lacordaire.

— Premier article des antennes epais, renfle, ovalaire et robuste. . . 5. Atelechira, Lacordaire.

3. Quatrieme article des antennes allonge et sub cylindrique

— Quatrieme article des antennes court et trigone, dente

4. Hanches anterieures tres developpees, cylindriques, plus longues que

la moitie des tibias 7. Plecomera, Lacordaire.

— Hanches anterieures normales 3. Smeia, Lacordaire.

5. Cotes du pronotum retrecis en arriere

— Cotes du pronotum non retrecis en arriere 8. Merilia, Lacordaire.

6. Yeux gros, epais et saillants

— Yeux petits, non saillants 6. Macrolenes, Lacordaire.

7. Troisieme article des antennes allonge, triangulaire i. Teinocera, Lacordaire.

— Troisieme article des antennes court, obconique, presque semblable au

deuxieme 2. Lophobasis, Lacordaire.

2.

3.

4

5.

6.

I. SUBGENUS TEINOCERA, Lacordaire

Teinocera. Lacordaiie, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 17(1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 108 (1874).

Caracteres. — Male. — Tete faiblement engagee dans le pronotum; yeux tres gros et saillants

en dehors; antennes tres longues, atteignant presque Textremite du corps, le premier article tres epais,

subglobulaire un peu plus long que large, le deuxieme court, obconique, le troisieme deux fois plus long

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

1 1

que le precedent, obconique, les suivants tres allonges, triangulaires, plus longs que larges. Pronotum

grand, convexe, tronque en avant, largement arrondi sur les cotes, bisinue a la base, obliquement

impressionne de part et d’autre le long de la marge externe. Base des elytres relevee en crete transversale.

Pattes anterieures plus longues que les autres, leurs hanches robustes, subcylindriques et saillantes;

femurs peu epais, tibias tres arques.

Femelk. — Inconnue.

Distribution geographique de l’espece. — Une seule espece connue, originaire de FAfrique

australe.

I. T. nitidicollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 18 (1848) (.'\frique australe).

2. SUBGENUS LOPHOBASIS, Lacordaire

Lophobasis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 19(1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 109 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete faiblement engagee dans le pronotum; yeux saillants et assez grands ; antennes de

onze a douze articles presque aussi longues que la moitie du corps, le premier article epais, globulaire,

le deuxieme court, obconique, le troisieme de meme forme, mais plus long, les suivants tres grands,

transversaux et triangulaires. Pronotum semblable a celui des Teinocera. Elytres avec une crete transver-

sale a la base. Pattes anterieures robustes et allongees, leurs hanches saillantes subcylindriques; femurs

tres epais, droits sur leurs bords superieurs et arques sur les bords anterieurs, tibias arques.

Femelle. — Lacordaire (Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 21) donne les caracteres suivants pour la 9 de

L. hicroglyphica :

« Antennes de douze articles, de la longueur de la moitie du corps, retrecis a la base, paralleles

dans le reste de leur etendue, a peine dentees ; a premier article mediocre, ovalaire; deuxieme tres court ;

troisieme du double plus long, obconique; quatrieme en triangle tres allonge; cinq a onze en triangle

renverse et regulier tres obtus, devenant graduellement transversaux; douze suborbiculaire. Corps

allonge, assez convexe ».

Distribution geographique des especes, — Les quatre especes connues sont originaires de

rAfrique meridionale.

1. L. aeneicollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 23 (1848) (Cap de Bonne Esperance).

2. L. hievoglyphica, Lacordaire, idem, p. 21 (9) (1848) (Cap de Bonne Esperance).

3. L. natalensis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 245, pl. 17, f. 5 (1897) (Natal : Eastcourt).

4. L. siibclathrata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 20 (cf) (1848) (Cafrerie) — Pl. I, Fig. 10.

3. SuBGENUS SMEIA, Lacordaire

Smeia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 24(1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 109(1874).

Caracteres. — Male. — Antennes robustes, plus longues que la tete et le pronotum reunis, le

premier article epais, subglobulaire, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts, obconiques, le quatrieme

allonge, triangulaire, moins elargi que les suivants, ceux-ci en triangle transversal et oblique. Pronotum

court, peu convexe, tronque en avant, arrondi sur les cotes, coupe carrement a la base, faiblement

impressionne le long du bord anterieur. Pattes anterieures tres allongees, leurs hanches cylindriques et

saillantes, femurs epais, fusiformes, dentes le long du bord interne, tibias arques, rugueux, tarses

allonges, peu robustes, le premier article aussi long que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Inconnue.

12

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Distributiori geographique de i’espece. — Ce sous-genre est originaire de 1’Afrique.

I. S. virginea, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 24 (o^) (1848) (Cafrerie). — Pl. I , Fig. 7.

4. SuBQENUS M lOPRISTIS, Lacordaire

Miopristis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 25 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 109 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Antennes greles, le premier article allonge, renfle a son sommet, legerement arque,

les deuxieme et troisieme tres greles, subcylindriques, le quatrieme plus long que les deux prece-

dents reunis, obconique, les suivants dentes. Pattes anterieures tres allongees, femurs robustes et

comprimes, tibias arques et greles, souvent termines en pointe aigue.

Femelle. — Semblable au cf, mais plus petite, le pronotum plus court et plus cylindrique. les

pattes plus greles.

Monographie. Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 25-3o (1848).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune africaine.

1. M. atrofascial i, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246, pl. 17, f. 6 (1897) (Natal : Eastcourt).

2. M. Btaunsi, Jacoby, idem, p. 235 (1904) (Willowmore, Cape Townj. — Pl. I , Fig. 5.

3. M. brevitarsis. Jacoby, ibidem, p. 2^7 (1904) (Grahamstovvn).

4. M. catenata, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 184 ( 1821) (C/yt/zra) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

- Pl. I , Fig. 4.

catenata, Foersberg, idem, p. 267 et 285 (Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 28 (1848).

5. M. Distanti, Jacoby, .Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i. p. 346 (1898) (Pretoria).

6. M. hottentota, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 248 (1891) (Hottentotie),

7. M. lepida, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 26 (cf) (1848) (Afrique australe).

8. M. 0’Neili, Jacob}’, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236, pl. 17, f. 8 (1904) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody).

9. M. pusilla, Jacoby, idem, p. 220, pl. 22, f. 7 (1898) (Natal : Malvern).

10. M. somaliensis, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 17 (37), p. 337 (1897) (Somalis :

Pozzi-Maddo). — Pl. I, Fig. 6.

11. M. subrugosa, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 245, pl. 17, f. 7 (1897) (Natal : Eastcourt).

12. M. venustula, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. 104 (i883) (Cap de Bonne-

Esperance).

13. M. virgata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 28 (cf) (1848) (Natal).

Especes douteuses :

14. M . bipunctata, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 262 et 277 (1821) {Clythra) (Cap de B.-Esp.).

bipimctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 892 (1848).

15. M. colon, Thunberg, Mus. Acad. Nat. Upsal. Fasc. 4, p. 45 {20), pl., f. 9 (1787) {Chrysomela) (Cap

de Bonne-Esperance).

colon, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 263 et 279 ^1821) (Clythra)-, Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 3i5

(iS) 11808) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 892 (1848).

16. M. flexuosa, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 et 288 (1821) {Clythra) (Cap de B.-Esper.).

flexuosa, Thunberg, idem. p. 184 (Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 293 (1848).

17. M. stigma, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. p. 262 et 276 (1821) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

stigma, Thunberg, idem, p. 184 (1821) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. Sgi {1848).

18. M. undata, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. p. 269 et 288 (1821) {Clythra) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

undata, Thunberg, idem, p. 184 [Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3g3 (1848).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

i3

5. SUBGENUS ATELECHIRA, Lacordaire

Atelechira. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 84 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. iio (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete degagee du pronotum, penchee, presque carree; epistome court; antennes

robustes, moins longues que la tete et le pronotum reunis, le premier article epais, renfle, ovalaire et

robuste, les deuxieme et troisieme courts, obconiques et subegaux, les suivants triangula! res et dentes.

Pattes greles, les anterieures tres allongees, leurs femurs faibles et comprimes, les tibias greles, arques,

les tarses excessivement longs et greles, le premier article plus long que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Tete engagee dans le pronotum. Celui-ci plus court, un peu plus etroit en avant qu’en

arriere. Antennes plus courtes, les articles moins epais et moins allonges. Pattes plus faibles en genera' .

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre ala faune africaine.

1. .4. aulica, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. iSq (25») (1781) (Crioceris) (Afrique australe).

aulica, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol i, p. 89 {38) (1787); Ent. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 9 (04) (i793); Syst. Eleuth.

Vol. I, p. 458 (41) (1801); Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 274 (42) (1808) (Crioceris) ; Olivier, Ent. Vol. 2,

no 21, p. 7 (6), pl. I f. 4, (P){i79o) {Melyris): Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 85 (1848).

= elegans, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 184 {Clythra) ■, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8,

p. 253 et 279 (1821).

2. A. bacillus, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 87, (rj^) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

3. A. zambesiana, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1904) (Zambese).

6. SuBGENUs MACRO LENES, Lacordaire

Macrolenes. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 100 (1848); Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4,

p. 2i3 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. iii (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10,

p no (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 100(1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete mediocre, engagee dans le pronotum jusqiraux yeux; antennes tres robustes, le

premier article tres gros, ovalaire et deprime, le deuxieme tres court, large et obconique, le troisieme de

meme forme, mais plus large et plus long, les suivants tres transversaux. triangulaires. Pronotum grand,

convexe, echancre en avant, largement arrondi sur les cotes, les angles anterieurs avances et aigus, les

posterieures obtus et subarrondis, la base tronquee en ligne droite. Pattes anterieures tres longues,

leurs hanches tres epaisses et tres saillantes, subrectangulaires; femurs comprimes, droits sur leur

tranche externe, arques sur Tinterne et epineux vers Textremite; tibias greles, tres arques, leurs tarses

tres allonges, le premier article plus long que les trois suivants reunis; pattes medianes et posterieures

moins robustes, leurs tibias faiblement arques.

Femelle. — Tete moins robuste, fortement engagee dans le pronotum; antennes moins deve-

loppees. Pronotum plus court, plus transversal, un peu attenue en avant, la marge anterieure et la base

droite. Pattes, surtout les anterieures, moins robustes.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — ■ Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune

palearctique.

I. M. Bellieri, Keiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. p. 735 (i86g) (Sicile : Algerie).

Bellieri. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 114 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. loi (1881).

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

14

2. M. dentipes, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 857 P'- f- i? (1808) iClythra) (Europe meridionale, Nord

de PAfrique). — Pl. I , Fig. 9.

dentipes, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 1118 (1893) ; Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. i83 (1898).

= octopunctata. Schneider, Neue Mag. p. 188 (2) (1791-94) {Clythra).

— octopunctatus . Panzer, Naturf. Vol. 26, p. 17 (22), pl i, f. -zza-h.

= ruficollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. loi (1848); Jacquelin Duval, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 6, p. 61,

f. 291 (18.38); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol 8, p. 2o5 (i85i); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p.ii3

(1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 206 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. loi (1881).

var. himaculata, Rossi, Fauna Etrusc. Vol. i, p. 91 (23i) (1801) { Cryptocephaliis) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. loi (1848).

var. confluens, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 1118 (1893).

var. salicariae, Menetries, Bull. Acad. Sc. Petersb. t. 5, p. i5i (i836) ; Kilster, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 7, p. 99 (1846).

Genre douteux :

3. M. bella, Peringuey, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4 (pt. 2), p. 186 (1886) (Transvaal).

7. SuBGENUS PLECOMERA, Lacordaire

Piecomera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. io3 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. iii (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete degagee du pronotum; antennes a premier article gros, en massue arquee,

comprimee, les deuxieine et troisieme courts, obconiques, le quatrieme plus long que les deux prece-

dents reunis, obconique, les suivants triangulaires et dentes. Pronotum rectangulaire, subconvexe,

crible de gros points enfonces. Pattes anterieures excessivement allongees, leurs hanches tres grandes,

tres saillantes, cylindriques, plus longues que la moitie des femurs; ces derniers tres forts, comprimes,

tibias greles et aiques, termines en pointe aigue, tarses deux fois aussi longs que les posterieurs.

Femelle. — Tete etroite engagee dans le pronotum; antennes plus courtes. Pronotum en trapeze,

plus etroit en avant qu’en arriere. Pattes plus greles et moins allongees.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est originaire du Cap de Bonne-

Esperance.

1. P. hirta, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 218, pl. 10, f. 4 (1901) {Miopristis) (Mashonaland :

Salisbury).

2. P. macropiis, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal, Vol. 8, p. 184 (1821) [Clythra) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

macropus, Foersberg, idem, p. 266 et 282 (1821) [Clythra).

— Thunbergi, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 104 (c?) (1848).

3. P. melanocephala, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 218. pl. 10, f. 6 (1901) (Colonie du Cap :

Dunbrody).

4. P. qiiadraticollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. io5 ((;f) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

5. P. varipes, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 217, pl. 10, f. 5 (1901) (Colonie du Cap : Uitenhage).

8. SuBQENUs M ERILI A, Lacordaire

Merilia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i25 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 112 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps oblong, subcylindrique. Tete assez forte, peu degagee du prothorax, penchee;

epistome avance et bilobe; mandibules saillantes; antennes plus courtes que la tete et le pronotum

reunis, le premier article epais, obconique, les deuxieme et troisieme plus courts obconiques, subegaux

entre eux, les suivants epais, transversaux et triangulaires. Pronotum convexe, subquadrangulaire,

tronque en avant et un peu plus etroit qu’en arriere, la base tronquee a peine bisinuee. Pattes anterieures

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

i5

assez allongees, leurs hanches saillantes, cylindriques, femurs subfusiformes, comprimes, tibias

allonges, greles, s’elargissant graduellement en avant, tarses presque aussi longs que les tibias; pattes

medianes et posterieuies moins robustes, leurs tarses plus courts, le premier article plus long que les

deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Corps plus convexe. Tete moins forte et plus engagee dans le pronotum ; antennes

plus courtes. Cotes du pronotum plus obliquement attenues en arriere. Pattes, surtout les anterieures,

moins robustes.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre ne comprend que trois especes qui

sont originaires, Tune des Indes, les deux autres du Cap de Bonne-Esperance.

Faune indienne :

1. M. Innulata, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. i38 P') (1781) [Crypiocephalus) (Indes orientales).

hmulata, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 112 {12) (1798) [Clythra)-, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 33 {24) (1801);

Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 346 12J) (1808) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 127 (1848).

= lunata, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. Ins. Vol. 6. p. 33 (//) (1796) {Clythra\ ; Ent. Vol. 6, p. 855 (23), pl. 3, f. 35

( 1808) (Clythra).

= lunnlatus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 81 (7g.6) (lySj) (Cryptocephalus) ; Ent. Syst. Vol. i (2), p. 55 (i793)

(Cryptocephahis).

Faune africaine :

2. M. Foersbergi, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 129 (cf) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). —

Pl. l,Fig. 8.

= limulata || Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 284 {1821I.

3. M. spilothorax, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. Vol. 2 (i), p. 79(1823) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

= psilothorax, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 126 (1848).

3. Genus CRABRONITES, Lacordaire

Crabronites. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. iio (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 113(1874).

= Camptolenes. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 1 12 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. ii3 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes peu dissemblables et ne se differenciant seulement que par le developpe-

ment de la tete et des mandibules chez le

Mdlt. — Tete tres grosse, degagee du pronotum, legerement retrecie en arriere, arrondie en

avant avec les joues tres developpees ; mandibules tres robustes et egales ; epistome largement arrondi

et avance en arc; antennes variables. Pronotum court, transversal, legerement convexe, retreci en

avant, les cotes arrondis, la base bisinuee avec un lobe median avance et arque, la surface pubescente

comme la tete. Ecusson mediocre en trapeze allonge. Elytres oblongs allonges, a lobes epipleuraux peu

marques ; la marge laterale tres sinueuse et carenee. Pattes robustes, les anterieures tres developpees,

leurs hanches cylindriques et saillantes, femurs subcomprimes, les tibias legerement arques, les tarses

larges, deprimes, a premier article tres allonge, le deuxieme presque carre, le troisieme fendu dans la

moitie de sa longueur.

Femelle. — Tete moins forte. Mandibules moins developpees. Extremite de Tepistome tronque.

On peut diviser ce gem'e en deux sous-genres.

I. SuBGENUS CRABONITES, Lacordaire

Crabonites. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. no (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. ii3 (1874).

Caracteres. — Antennes assez robustes, aussi longues que le pronotum, a quatrieme article

allonge et obconique, les suivants triangulaires et dentes au cote interne.

i6

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Distributiori geographique de l’espece. — Ce sous-genre est originaire de FAfrique

meridionale.

I. C. equestris, Dalman, in Schonherr, Syn. Ins. \''ol. 2, p. 348 (1808) [Clythra) (Cafrerie).

equestris, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. iii (1848;.

— Percheroni, Gory, in Guerin, Icon. Regne Anim. Ins. p. 292, pl. 48, f. 8 (1827-38) {Clythra)

2. SuBGENUs CAMPTOLENES, Lacordaire

Camptolenes. Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 112 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10 p. ii3 (1874).

Caracteres. — Ce sous-genre presente le mgme facies que les Crahonites, dont il ne se differencie

que par le quatrieme article des antennes, dente, triangulaire et un peii moins large que les suivants,

tandis que les Crahonites ont cet article allonge et obconique. La villosite est plus epaisse en dessus,

notamment sur la tete et le pronotum. Tous les autres caracteres et le facies se rapprochent beaucoup

plus de ceux des Crahonites que des Lachnaea, parmi lesquels etait place ce sous-genre.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune africaine.

1. C. hrevitarsis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p 228, pl. 10, f. 7 (1901) (Afrique australe ; Malvern).

2. C. cingulata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6j, Vol. 3, Bull. p. 104 (i883) (Arabie ; env. d’Aden).

3. C. cribraria, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. ii5 (9) (1848) (Senegal).

4. C. Fainnairei, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 248 (1891) (Obock).

5. C. fastuosa, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. ii3 (1848) (Afrique australe). — Pl. I , Fig. I I .

6. C. lugubris, Peringuey. Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4 (pt. 2), p. 188 (1886) (Transvaal).

7. C. marginata. Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 848 (r/), n° 96. pl. i, f. 8 (9) (1808) [Clythra) (Afrique

australe).

marginata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 116 (c?) (1848).

8. C. opacula, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 8, p. 201 (1888) (Ovambo).

9. C. taeniata, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. VTl 8, 4). 184 (1821) [Clythra) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). —

Pl. f , Fig. 1 2.

taeniata, Foersberg. idem. p. 268 et 287 [Clythra]-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 118 (1848).

4. Genus LACHNAEA, Lacordaire

Lachnaea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 168 (1848); Jacquelin DuVal, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4,

p. 214 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i5i (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi.

Vol. IO, p. 112 (1874); Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881).

= Barathraea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 164 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5),

Vol. 2, p. 3i3 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 114 (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6. p. 106 (1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Tete assez forte, engagee dans le pronotum, joues plus ou moins saillantes; yeux assez

grands, peu convexes, elliptiques, subreni formes; antennes assez robustes, depassant le pronotum, a

premier article gros et carre, arrondi en avant, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts, obconiques,

les suivants fortement triangulaires et serres. Pronotum coui't, legerement convexe, transversal, cylin-

diique, tronque en avant, arrondi sur les cotes et bisinue a la base, avec un lobe medi an tronque au-

dessus de 1’ecusson; les angles anterieurs et les posterieurs obtus, la surface pubescente ou villeuse

comme la tete. Ecusson triangulaire, mediocre, tres declive, le sommet arrondi et obtus. Elytres oblongs,

allonges, a lobes epipluraux peu marques. Pattes robustes, les anterieures plus developpees que les

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

autres; les hanches C3-Iindriques et saillantes; les femurs comprimes; les jambes legerement arquees; les

tarses larges, deprimes de forme et de l.ongueur tres variables.

Femelle. — Forme generale du cf. Tete mediocre; mandibules tres courtes; antennes moins

robustes. Pronotum un peu plus attenue en avant et semblable a celui du cf . Pattes anterieures moins

robustes.

Le sous-genre Barathraea ne se distingue a proprement parier des Lachnaea, que par la forme de

repistome, mais comme celui-ci est tres variable chez ces derniers, il n’y a pas lieu de maintenir les

Barathraea, meme comme sous-genre. Les yeux sont peut-etre un peu plus petits, mais iis varient consi-

derablement aussi chez les vrais Lachnaea; quant a Tecusson, il n’est pas quadrangulaire, mais plutot en

trapeze allonge et se rapproche de la forme triangulaire, mais tronquee au bout des Lachnaea.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 168-188 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Lefevre, Ann. Soc. F2nt.Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i5i-i68 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent.

.Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 209-211 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106-112 (1881).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — La plupart des especes appartiennent a la faune

palearctique.

Faune palearctique :

I. L. Cerealis, Obvier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 844 fJ) pl. i, f. 3 a-b (1S08) [Clythra] (Algerie, Syrie).

Cerealis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i65 (1848) ; Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. pl. 62, f. 293 (1868);

Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 3i5 (1S72): Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881):

Pic. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 204 (1897) [Barathraea).

= octopnnctata, Pic, Naturaliste, Vol. 17. p. 248 iiSop) ; Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.Vol. 22, p. 204 (1897) (Barathraea) ,

separata, Pic. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22. p. 204 (1897) (Sicile) (Barathraea).

42. L. cylindrica, Lacordaire, INIon. Ph};-!. Vol. 2, p 186 (1848) (Midi de la France, Espagne, Italie,

Algerie).

cylindrica, Kiister, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. i5, p. 96 (1848J ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i53 (1872);

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 21 1 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. iio (18S1).

-3. L. hirta, Fabricius, S\'st. Eleuth. Vol, 2, p. 3o (1801) {Clythra) (Midi de la France, Espagne, Nord

de rAfrique). — Pl. 3, Fig. I 2.

hirta, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 858 (28). pl. 2, f. 18 (1808) (Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 182 (<S)

(1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 161 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. III (1881).

= hirtipes, Allard, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 383 ($) (1864).

= Suffriani, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 210 (1872).

= tripunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 180 (1848) (pars).

.4. L. Halica, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 108 (1881) (Sud du Tyrgl, Italie, Corse, Sardaigne).

= se.r punctata, Petagna, Ins. Cal. p. ii, pl. i, f. 29 (1787).

= tripunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,p. 180 (1848) (pars); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i5g

(1872) (pars).

5. L. orientalis, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. iii (1881) (Grece, Crete).

orientalis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 24 (1889).

6. L. paradoxa, Olivier, Ent Vol. 6, p. 844 (•/), pl. i, f. 4 (1808) {Clythra) (Sicile, Algerie).

parado.va, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 172 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5i, Vol. 2, p. i65 (1872):

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol 16, p. 209 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. iio (1881).

var. vicina, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 173 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5),Yol. 2, p. 166 G872).

7. L. pseudobarathrecea, J. Daniel, Coi. Stud. Vol. 2, p. 80 (1899) (Espagne).

.8. L. pubescens, Dufour, Ann. Sc. Phys. Brux. Vol. 6, p. 807 (1820) (Midi de la France, Espagne, Por-

tugal, Corse, Sardaigne, Nord de FAfrique).

pubescens, 'Leievxe, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 163(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. III (1881); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 23 (1889).

= Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 177 {d')(i848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. l'r. (5), Vol. 2.

p. 167 (1872).

= palmata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 175 (1848).

,8

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

g. L. puncticollis, Chevrolat, Rev. Zool p. lyS (9) (1840) (Midi de la France, Espagne, Portugal,

Algerie).

pHuclicollis, LacorJaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p 187 (1848); Kiister, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. i5, p. 97 (1848) ; Lucas,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Algerie, T 2, p. 523, pl. 47, f. 4 (1849); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 154

( 1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, ]). 109 ( 1881 ).

var. unistigma, Pic, Miscell. Ent. p. 74 (1898).

10. L. sexpimctaia, Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 67 (208) (1763) {Buprestis) (Europe centrale).

sexpunctata,V^e\st, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 107 (1881I; Deutsche Ent. Zeit.pl. 2,f. 25 (1889); BedeI,

Faune Bass. Seine, p. 121 1 1891).

= byachialis. Kiister, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. 3. p. 81 (1844).

— glabricollis, Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 8, p. 210 (i85i); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5). Vol. 2, p. 168

(1872).

-= longipes, Fabricius, Syst. Entom. p. io5 [Cryptocephahis] Laicharting, Verz. Tyrol. Inseckt. Vol. i,

p. 166 (1781); Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 109 (1798); Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. Vol i, p. 89 (228)

(1801); Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 845 (1808); Panzer, Faun. Germ. Fasc. 106, no 9 ; Latreille, Hist. Nat.

Ins. Vol. II, p. 357 (1802): Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 848 (1808) {Clythra) \ Kiister, Kaf. Europ.

Fasc. 3, p. 80 (1844) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol 2, p. 162 (1848); Redtenbacher, Faun. Austr (ed. 2),

p. 480 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 162 (1872).

var. pontica, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 187 (1884) (Amasie).

11. L. tripimctata, Schneider, Neue Mag. Vol. i (2) p. igi (7) (1792) [Clythra) (Algerie).

tripunctata, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881) [Barathraea).

straminipennis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 122 (1848) {Lachnaea) \ Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 167 ('1848);

Lucas, Hist. Nat. Ins. Algerie, Tome 2, p.524, pl. 47, f. 3(1849) ; Lefevre, .\nn. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2,

p. 316(1872) [Barathraea).

\2. L. iristigma, Lacordaire, Mon. Ph}^. Vol. 2, p. i83 (1848) (Midi de la France. Espagne, Italie,

Algerie).

tristigma, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Franc. (5) Vol. 2, p. 187 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. I IO (1881).

13. L. variolosa, Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. 12), p. Sgi (J.?) (1766) {Chrysomela) (Midi de TEspagne, Italie,

Algerie).

variolosa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 99 (1778) (Chrysomela)', Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 889, pl. 2, f. ig (1808);

(C(v;/;ra i ; Kiister, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. 7, p. 97 (1846); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 184(1848);

Jacquelin Duval. Gen. Coi. Europ., Vol 4. pl. 4 f. 294 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5). Vol. 2.

p. i56 (1872) Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. no (1881).

= lentisci, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 87 (21) (1798) (Cryptocephalus) ', Suppi. Ent. Syst. j). ii3 (1798);

Schoenherr, Synon. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 849 (48) (1808) (Clythra).

Faune africaine :

14. L. fulvicollis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond p. 222 (1898) (Niger, Benue).

15. L. Marshalli, Jacoby, idem, p. 2.5 1, pl. 17. f. 4 (1897) (Natal : Ulundi).

16. L. nigrofasciata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 170 (1848) (Gap de Bonne-Esperance). — Pl. 3,

Fig. I I .

17. L. pinguis, Peringuev. Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. Vol. 4, (pt. 2), p. 187 (1886) (Namaqualand).

5. Genus TITUBOEA, Lacordaire

Tituboea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 141 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10. p. 119(1874).

= Antipa. De Geer, Mem. Ins. Vol. 7, p 65g (1778); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 88 (1848);

Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 116 (1874).

= Phoenicodera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 93 (1848).

= Barybaena. Lacordaire, idem, p. g5 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 117 (1874).

= Nosognatha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,p. io5 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 117 (1874).

= Gyriodera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 119(1848); Cliapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 118 (1874).

= Anonnoea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i3o (1848).

= Micnopyga. Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 36, p. 92 (1903).

= Clytropsis. Jacoby, idem, p. 211 (1903).

FAM. CHRYSOMELIDA-:

19

Caracteres. — Sexes ordinairement dissemblables.

Male. — Corps cylindrique, parallele, oblong, subrectangulaire. Tfete a peine villeuse Pronotum

toujours glabre en dessus. Tete variable, grosse et degagee du pronotum, subcirculaire ou oblongue ;

mandibules parfois tres developpees ou bien mediocres ou peu saillantes, rarement tres inegales entre

elles {N osognatha) •, yeux vanables, petits et globulaires. ou grands et elliptiques. plus ou moins convexes;

antennes le plus souvent de douze articles, robustes, dentees a partir du quatrieme ou du cinquieme

article. Pronotum transversal, peu convexe, a marge anterieure tronquee; les cotes droits ou obliques, les

angles posterieurs arrondis, la base bisinuee. Ecusson triangulaire, declive, parfois faiblement tronque

en arriere. Elytres peu ou point lobes a la base, le lobe eplipleural peu ou non avance au dela de la

carene marginale. Pattes anterieures toujours tres allongees, leurs hanches tres saillantes et cylindriques,

les femurs parfois tres gros [Barybaeva), le plus souvent greles; tibias greles et allonges, arques, inermes

ou mucrones au bout {Barybaena et N osognatha) : premier article des tarses au moins aussi long que les

deux suivants reunis

Femelle. — Corps oblong, plus ou moins allonge, assez convexe. Tete presque toujours plus petite

et plus engagee dans le pronotum que celle des ; epistome moins echancre ; mandibules tres

reduites. Pronotum generalement en trapeze, retreci en avant. Pattes moins robustes, les anterieures un

peu plus longues que les autres.

Ce genre a ete subdivise en sept sous-genres dont voici le tableau :

1. Yeux grands, elliptiques, obliques et leger ement rapproches en arriere

sur le vertex 2.

— Yeux petits ou mediocres, globulaires, arrondis, non obliques 3.

2. Epistome du tronque et subsinueux i, Tituboea, Lacordaire.

— Epistome du (^ formant quatre lobes anguleux 2. Anomoea, Lacordaire.

3. Premier article des antennes du aussi large ou plus large que

long, en turbine j^,

— Premier article des antennes du plus long que large, arque et

apiani 3. Antipa, De Geer.

4. Femurs anterieurs du greles, subsinueux et arques ou droits 5.

— Femurs anterieurs du epais, arques sur le bord externe, droits

sur r interne 4. Barybaena, Lacordaire.

5. Femurs anterieurs du subsinueux et arques 6.

— F emurs anterieurs du droits .... 5. Phoenicodera, Lacordaire.

6. Mandibules du saillantes, larges, planes, contignes au repos. . 6. Nosognatha, Lacordaire.

— Mandibules du cf courtes 7. Gyriodera, Lacordaire.

I. SuBGENUs TITUBOEA, Lacordaire

Tituboea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 141 (1848); Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4,

p. 2i5 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. ii5 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi.

Vol. 10, p. 119 (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 102 (1881) .

Caracteres. — Sexes disssemblables.

Male. — Corps massif, cylindro-conique, non metallique, glabre en dessus sauf sur la tete. Celle-ci

variable, mais le plus souvent de meme forme que chez les 99, seulement un peu plus grosse; mandi-

bules mediocres; epistome tres variable; yeux grands, elliptiques plus ou moins convexes; antennes

assez robustes a premier article triangulaire epais, les deuxieme et troisieme courts, obconiques, les

20

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

suivants triangulaires et dentes au cote interne, le quatrieme souvent plus faible. Pronotum fortement

transversal plus ou moins convexe, rarement cylindrique, les angles anterieurs souvent arrondis, les

posteiieurs distincts, les cotes obliquement arques, la base bisinuee. Ecusson mediocre triangulaire, le

sommet arrondi. Elytres faiblement, mais distincteinent, lobes a la base des epipleures, ensuite retrecis en

arriere, couvrant le pygidium au sommet. Pattes anterieures tres allongees, relativement greles.

Hanches cylindriques et tres saillantes. Femurs subfusiformes, tibias legerement arques; tarses a

premier article au moins aussi long que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Ressemble beaucoup au cf , sauf pour le developpement de la tete et pour les pattes qui.

sont plus courtes, avec les tibias droits.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 141-164 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 44-46 (i865); Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. PT. (5), Vol. 2, p. ii5-i38 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 207-209 (1872); Weise,

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 102-106 (1881).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — L’habitat de ce sous-genre est assez etendu,

il appartient a la fois aux faunes palearctique, asiatique et africaine.

Faune palearctique :

1. T. attenuata, Fairmaire, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, p. 536 (1875) (Tunisie).

attenuata, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p 83 (1897).

2. T. biguttata. Obvier, Encycl. Meth. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 64(^0 (cf) (1791) {Clythra) (Midi de la PYance,

Espagne, Italie, Algerie. etc.).

biguttata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 849 [2), pl. i, f. 9 (1808) ; Weise. Xaturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. io5 (iS8i)^

= maculicoUis, Brulle, Exped. Moree, Vol. 3, ]>. 267 (5jO), pl. 44, f. 4 var.

= novempunctata, Dufour, Ann. Sc. Phys. Brux. Vol. 6, p. 309 (2) (P-) (1820) [Clythra).

^ sexpunctata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 852 (/p) ( Q) (1808) (Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt.Vol. 2, p.i5o 1 1848);

Lefevre, Ann. Soc Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i25 (1872).

var. dispar, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. i23 (1845) (Coptocephala)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol 2, p. i52 (1848); Lucas,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Algerie, t. 2, p. 524, pl. 47, f. 5 (1849) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 127

(1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 207 (1872).

3. T. elegans, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 64, p. 182 (iSg8) (Tanger).

4. T. Illigeri, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 142 (cf) (1848) (Algerie).

Illigeri, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. iiget 385, pl. 2, f. i (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6. p. 104 (1881).

5. T . laticollis, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 846 (7), pl. i, f. 6 (1808) {Clythra) (Algerie).

laticoUis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i55 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i32 (1872) ;

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. io5 (1881).

var. algcrica, Desbrochers des Loges, L’Abeille, Vol. 7, p. 128 (1870) (Clytra) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5),

Vol. 2, p. i33 (1872).

6. T. macvopiis, Illiger, Wiegm. Arch. YMl. i (2), p. 128 f-’2) (1800) (C/yfAza) (Europe centrale et meri-

dionale, Perse, S3nie).

macropiis, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 845 (6), pl. i, f. 5 (1808) (Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 146

(1848); Kiister, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. i3, p. 93 (1848) (Alacrolenes) -, Jacquelin Duval, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 6,

p. 62, f. 292 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5j, Vol. 2, p. 124 (1872); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr.

(ed. 2), p. 450(1868); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6. p. io3 (1881).

— grandipes. I'oersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal, Vol. 8, p. 262 (1821) (Clythra).

7. T. minor, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 38, p. 3i2 (1894) (Algerie).

8. T. nigriventris , Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i36, pl. 2, f. 5 (1872) (Russie : Chodskent).

nigriventris, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, }). 106 (1881).

9. T. octo punctata, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i,p. 79 G) {1']%']) {Cryptocephalus) (Algerie).

octopunctata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 56 (iS) (1793) (Cryptocephahis)-, Supp. Ent. Syst. p. 112 (/7) (1798)

(Clythra) ; Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 860 (J2), pl. 2, f. 22 (1808) (Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. i63 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 187 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16,.

p. 209 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. io5 (1881).

var. mecheriensis, Pic, Rev. Sc. Bourbon, Vol. 8, p. i3 (Algerie).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

10. T. octosignaia, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 36 (J'^)(i8oi) {Clyihra) (Algerie).

octosignata. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. V0I.2, p.i55 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol, 2, p. 130(1872);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl, Vol. 6, p. io5(i88i).

11. T. Paykiilli, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 161 (1848) (Algerie).

PayhiUi, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 128, pl. 2. f. 4 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg-. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. io5 (1881).

var. fasciata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 129 (1872): Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106

(1881) (Algerie).

12. T. Pervisi, Desbrochers des Loges, Mem. Acad. Flippone, p. 79 (1870) (cf) (Algerie).

■ A/, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 184 (cJ) (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 106 (1881) ; Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 84 (1897).

= Lefevrei, Pic, Le Naturaliste p. 221 (1894) (M elitonoma)

13. T. ritfina, Solsky, Troudy Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. i3, p. 60 (1881-1882) {Coptocephala] (Kisil-Kum).

riifina, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 29, p. 829 (1895) ; Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 38o (1899).

14. T. rugulosa, Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 64. p. i83 (1898) (Vallee de TAraxe).

15. T . sexmaculata, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. i38 (2) (1781) [Cryptocephalus] (Midi de TEurope,

Algerie, Perse, Asie Mineure). — Pl. 2, Fig. 3.

sexmaculata, Pahricms, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. iio (J) (1798) (Clythra); Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6. p. 855 (23)

(1808) (Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 148 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5)

Vol. 2, p. 121 (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 107 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 104(1881).

var. Q akbesiana, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol, 22, p. 82 (1897) (Akbes).

var. fiilvipes, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 123 (1872) (Jerusalem).

var. nigricollis, von Heyden, Abh. Senckenb. Ges. p. 49 (1886).

var. parviceps, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 148 (c?) (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 120

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 104 (1881) (Algerie, Espagne).

16. T. silensis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 70 (1894) (Russie • Chodskent).

silensis, Jacobson. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 29, p. 829 (1895) ; Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 38o (1899).

17. T. tredecimpmictata, Desbrochers des Loges, L’Abeille, Vol. 7, p. 128 (cf) (1870) (Algerie).

tredecimpunctata, 'Leitwre, A-nn. Soc. 'Ent. Vr. (S) Yo\. 2, p. 129, pl. 2, f. 2 (c?) (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins.

Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881); Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 83 (2) (1897).

Faune asiatique :

18. T. Andrewesi, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 39, p. 258 (iSpS) (Kanara, Belgaum, S. Bombay).

19. T. cornuta, Jacoby, idem, p. aSp (1895) (Kanara, Belgaum, S. Bombay).

20. T. delectabilis, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p 46, pl. 2, f. 7 (i865) (Penang).

21. T. Harmandi, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, p. 112 (1893) (Cochinchine).

22. T. Paviei, Lefevre, Nouv. Arch, Mus, Paris (3), Vol. 2, p. 189(1890) (Indo-Chine).

23. T. suspiciosa, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 46 (i865) (Penang).

Faune africaine :

24. T. arabica, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 860, pl. 2, f. 21 (1808) {Clythra) (Arabie, Egypte).

arabica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 187 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i35

(1872): Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881).

25. r. cognata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Comp, rend, p. 249 (1891) (Abyssinie).

26. T. contigua, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 149 (1848) (Gap de Bonne-Esperance).

27. 7. confusa, Gerstacker, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 37, p. 80 (1871) {Damia) (Zanzibar).

confusa, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 68, p. i25 (1902).

var. salaamensis, Weise, idem, p. i25 (1902).

var. usagarica, Weise, ibidem, p. 128 (1902).

var.zanzibarica, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 249 (1891); Weise, Arch. f. Naturg.

Vol. 68, p. 128 (1902) (Bagamoyo).

28. T.filitarsis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 160 (1848) (Arabie).

/Wariw, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i33 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 106 (1881).

29. 7. Hildebrandti, Harold, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. p. 267 (1880) {Melitonoma) (Afrique australe).

Hildebrandti, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. 36 (1904).

22

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

30. T. Olivieri, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i5g (1848) (Egypte).

Oliineri, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5l, Vol. 2, p. i3i, pl. 2, f. 3 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 106 (1881).

31. T. parvula, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23g (1904) (Zambese).

32. ?7. Peyerimhoffi, Pic, L’Echange. Vol. 17, p. 49 (1902) (Arabie).

33. T. sexnolata, Peringuey, Trans. S. Afric. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4, (pt. 2), p. 189 (18S6) (Colonie du Gap).

var. natalica, Peringuey, idem, p. 189 (i886).

34. T. vivicola, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 28, Compt. rend. p. 281 (1884) (Congo : Vivi).

Especes douteuses :

35. T. Ciliciensis, Pic, L’Echange, Vol. 20, p. 57 (1904) (^Taurus).

36. T. decem guttata, Walker, List Coi. Coli. Lord. p. 18 (1871) (Arabie).

2. SuBGENUS ANOMOEA, Lacordaire

Anomoea. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i 3o (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 118 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — ■ Corps allonge, subparallele, quadrangulaire, peu convexe. Tete degagee du pronotum,

penchee; epistome formant quatre lobes anguleux; mandibules courtes, tres epaisses; yeux tres grands,

elliptiques, subdeprimes et obliques. Pronotum plus large que long, subrectangulaire avec les angles

arrondis. Ecusson grand, tiiangulaire, allonge et tronque au sommet. Femurs greles et droits, tibias

minces et arques, inermes au bout, tarses tres longs, le premier article de la longueur des deux

suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Corps oblong ovale, arrondi et elargi en arriere. Cotes du pronotum obliquement

attenues en avant. Tete moins large et engagee dans le pronotum.

Monographie. — • Lacordaire. Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 130-140 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 27 (i8y3); Jacoby, Biol. Centr.

Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 26-28 (1880); idem. Suppi, p. 60-67 (1888).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune americaine.

1. A. brevilineata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 67, pl. 36, f. 17 [yf ) (1888) (Mexique).

2. A. guatamalensis, Jacoby. idem, p. 67 (1888) (Guatemala).

3. A. Hogei, Jacob}^ ibidem, p. 66. pl. 36, f. 16 ((f ) (1888I (Mexique).

4. A. humerigera, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 140 (1848) (Mexique).

/lunierigera, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i). p. 26 (1880).

5. A. insularis, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 36, p. 209 (1903) (Ile de la Trinite).

6. A. laticlavia, Forster, Nov. Spec. Ins. p. 27 (9^ (i770 {Chrysomela) (Etats-Unis). — Pl. 2, Fig. 4.

laticlavia, Schcinherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 353 (6S) (1808); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i32 (1848).

= ephippium, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 548 (744) (Q) (1824) (Clythra).

= nigripes, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 221 [17-18) (1776) ; Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 142 {36) (1781); Mant. Ins. Vol. i,

p. 81 IJJ) (1787); Ent. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 61 (4J) (1794) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. Gmelin), Vol. 4, p. lyoS (JJ)

(1788) iCryptocephaliis).

== nigripes, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 114 (27) (1798); Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 38 {46) (c?) (1801); Schon-

herr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2. p. 35i (S2) (1808) ; Foersberg, Nov. Act. TIpsal. Vol. 8, p. 261 (1821) (Clythra).

— obsita, Fabricius, Suppi. Entom. Syst. p. 84 (26] (1798) ; Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 84 [26) (c?) var. (1801);

Olivier, Encycl. Meth. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 84 (/,>) (1790) : Ent. Vol. 6, p. 889 (3o) pl. 2, f. 2oa-b, (c? 2) (1S08);

Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 846 (29) (1808) {Clythra)-, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 261

(1821).

= obsitus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 106 {4) (1775); Spec. Ins. Vol i, p. i3g(7') (1781); Mant. Ins. Vol i, p. 79

IS) (1787); Ent. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 55 (/2) (1793) (Cryptocephalns).

= ruficauda, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 261 et 274 (1821] [Clythra).

7. A. militaris, Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil. p. 83 (i858) (Etats-Unis).

militaris, Crotch, idem, p. 28 (1873).

FAM. CHRYSOMELIDAC

23

8. A. mutabilis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. iSy (1848) (Sud des Etats Unis, Amerique centrale).

mutabilis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 27 (1880); idem, Suppi, p. 65 (1888).

9. A. nififroiis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i35 (1848) (Mexique).

rufifrons, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 27 (1880); idem. Suppi, p. 65 (1888).

10. A. sangiiinipennis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i3i (9) (1848) (Mexique).

sangiiinipennis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. 1), p. 27 (1880) ; idem, Suppi, pl. 2, f. 16 (c?) 17 (2)

(1888).

11. A. sphacelata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i38 (1848) (Mexique).

sphacelata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 27 (1880).

12. A. villosa, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 67, pl. 36, f. 17 (q^) (1888) (Mexique).

3. SuBQENUS ANTIPA, De Geer

Antipa, De Geer, Mem. Ins. Vol. 7, p. 65g (1778); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 88 (1848);

Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 116 (1S74).

= Micropyga. Jacoby, The Entomologist, A'ol. 36, p. 92 (igo3).

= Clytropsis. Jacoby, idem. p. 21 1 (1903).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps allonge, subcylindrique. Tete forte, inclinee, legerement degagee en arriere ;

epistome largement lobe en avant et echancre sur les cotes, immediatement au-dessus des cavites anten-

naires ; yeux petits, saillants et globulaires ; mandibules tres robustes et aplanies; antennes plus longues

que la tete et le pronotum reunis, dentees a partir du quatrieme article, les deuxieme et troisieme petits,

globulaires et subegaux entre eux, aussi longs que le premier. Pronotum transversal, largement arrondi

sur les cotes, la marge anterieure lobee en avant, les angles anterieurs arrondis et legerement obtus, les

cotes tres arques, les angles posterieurs arrondis, la base bisinuee avec un lobe median subtronque.

Ecusson triangulaire, allonge, saillant en arriere, arrondi ou tronque a son sommet. Elytres faiblement

lobes a la base, peu rebordes a Tepipleure en avant de la carene marginale. Pattes anterieures plus

longues que les suivantes; femurs comprimes et inermes; tibias arques; tarses allonges presque aussi

longs que les tibias ; le premier article des tarses anterieurs plus long que les deux suivants, le dernier

fortement engage entre les lobes du troisieme.

Femelle. — Differe du cf par les antennes et les pattes moins robustes, la tete moins large, les

yeux plus rapproches, le pronotum sensiblement plus court, plus oblique sur les cotes en avant.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a FAfrique australe.

1. A. ftilveola, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 348 (1898) (Transvaal : Pretoria).

2. A. rufa. De Geer. Mem. Ins. Vol. 7, p. 65g, pl. 49, f. 10 et ii (1778) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). —

Pl. 2, Fig. 5 et 6.

— maxillosus. Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. i3g (//) (1781) (Cryptocephalus)-, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. ii3 (iS)

(1798) (Clythra); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 89 (1848).

= unipimctata, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. i83 (1821) (Clythra).

var. capensis, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 853 (20), pl. i, f. i3 (1808) (Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. 90 (1S48)

var. octonotata, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 184 (1821) (Clythra): Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. 90 (1848).

var. transvalensis. Jacoby, The Entomologist. Vol. 36, p. 93 (1903) (Clytropsis) (Transvaal).

3. A. signatifer, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 92 (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

4. SuBGENUS BARYBAENA, Lacordaire

Barybaena. Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. gS (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 117 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes tres dissemblables.

Male. — Tete mediocre, a peine degagee du pronotum, aussi large que longue, terminee par un

24

coleoptp:ra phytophaga

museau et coLirt triangulaire, avec l’epistome etroitement echancie; mandibules courtes; yeux petits,

globulaires assez saillants. Pattes anterieuies allongees, leurs hanches tres fortes, cylindriqiies et tres

saillantes, leurs femurs excessivement robustes, formant un ovale allonge plus ou moins comprime,

tibias greles et arques, souvent munis d’un ou deux eperons a Textremite, tarses robustes, relativement

courts, les anterieurs plus longs que les autres, lepremier article a peine plus long que les deux suivants

reunis.

Femelle. — Corps oblong, ovale, elargi en arriere. Tete plus etroite. Yeux plus petits. Pronotum

plus attenue en avant. Pattes plus faibles.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a rAfrique australe.

1. B. bilineolata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 97, (cf)(i848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). — Pi. 2,

Fig. 9.

2. B. humeralis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (igoi) (Natal : Malvern).

3. B. imitans, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 172 (iSgS) (Togo : Bismarckburg).

4. A. lurida, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2, p. g6, (cf) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). — PI. 2,

Fig. 7 et 8.

liuidii, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 228. (9) (1901).

5. B. mendax, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. g8, ((^f) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

6. B. parvula, Lacordaire, idem, p. 97 (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

5. SuBGENus PHCEN ICODERA, Lacordaire

Phoenicodera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2, p. 98 (1848); Chapuis, (Jen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 117 (1878).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps oblong, rectangulaire. parallele. Tete subovalaire, terminee par un museau

rectangulaire ; epistome faiblement echancre en arc; mandibules mediocrement saillantes, regulierement

arquees et normales; yeux mediocres, peu saillants et globulaires. Quatrieme article des antennes

obconique, un peu plus long que le troisieme. Pattes anterieures allongees, leurs hanches saillantes et

subcylindriques, leurs femurs greles, droits et subfusiformes, tibias faiblement arques, inermes au bout,

les tarses presque aussi longs que les tibias.

Femelle. — Tete plus petite, j^eux moins epais. Cotes du pronotum obliquement attenues en

avant. Pattes peu robustes, les anterieures a peine plus longues que les suivantes.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a l’Afrique australe.

1. P scapularis, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 278 (1821) (Clyihra) (Afrique australe).

scapularis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 94 (c?) (184S).

2. P. varicollis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 93, (o^) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). — PI. 2,

Fig. 10.

6. SuBGENUS NOSOGNATHA, Lacordaire

Nosognatha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. io5 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 117 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes tres dissemblables.

Male. — Corps oblong, parallele, etroit, subrectangulaire. Tete assez forte degagee du pronotum,

retrecie en arriere; epistome retreci en avant des antennes; arrondi et entier ou echancre en avant;

mandibules tres saillantes, larges. aplanies, contignes au repor, la gauche brusquement recourbee et

FAM. CHRYSOMELID/E

25

prolongee en une longue pointe tres aigue, la droite tronquee, parfois difforme; yeux petits, globulaires,

tres saillants. Pronotum tres transversa!, un peu oblique en avant et largement arrondi en arriere, les

angles anterieurs obtus, les posterieurs arrondis. Elytres finement pointilles. Pattes anterieures tres

longues, leurs hanches grosses, saillantes et cylindriques, les femurs tres longs, greles, arques, leur bord

interne subsinue; tibias arques, mucrones a Textremite; tarses peu robustes plus courts que la moitie des

tibias, le premier article plus long que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Differe beaucoup du cf. Yeux plus grands, mais non saillants. Antennes plus courtes

a articles epais et plus rapproches. Pronotum plus etroit que les elytres a la base qui est fortement

bisinuee. Ponctuation elyEale plus epaisse et plus dense.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Les trois especes connues sont originaires de

FAfrique.

1. mandibularis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 107 (1848) (Guinee).

maiicLibularis, Harold, Coi. Hefte, Vol. 16, p. 208(1879).

= zairica. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 28, Compt. rend. p. 281 (1884) [Clytra).

2. A', riificollis, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. Vol. 6, p. 3i (1791) {Clythra) (Senegal). — Pl. 2, Fig. I I.

nificollis, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 846, pl. i, f. 6 (1808) [Cryptocephnlus).

— Lefevrei, Jacob)^ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 229 (1901) (Tituboea).

= senegahnsis, Lacordaire, Mon. Ph)d. Vol. 2, p. 108 (1848).

3. N . soror, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 126 (1902) (Mrogoro).

7. SUBGENUS GYRIODERA, Lacordaire

Gyriodera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 119 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 118(1874).

Caracteres. — • Sexes peu dissemblables.

Male. — Corps oblong, rarement parallele, toujours peu convexe et glabre en dessus. Tete peu

allongee, oblongue, obtuse en avant, degagee du prothorax et penchee ; mandibules courtes; yeux petits,

assez saillants, ovalaires. Pronotum beaucoup plus large que long, les cotes arrondis, le bord anterieur

impressionne, le disque bombe. Pattes anterieures tres allongees; leurs femurs peu robustes; leurs tibias

tres greles plus ou moins arques, inermes au bout; leurs tarses a peine plus longs que les autres.

Femelle. — Differe peu du . la tete est tle meme forme, mais plus petite.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a TAfrique australe.

1. G. babioides, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 124 (cf) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

2. G. circumducta, Lacordaire, idem, p. 120 (9) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance),

3. G. clitellata, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 124 {(j^) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

4. G. cruciata, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 184 (1821) [Clythra) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). —

Pl. 2, Fig. 12.

cruciata, Lacordaire, Mon Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 122 (1848).

5. G. lugubris, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 121 (cf) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

6. G. sublaevicollis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 280, pl. 10, f. ii (1901) (Natal : Malvern).

6. Genus DIAPROMORPHA, Lacordaire

Diapromorpha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 227 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 121 (1874).

= Peploptera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 289 (1848).

= Aspidolopha. Lacordaire, idem, p. 282 (1848).

= /Etheomorpha. Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 3ii (1848).

26

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou a peine dissemblables.

Tete mediocre, fortement engagee dans le pronotum, tres penchee, prolongee en museau;

epistome etroitement echancre; mandibules peu robustes; antennes assez robustes, courtes, n’atteignant

pas la base du pronotum, le premier article assez gros, le deuxieme tres court, un peu plus epais que le

troisieme, les suivants triangulaires et transversaux ; yeux assez saillants, oblongs, ovales ou arrondis.

Pronotum grand. subcylindrique, attenue en avant, lobe ou tronque en arriere, les cotes obliques, la

marge anterieure avancee sur la tete, les angles posterieurs aigus et plus ou moins abaisses sur les elytres.

Ecusson variable, triangulaire, tres declive. Elytres oblongs, subparalleles ou retrecis en arriere,

allonges ou tres ecourtes laissant a decouvert la majeure partie du pygidium, les lobes epipleuraux larges

et bien marques. Hanches anterieures peu saillantes. Pattes generalement robustes et ecourtees ; femurs

peu renfles ; tibias droits, elargis vers Textremite; tarses robustes, le premier article un peu plus long

que le deuxieme, mais plus court que les deux suivants reunis.

Ce genre se distingue des Clytra par le pygidium qui est a decouvert et par la forme des tarses.

Les especes sont en general massives, cylindriques ou cuneiformes.

Ce genre a ete subdivise en quatre sous-genres, dont voici le tableau :

1. Yeitx ^rands, elliptiques, obliques et Ugerement rapproches en arriere 2.

— Yeux petits, saillants, moins elliptiques, non obliques 4. ^Etheomorpha, Lacordaire.

2. Corps allonge, massif, subparallele 3.

— Corps ecourte, massif, retreci en arriere 3. Aspidolopha, Lacordaire.

3. Base du pronotum sinueuse, fortement lobee au milieu i. Diapromorpha, Lacordaire.

— Base du pronotum tronquee ou d peine sinueuse 2. Peploptera, Lacordaire.

I. SuBGENUs DIAPROMORPHA, Lacordaire

Diapromorpha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt.Vol. 2, p. 227(1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 121 (1874).

Caracteres. — ■ Sexes semblables.

Corps massif, legerement elargi a Tepaule, cylindro-conique. Tete mediocre, fortement engagee

dans le pronotum; yeux assez forts, elliptiques; antennes courtes, epaisses. Pronotum attenue en

avant, tres convexe, tres declive sur les cotes, les angles posterieurs tres abaisses, la base fortement

bisinuee avec un lobe median avance et entierement juxtaposee aux elytres. Ceux-ci tres convexes,

cylindriques, faiblement lobes a la base des epipleures, laissant le pygidium a decouvert. Pattes

courtes, mediocres, semblables dans les deux sexes, les hanches anterieures non saillantes, les femurs

peu renfles, les tibias et les tarses courts, a premier article a peine plus long que le suivant.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 227-239 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 324-828 (igoS).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre aux faunes indo-

malaise et africaine.

Faune indo-malaise :

1. D. balteata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 286 (1848) (Continent indien).

2. D. coerulea, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (82), p. 877 (1892) (Birmanie :

Carin Cheba).

3. D. Dejeani, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 235 (1848) (Indes, Nepaul, etc.).

Dejeani, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 49 {i865).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

27

4. D. gigantea, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (32), p. 878 (1892) (Birmanie ;

Carin Cheba).

5. D. indica, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 83 (igo3) (Kanara).

6. D. nielanocephala, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (32), p. 878 ( 1892) (Birmanie :

Carin Ascinii-Ghecu).

7. D. pallens, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 836 V-J). n° 96, pl. 2, f. 27 (1808) (Clythra) (Continent indien).

= melanoptis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 238 (1848); Lefevre, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3). Vol. 2,

p. igi (1890).

8. D. pingitis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 284 (1848) (Indes). — Pl. 3, Fig. I.

pinguis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 9, p. 289(1889); Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 45, p. 39 (1884);

Lefevre, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3), Vol. 2, p. 191 (1890).

= Laportei, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 44, pl. 2, f. 8 (i865) (Tituboea).

9. D. qiiadrimaculata, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 89, p. 287 (1895) (Kanara, Sud Bombay).

10. D. qiiadripnnciata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 68 (1887) (Ceylan).

quadripunctata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 24 (1903).

var. damhuUensis, Weise, idem, p. 25 (igo3) (Ceylan).

vay. nalaudensis, Weise, ibidem, p. 25 (1903) (Ceylan).

11. D. sexmacnlata, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 7 (27), p. 187 (1889) (Gynandroph-

thalma) (Bhamo).

sexmaculata. Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 39, p. 256 (iSgS).

12. D. turcica, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 87 G9) {Clythra) (Indes, Ceylan, etc.).

turcica, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 (1821); Lacordaire, Alon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 236 {1848).

Faune africaine :

13. D. apicata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 210, pl. 20, f. 3 (1900) {Peploptera) (Salisbury ; Masho-

naland).

apicata, Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 69, p. 199 (1903).

14. D. argentata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 3i (r/) (1801) {Clythra) (Guinee).

argentata, Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 344 (1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 (1821);

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 229 (S) (1848); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 li9o5).

15. D. boniaensis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 219 (1901) (Congo : Boma).

16. D. concinna, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 281 (1848) (Senegal. Sierra Leone).

concinna, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 (i9o5).

17. D. cribricollis, Lefevre, Notes Leyd. Mus. Vol. 9. p. 289 (1887) (Afrique tropicale occidentale).

18. D. haemorrhagica, Gerstaecker, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 87 (i), p. 80 (1871) (Zanzibar).

haemorrhagica, Gerstaecker, von Decken’s Reisen, Gliederth. Vol. 3 (pt. 2), p. 266, pl. 12,1.9(187.3); Weise,

Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 (1905).

var, Walleri, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 2, p. 224 (1864); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 (i9o5)

(Zambeze). — Pl. 3, Fig. 2.

19. D. Haustri, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. 35 (1904) (Kitui).

20. D. ingens, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 40, Bull. p. 178 (1891) (Afrique australe).

ingens, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 36, p. 370 (1892); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 326 (i9o5).

var. procera, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. i65 (1895).

21. D. picta, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. ii5 {36) (1798) {Clythra) {Stecra Leone).

picta, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 32 {14) (1801) ; Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 845 (1808) ; Foersberg,

Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 271 (1821); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 232(1848); Weise, Deutsche

Ent. Zeit. p. 326 (igoS).

var. bicruciata. Illiger, Wiegm. Archiv. Vol. i (2), p. 127 {20) (1800) ; Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 344 (1808) ;

Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 270 (1821) (Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 232 (1848).

22. D. tettensis, Gerstaecker, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Beii. p. 636 (i855) (Mozambique).

tettensis, Gerstaecker, Peters Reise, p. 333, pl. 20, f. 7 (1862) ; Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 7,

p. 349 (1887); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 (i9o5).

23. D. trifaciata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 848 (U, no 96, pl. i, f. i (1808) {Clythra) (Afrique australe).

trifasciata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,p.228 (1848) ; Lefevre. Rev.Mag.Zool. p. 224 (1877); Weise, Deutsche

Ent. Zeit. p. 325 (1905).

var.juno, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 69, p. 198 (igoS); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 325 (1905).

28

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

24. D. trizonata, Eairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) Vol. 7, p. 348 (1887) (Guelidi).

trizonata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 327 ( igoS).

= tigrina, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 220, pl. 10, f. 8 (1901); Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. 35

(1904).

25. D. zebra, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 23o (1848) (9) (Afrique australe).

zebra, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 324-328 (1898).

Especes douteuses :

26. D. Martinia, Schaller, Abhandl. Hali. Nat. Ges. Vol. i, p. 278 (1783) (Malabar).

27. D. sexnotata, Fabricius, S3'st. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 3i {12) (1801) (.Australie).

sexnotata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 865. n» 96, pl. 2, f. 29(1808); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 216 ii85i).

2. SuBGENUs PEPLOPTERA, Lacordaire

Peploptera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 289 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 122 (1848).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou a peine disseinblables.

Corps massif, cylindrique ou cuneiforme. Tete fortement engagee dans le pronotum ; yeux assez

grands, elliptiques et rapproches; antennes courtes etepaisses. Pronotum subcylindrique, assez convexe,

tronque en avant, bisinue en arriere avec un lobe median peu avance; la base, vue en dessus, entiere-

ment juxtaposee a celle des elytres. Ecusson petit en triangle elargi. Elytres tres convexes, cylindriques

subparalleles, largement arrondis en arriere, fortement lobes a la base des epipleures, ensuite largement

echancres, laissant a decouvert une partie du pygidium. Pattes courtes et robustes; tarses des cfc^ a

articles plus developpes et plus elargis que ceux des 9 9 •

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 239-25i (1848).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est exclusivement propre a la

faune africaine.

1. P. abyssinica, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 225 (1877) (Abyssinie).

abyssinica, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (1901).

= ? humeralis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25o (1897); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (1901).

2. P. acromialis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 248 (1848) (Afrique australe).

3. P. anchoralis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 212 (1900) (Mashonaland : Salisbury).

4. P. angustata, Erichson, VViegm. Archiv. p. 263 (1843) {Clythra) (Angola).

angustata, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 242 (c?) (1848).

5. P. angusto fasciata , Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond .p. 249 (1897) (Transvaal).

6. P. arcuata, nov. sp., Clavareau ( 1).

7. P. Barkeri, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 228 (igot) (Natal : Malvern; Colonie du Cap :

Dunbrody').

(i) Peploptera a rcuata, Clavareau, n.sp. — Subrectangulaire.allonge.subconve.ve.noir.lesbords du pronotum fauves, les elytres tauves avec

le calus humeral et une large bande transversale et preapicale noirs, remontant en avant le longde la suture et dilatee sur les cotes le long de la marge

laterale. Dessous et pattes noirs, couverts d’une pubescence gris argente.

I.ong., 6 1/2 mill., larg., 3 1/2 mill.

Teteentierement noire, plane, finement et irregulierement ponctuee, faiblement impressionnee transversalement entre les yeux, le vertex plus ou

moins brillant ; la partie antdrieure plus brillante, remontant en triangle aigu au milieu du front, yeux obliques et rapproches, faiblement echancres au bord

interne et couvert le long de celui-ci d’une villosite peu dense, epistome etroitement et peu profondement echancre en arc, antennes noires, les quatre

premiers articles brunatres. Pronotum noir, une fois et demie plus large que long. attenue en avant, la marge anterieure droite, les cotes arrondis; bisinue et

finement rebord6 a la base, faiblement impressionne le long de celle-ci; il est couvert d'une ponctuation fine, plus dense sur les cotes que sur le disque et

trhs irregulierement espacde ; une tache fauve assez large, profondement echancree au cote interne, occupe les bords. Ecusson noir, ddclive en avant, en

triangle curviligne, tres finement pointille, avec une carene mediane peu marquee. Elytres a peine plus larges que le pronotum, regulierement attenues en

ligne droite jusqu’au sommet, qui est largement et separement arrondi; marge laterale finement rebordee, ponctuation fine, assez reguliere, non disposee en

saries lin6aires, mais assez fegalement espacee ; leur couleur est fauve avec une tache humerale et une bande transversale et preapicale noires, prolongee en

avant le long de la suture, suivant un angle tres aigu et se dilatant legerement sur les cotds, la partie apicale jaune, de forme subarrondie, se rembrunit

parfois. Dessous noirmat, couvert d’une pubescence tres dense, courte, soyeuse et d'un gris argente. Pattes noires, les tarses plusou moins brunatres.

Loc., Ketu (Dahomey). Plusieurs exemplaires. Collection Jacoby, la mienne.

Cette espece est voisine de la postica. Lac.; elle s'en distingue par son facies, son aspect moins brillant, sa ponctuation 61ytrale plus forte, son

Acusson plus large et la forme de la tache preapicale, dont le rameau sutural ne depasse guere le milieu de lelytre.

FAM. CHRYSOMELID/F

29

8. P. Braiinsi, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 36, p. 92 (igoS) (Algoa Bay, Dunbrod}^).

9. P. collaris, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (1897) (Tabora, Ounyamyembe).

10. P. curvilinea, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 222, pl. 10, f. 9 (1901) (Natal : Malvern).

11. P. cylindriformis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 240 (1848) (Senegal, Sierra-Leone, Guinee). —

Pl. 3, Fig. 3.

12. P. dorsata, Lacordaire, idem, p. 246 (1848) (Afrique australe).

13. P. Eckloni, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 244 (Natal, Cafrerie).

14. P. Evtli, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 34 (ipoS) (Kigonsera).

15. P. Falkensteni, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 26, p. 396, pl. 4, f. 2 (1882) {Coptocephala) (Chinchoxo).

Falhensteni. Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 214 (igooj.

16. P. florida, Lacordaire, Mon Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 249 (1848) (9) (Afrique australe).

17. P. irregularis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 224 (1901) (Natal : Malvern ; Transvaal).

18. P. lateralis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (1897) (Tabora. Ounyamyembe).

19. P. Lefevrei, Jacoby, idem, p. 211 (1900) (Delagoa Bay).

20. P. Marshalli, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc Lond. p. 226 (1901) (Mashonaland : Salisbury).

21. P. pallipes nov. sp., Clavareau, (i).

22. P. postica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 2S1 (1848) (Senegal).

postica, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 225 (1877).

23. P. pusilla, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, p. 122 (i883) (Senegal).

24. P. quadripuuctata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 247 (1897) (Pretoria et Afrique australe).

20. P. Schimperi, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. \ml. 35, Compt. rend. p. 25i (1891) (Abyssinie).

26. P. semifasciata, Jacoby, Proc Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 21 1 (1900) (iNIashonaland).

27. P. stricta, Erichson, Wiegm. Archiv. p. 263 (1843) {Clythra) (Angola).

stricta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 244 (S) (184S).

28. P. suturalis nov. sp., Clavareau, (2).

29. P. terminata, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 220, pl. 10, f.ho (1901) {Diapromorpha) (Mashonaland;

Salisbur}').

(1) Peploptera pallipes, Clavareau, n. SIJ. — Subrectangulaire, allonge, legersment attenue en arriere. Tete et milieu du pronotum noir

brillant ; les cotes de ce dernier fauve rougeatre . Elytres jaunes, avec la suture, la inarge laterale et une taclie humerale noires . Dessous noir, couvert d’une

pubescence gris argente. Antennes et pattes fauves.

Long. 3 12 mill., larg. i 14 mill.

Tete plane, assez grossierement ponctuee, faiblement impressionnee transversalement entre les yeux, le milieu du vertex irlus ou moins lisse,

epistome echancre en arc, labre et palpes labiaux fauves, yeux echancres au bord interne, antennes courtes, ne depassant pas le milieu du pronotum;

fauves avec 1'extremite rembrunie. Pronotum une fois et demie plus large que long, subarrondi en avant, droit a la base, le lobe median arrondi, finement

reborde et impressionne ; les cotes arrondis, presque droits en arriere, les angles anterieurs obtus, les posterieurs droits ; il est recouvert de gros points tres

enfonces, plus denses sur les cotes que sur le disque et parcouru par une bande noire discoidale et longitudinale, assez large, entiere, s'etendant de la base au

bord anterieur ou elle se dilate faiblement. Ecusson noir, petit, en triangle cnrviligne et aigu. Elytres peu retrecis en arriere, subconvexes, a ponctuation

tres forte, bien marquee et disposee en series longitudinales regulieres, sauf au sommet ou elle parait confuse ; iis sont iaunatres, avec une tache humerale

et une bande transversale preapicale noire qui envoie en avant, trois rameaux, un sutural s’amincissant graduellement et n'atteignant pas Fecusson; les deux

autres lateraux, tres etroits, longeant le rebord elytral et atteignant la tache humerale ; celle-ci est coupee obliquement et s'arrete k la limite du lobe epi-

pleural qu'elle recouvre entierement. Dessous d’un noir plus ou moins mat. Abdomen entierement recouvert d’une p>ubescence grise argentee. Pattes

entierement fauves de la couleur des antennes.

Un exemplaire (J provenant du Tanganika.

I.a forte ponctuation du pronotum et la coloration des pattes aideront a reconnaitre cette espece. Elle est voisine du P. trilineata Lac.

(2) Peploptera suturalis, Clavareau, n. sp. — Oblong, allonge, parallele, un peu convexe, attenue en avant. Tete et milieu du pronotum

noir, les cotes de celui-ci jaune fauve ; la tache jaune envahissant la moitie du disque. Elytres jaune fauve, avec une tache noire suturale, allongee,

commune aux deux elytres et n’atteig'nant ni la base ni le sommet, et une bande marginale noire allongee naissant sur le culus humeral et se dirigeant

en ligne droite vers le sommet qu’elle n’atteint pas, de fafon a laisser en jaune tout le lobe epipleural. Dessous noir, couvert d’une pubescence soyeuse,

gris jaunatre. Antennes et femurs noirs. Tibias et tarses fauves.

Long. 7 mill., larg. 3 mill.

Femelle. — Tete plane, entierement noire, faiblement impressionnee transversalement entre les yeux, le vertex plus oii moins brillant, finement

ponctuee avec une impression mediane longitudinale assez profonde ; eitistome sillonne dans son milieu, finement ponctue et echancre en arc ; milieu du

front assez brillant et couvert dune vermiculation assez dense sur les c6t6s, une tres petite fossette arrondie orne le milieu ; yeux subovalaires, echancres

a leur bord interne, antennes obscures, brunatres, les 2', 3' et 4' articles fauves. Pronotum une fois et demie plus large que long, attenue en avant, finement

reborde sur tout son pourtour, la marge anterieure tres faiblement lobee au milieu, les c6tes obliques et a peine arrondis, la base bisinuee avec le lobe median

mediocre, arrondi et impressionne, les angles anterieurs droits, les posterieurs subobtus ; il est couvert d’une ponctuation excessivement fine et a peine

visible sur le disque, plus forte et tres irregulierement espac6e sur Timpression basilaire et sur le milieu de la marge anterieure ; la tache jaune qui occupe

les cotes est assez large et a peu pres droite, sauf a la base oii elle s’echancre suivant le prolongement d’un petit rameau oblique qui se detache de la bande

mediane noire, Ecusson noir brillant, ponctue sur les cotes, plus large que long, en triangle droit. Elytres a peine jrlus larges que le pronotum, regulierement

elargis en arriere, le sommet arrondi, finement reborde, sur les cotes, le lobe epipleural assez prononce et arrondi, a ponctuation assez forte, reguliere et

disposee partiellement en series lineaires longitudinales le long de la suture et des bords lateraux, elle disparait a peu pres completement vers la

region apicale ; la tache noire suturale se dilate legerement dans son milieu et s’amincit graduellement aux deux extremites, la bande marginale nait sur le

calus humeral et se dirige vers le sommet, elle est assez etroite sur son parcours au-dessus du lobe epipleural et s’elargit ensuite brusquement vers le bord

marginal qu’elle longe jusqu’au quart posterieur.

Mdle. — Inconnu.

Loc. Congobelge (Region des Cataractes). Un exemplaire.

3o

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

3o. P. tibialis, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 2. p. 224 (1864) (Port Natal).

3i P. trifida, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 25o (1848; (9) (Afrique australe).

32. P. trilineata, Lacordaire, idem, p. 246 (1848) (Natal, Cafrerie).

33. P. tritaeniata, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 248 (9) (Cafrerie).

tritaeniata, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 225 (1877).

34. P. zambesiana, Peringuey, Trans. S. Afric. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4 Cpt. 2), p. 189 (1886) (Zambese).

~ fnlvitarsis, Jacobj^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (1897); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (1901 ;.

3. SuBQENus ASPIDOLOPHA, Lacordaire

Aspidolopha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 252 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p.122 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps massif, peu allonge ou tres court, a peine letreci en arriere. Pronotum court, cylindro-

conique, retreci en avant, fortement lobe a la base. Ecusson assez grand, triangulaire, parfois carene

sur la ligne mediane. Elytres convexes, fortement et etroitement lobes a la base des epipleures, retrecis

en arriere, laissant la majeure partie du pygidium a decouvert. Saillie prosternale nulle. Pattes peu

robuste, tibias assez greles, peu elargis au sommet.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — A Texception d’une seule espece, ce sous-genre

•est propre a la foi me indo-malaise.

Faune indo-malaise :

1. A. aeneicollis, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 87 (1903) (Nilghiri Hilis).

2. A. bifasciata. Illiger, Wiegm. Arch. Vol. i (2) p. i3o [24) (1800) {Clythra) (Java, Sumatra).

bifasciata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 35 (3i) (1801); Schbnherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 848 (J21 (1808);

Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 268 (1821) [Clythra).

bicolor, Weber, Obs. Ent. p. 64 (/) (1801) [Clythra).

= Buqiieti, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 255 (1848); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) Vol. 4 (/) p. 5o,

pl. 2, f. 2 (i865).

3. A. capitata, Jacoby, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 264 (1899) (Soekaianda).

4. A. ceylonica, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 25 (1903) (Ceylon).

5. A. coerulea, Jacoby. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) Vol. 12 iJa) p. 882 (1892) (Carin Cheba).

6. A. costata, Jacoby, idem, p. 881 (1892) (Tenasserim, Thagata, Carin Cheba).

7. A. decora. Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 35 (3o) (1801) {Clythra) (Bengale).

(irrora, Schoenherr, Syst. Ins p. 848 [3i) (1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 260 (1821) [Clythra)-,

Lacordaire. Mon Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 253 (1848).

— amoena. Obvier. Ent. Vol. 6, p. 862 [35) no g6, pl. 2, f. 25 (1808) [Clythra).

8. A. distincta, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 32 (1891) (Konbir).

9. A. egregia, Boheman. Eugen. Resa, Ins. p. 154 (i858) {Clythra) (Malacca).

egregia, YSz.Xy, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) Vol. 4 (/) p. 57 {i865): Lefevre. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3)

Vol. 2, p. 192 ( 1890).

10. A. imperialis. Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) Vol. 4 C) p. 5o (i865) (Borneo ; Penang).

imperialis, Jacoby. Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol 60, p. 264, pl. , f. 4 (var.) (1899).

11. A. interrupto fasciata, Jacobjq Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 39, p). 261 (1895) (Kanara, Sud Bombay).

12. A. manilensis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 448 (1900) (Manille).

13. A. melanophthalma, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 254 (1848) (Bengale).

melanophthalnia, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) Vol. 7 (27) p. i55 (1889).

14. A. ornata, Jacoby, Notes Leyden Mus. Vol. 6, p. ii (1884) (Sumatra).

15. A. quatitor decimpunctata. Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 39, p. 260 (189.5) (Kanara, Sud Bombay).

16. A. rugosa, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 24, Suppi, p. 32 (1891) (Sikkim).

rugosa, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2) Vol. 12 [32} p. 880 (1892).

17. A. sublaevicollis, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 32 (1891) (Konbir).

18. A. sumatrana. Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat Genova (2) Vol. 16 [36) p. 38o (1896) (Sumatra).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

3i

ig. A. thoracica. Jacohy, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (^2), p. 879 (1892) (Birmanie). —

Pl. 3, Fig. 4.

20. A. irimaculata, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. no 'A) (1798) {Clythra) (Indes).

irimaculata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 32 {16) (1801); Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 3i5 {ig) (1808);

Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8. p. 265 (1821) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 252 (1848).

Faune africaine :

21. A. iisambarica, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 448(1900) (Mombo).

4. SuBGENUS AETHEOMORPHA, Lacordaire

Aetheomorpha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3ii (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10,

p. 123 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps de forme variable, cylindrique ou subovalaire. Tete petite, tres courte, subarrondie, plane,

lisse, engagee dans le pronotum et perpendiculaire ; mandibules tres courtes; epistome subtronque ;

yeux assez grands. subelliptiques, assez convexes, subparallMes ; antennes assez robustes. Pronotum

peu convexe, en trapeze plus large que long, la marge anterieure tronquee, les cotes obliques, les angles

posterieurs arrondis, la base tronquee. Ecusson assez grand en triangle, plus large que long. Elytres

plus ou moins lobes a la base des epipleures, laissant la majeure partie du pygidium a decouvert.

Hanches anterieures coniques, peu saillantes. Pattes peu robustes, greles, subegales; femurs droits;

tarses tres courts.

Distribution geographique des especes. — Des quinze especes connues, dix sont propres a

la faune indo-malaise, une a la faune australasienne et quatre a celle d’Afrique.

Faune indo-malaise :

1. A. Curtisi, Baly, Trans Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). Vol. 4 (i), p. 53 (i865) (Archipel indien).

2. A. fallax, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 314 (9) (1848) (Indes).

fallax, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 28 (igo3).

3. A. nigropicta, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Comp. rend. p. 252 (1891) {Gynandrophthalma)

(Tranquebar).

= cincta, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 28 (igoS).

4. A. multiplagiata, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 87 (igo3) (Kanara et Nilgherries).

5. A. oblitata, Baly, Trans. Ent Soc Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 54 (i865) (Morty).

6. A. pectoralis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, p. ii3 (1893) (Tonkin).

7. A. pygidialis, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 55 (i865) (Ceram).

8. A. sodalis, Lacordaire. VIon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 3i3 (9) (1848) (Indes).

9. A. variegata, Lefevre. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3), Vol. 2, p. 191 (1890) (Indo Chine).

10. A. vinula, Weise. Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 29 (i9o3) (Ceylan : Kandy).

Faune australasienne :

11. A. cryptocephaloides, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3i5 (9) (1848) (Australie).

r aune africaine :

12. A. episluinata, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 226 (igoi) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody; Natal :

Eastcourt).

13. A. nematnidea, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 3i2 (cf) (1848) (Senegal).

14. A. pumilio, Lacordaire, idem, p. 3i3 (9) (1848) (Egypte).

15. A. seminigra, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 3i2 (1848) (Senegal).

32

COLEOPTERA PHVTOPHAGA

7. Genus PROTOCLYTRA, Weise

Protoclytra. Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 323 (igoS).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Femelle. — Corps allonge, droit sur les cotes, rectangulaire. La base du pronotum plus etroite que

celle des elytres. Tete assez large peu allongee, plus ou moins engagee dans le pronotum; epistome

etroitement echancre en avant ; yeux assez grands, elliptiques mediocrement saillants; antennes a pre-

mier article court, obconique, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts, globulaires, les suivants triangulaires,

transversaux et dentes. Pronotum beaucoup plus large que long, peu convexe, tronque en avant, les

cotes arrondis, la base bisinuee avec un large lobe median arrondi. Ecusson triangulaire, presque aussi

large que long. Elytres plus larges que le pronotum, coupes carrement a la base, le lobe median peu

avance au dela de la carene marginale, droits sur les cotes, tronques au sommet, couverts d’une ponc-

tuation epaisse, inegale et presentant au sommet des vermiculations longitudinales simulant des cotes.

Hanches anterieures obconiques, assez fortes Pattes mediocres, robustes, femurs assez epais, apianis,

tibias courts elargis en avant. Pygidium decouvert et deprime le long du bord qui est saillant et

tranchant. Dernier segment abdominal avec une profonde fossette mediane, ovalaire.

Male. — Pattes anterieures tres allongees. Tibias greles et arques au bout. Tarses plus longs

que les tibias, leur premier article aussi long que les suivants.

Les especes pour lesquelles M. Weise a fonde ce genre etaient decrites sous les noms de

Camptolems, Lachnaea &iTituhoea, c.\:&'3X&wx de ce genre concluait, avec raison, qu’elles n’appar-

tenaient surement pas a celui dans lequel on les pla^ait.

Les Protoclytra ont un aspect mat et sont en dessus densement et grossierement ponctuees.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre appartient a la faune africaine.

1. P. abyssmica, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3),Vol. 5, p. 223 {Camptolenes) (Abyssinie : Bogos).

abyssmica, Jacob}'', Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 222 (1898); idem, p. 210 (1900) [Camptolenes).

2. P. pretoriae, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7),Vol. i, p. 347 (1898) {Tituboea) (Transvaal : Pretoria).

3. P. proxima, Peringue}^ Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 4 fpt. 2), p. 187 (1886) {Camptolenes) (Zambeze).

4. P. pubifrons, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 209 (1900) {Camptolenes) (Delagoa bay).

5. P. Raffrayi, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) Vol. 5, p. 223 (1877) {Camptolenes) (Abyssinie : LeTigre).

6. P. rugosa, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 166 (iSpS) {Tituboea) (Afrique australe).

7. P. salaamensis, Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 126 (1902) {Lachnaea) (Dar-es-Salaam).

8. P. thoracica, Jacoby. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 167 (1895) {Tituboea) (Afrique australe).

9. P. umtaliensis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (1904) {Tituboea) (Mashonaland : Umtali). —

Pl. 3, Fig. 5.

8. Genus OLYTRA, Laicharting

Clythra. Laicharting, Verz. Tyroler Insekt, Vol. i, p. i65 (1781); Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst.

p. 110(1798); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 190 (1848); Redtenbacher, BMuna Austr.

(ed. 2), p. 890 (i852) ; Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur.Vol. 4. p. 2i5 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 139 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 120 (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins.

Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 112 (1881).

= Melolontha. Geoffroy, Ins. envir. Paris, Vol. i, p. 195 (1764).

= Clytraria. Semenow, Rev. Russ. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 173 (1903).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou peu dissemblables.

FAM. CHRYSOMELIDAi

33

Corps cylindrique. glabre et tres lisse en dessus, revetu en dessous d’une pubescence argentee

plus ou moins dense. Tete perpendiculaire, engagee dans le pronotum, plus ou inoins rugueuse et

impressionnee; epistome plus ou moins sinue, labre distinet: mandibules peu fortes; yeux grands,

elliptiques, faiblement echancres a hauteur des cavites antennaires; antennes courtes ne depassant pas

la base du pronotum, a premier article peu allonge, turbine et arque, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts,

petits, obeoniques, subegaux; les suivants fortement triangulaires et transversaux. Pronotum de forme

variable, plus ou moins court, ordinairement retreci en avant, distinctement reborde sur les cotes, bisinue

a la base. avec un lobe median mediocrement saillant et les angles posterieurs fortement arrondis. Ecus-

son assez grand, triangulaire. Hanches anterieures obeoniques, peu saillantes; les intermediaires non

contignes Pattes courtes, robustes, egales entre elles; femurs forts, subcomprimes; tibias droits grossis-

sant de la base a Textremite, tarses larges, courts, variables.

Male. — Dernier segment de Tabdomen moins pubescent dans son milieu que sur le reste de sa

surface, et meme souvent tout a fait glabre et luisant.

Femelle. — Tarses un peu moins larges, dernier segment de Tabdomen occupe dans son mdieu

par une fossette generalement petite et plus ou moins profonde.

M. Semenow [Rev. Russ. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 173 (igo3)] a cree pour la Clytra opaca, Jacobson, le sous-

genre Clytvaria, base sur des caracteres qui se retrouvent chez d’autres Clytra. Cette division ne s’impose

donc pas et elle n’est citee que pour memoire.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege Vol. 5, p. igo-227 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 47 (i865) ; Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. i3g-i5o (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 211-214(1872); Weise,

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 112-117 (1881).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — L’habitat des especes de ce genre est tres

etendu, il comprend les regions palearctique, indo-malaise et africaine. Une seule espece est originaire

de Madagascar, c’est la seule Clytritae connue jusqudei de cette ile.

Faune palearctique :

1. C. aliena, Weise, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 58, p. 64 (i8g7) (Asie mineure : Angora).

2. C. appendicina, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 208 (1848) (Italie, Hongrie, Turquie, etc.).

appendicina. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 144 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 21 1

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. ii5 (1881); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 29 (1889).

3. C. anda, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 64, p. 182 (i8g8) (Mongolie boreale : Amour).

== appendicina var. arida, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 563, note (i88g).

var. Ehnbergi, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 35, p. 94 (1900); Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Fbrh. Vol. 43, p. no

(1901) (Siberie).

4. C. atraphaxidis, Pallas, Reise, Vol. 2, p. 725 {dS) (1773) {Chrysomela) (Europe, Siberie, etc.).

atraphaxidis, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. i38 (1781) {Cryptocephahis)\ Suppi. Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. iii (8)

(1798) ; Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 85i {/7), pl. i, f. 7 (1808) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 217 (1848) ;

Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 148 (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2i3 (1872) ;

Ballion, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 53, p. 373 (1878); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 117

(1881) ; Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 3, f. 32 (1889) ; Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 272 (1900).

var. angidata, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 278 (1900) (Turkestan).

var. ashabadensis, Branesik, Jahr. Naturw. Ver. Trenesen, Vol. 21-22, p. io3, pl. 4, f. 9 (1898-99) (Ashabad).

var ^ conjuncta, vonUeyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 368 (1891) ; Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 278 (1900)

(Roumelie, Bakou).

var. crocetcollts. Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 278 (1900) (Espagne : Venta de Cardenas).

var. defecta, Jacobson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Fbrh. Vol. 48, p. no, note (1901).

= var. deficiens || Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 274 (1900).

var. flexuosa, Weise, idem, p. 274 (1900).

var. Lacordairei, Weise, ibidem, p. 278 (1900).

34

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

var. macidifyons, Zoubkoff, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou. p. 338 (i833); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 219 (1848);

Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr (5). Vol. 2. p. 149 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 117 (1881) ;

Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 272 (1900) (Russie meridionale. Perse, Asie mineure).

var. marginicollis. Weise. Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 278 (1900).

vay. nigyomaculata, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 84 (1897).

vay. punctata, Weise, Hor. Soc Ent. Ross. Vol. 24, p. 477 (1890): Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 273 (1900)

iMongolie centrale : Altai).

vay. sieyyana, J. Daniel, Miinchen. Kol. Zeitschr. Vol. i, p. 253 (1903).

vay. vulgayis, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 274 (1900).

5. C. Bodemeyeri, Weise, Jdeutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 134 (1900) (.\sie mineure).

6. C. cingulata, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 64, p. 181 (i8g8) (Kurdistan).

7. C. laeviuscula, Ratzeburg, Forstins. (ed. i) p. 201 (ed. 2)p. 247, note (1837) (Europe, Siberie, Japon, etc.).

laeviuscula, Schmidt, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 148 (1841); Kuster, Kaf. Europ. Vol. i, p. 99(1844); Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 206 (1848); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 45o(i852 ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 148 (1872); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 80 (1873); Seidlitz, Fauna

Balt. (ed. i) p. 478 (1872-1875) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 116 (1881 ), Deutsche Ent. Zeit.

pl. 2, f . 3o ( 1889I ; Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 122 (1891 ).

= quadyipuncta, Laicharting, Verz. Tyrol. Inseckt. Vol. i, p. 167 (2) (1781) (err. typ.).

— qnadyipunctata, Olivier, Enc. Meth. Vol. 6, p. 32 {8) (1796); Panzer, Fauna Germ. p. 106 (10).

vay. antistita, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 563, note (1889) (Amour).

vay. connexa, Fricken, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 325 (1888).

8. C. laticollis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 63 (1889) (Rhodes).

9. C. nigrocincta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 200 (1848) (Syrie, Constantinople).

nigyocincta, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol.2,p.i4i {1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.Vol. 6, p.117 (1881).

= unifasciata. Menetries, Mem. Acad. Sc. Petersb. |6) Vol. 5 (2) p. 46, pl. 2, f. 8 (i835).

vay. deficiens, von Heyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 368 (1891) (Chypre).

vay. ovata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 200 (1848).

10. c. novempunctata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 852 (iS) pl. i, f. 12 fi8o8) (Midi de l’Europe. Nord de

TAfrique, Asie mineure, Perse, etc.).

novempunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 214 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2,

p. 146 (1872) : Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2. f. 27 1889).

— elata, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 117 (1881) (nec Fabricius).

= elegans, Falderman, Faune Ent. 'fransc. Vol. 2, p. 368, pl. i3, f. 7 (1837).

vay. aleppensis, Redtenbacher, Russegger. Reise, Vol. i (2), p. 989 (2p) pl. B, f. 29 (1843) (Syrie).

— globulosa. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 147 (1872).

vay. signicollis, Weise, .\rch. f. Naturg. Vol. 66, p. 272 (1900) iMesopotamie).

11. C. opaca, Jacobson, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Petersb. p. 191 (1898) (Bukhara oriental).

= fiacobsoni. Semenovv, Rev, Russ. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 173 (i9o3i (Clytyayia).

12. C. puberula, Weise. Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 64, p. 181 (1898) (Espagne, Mont Serrat).

13. C. quadripnnctata, Linne. Fauna Suec. (ed. 2), p. 547(1761) {Cyyptocephalus) (Europe, Siberie, Laponie).

quadyipunctata. Fabricius. Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 110I4) (1798); Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. i (2), p. 844 (1806);

Latreille, Hist. Nat. Insect. Crust. Vol. 3, p. 84 (/) (1809) ; Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec. Vol. i (3(, p. 585 (/) (i8i3) ;

Ratzeburg, Forstins. (ed. i),p. 246(1), pl. 20, f.2(i837) ; Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. i52 (1841) ; Kuster, Kaf.

Europ. Vol. I, p. 98(1844); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 202 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5),

Vol. 2. p. 142 118721; Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 461 (i858); Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i),

p. 473 (1872-75) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. ii3(i88i); Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 28

11889); Bedel, F'aune Bass. Seine, p. 122 (1891).

■= quadyisignata, Maerkel, in Germar’s Zeitschr. f. Ent. Vol 3, p. 223; idem, Vol. 5, p. 284; Schmidt, Stett

Ent. Zeit. p. 154 (1841 ) ; Suffrian, idem, p. 211 (i85i) ; Redtenbacher, Fauna .Vustr. (ed. 2), p. 451 (i852) ;

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2i3 (1872).

vay. dissimilis, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 563 (note) (1889) (Amour).

14. C. Valerianae, Menetries, Cat. Rais. p. 287. n® 1121 (1882) (Turquie, Grece, Hongrie, Persie, etc.).

valeyianae, Falderman, Faune Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p. 867, no 553, pl. i3, f. 6 (1887); Waltl, Isis, A, no 6

(i838); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 211 (i8^8); Jacquelin DuVal, Gen. Coi. Europ. Vol. 4, pl. 62,

f. 295 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 148 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 116 (1881).

vay. tetyastigma, Schmidt, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. i5i (1841); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 212 (1848); Lefevre

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 146 (1872).

= dissimilithoyax, Desbrochers des Loges, L’Abeille, p, 129 (1870).

FAM. CHRYSOMELlDAi

35

Faune indo-malaise :

15. C. annamita, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. g, p. 288 (i88g) (Cochinchine : Saigon).

annamita, Lefevre, Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Paris (3), Vol. 2, p. 191 11890); Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat.

Genova (2), Vol. 12 (321, p. 877 (1892).

16. C. bella, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i , p. 48 (i865) (Timor).

17. C. Cardoni, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 41, p. 424 (1897) (Bengale : Mandar).

18. C. chlorotica, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 25o (i8gi) (Indes).

19. C. conformis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 194 (1848) (Bengale).

20. C. coreana, Kolbe, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 52 (i), p. 226 (1886) (Coree).

21. C. crassipes, Duvivier, Ann. Soc Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 3i (1891) ( Konbir-Nowatoli).

22. C. Davidis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, p. it3 (i8g3) (Chine : Yunnan).

23. ?C. dispar, Redtenbacher, Htigel Kaschm. Vol. 4, p. 56o (1848) (Kashmir).

= trifasciata, Redtenbacher, idem, pl. 28, f. 4 (1848).

24. C. distinguenda, Baly. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 47, pl. 2. f. 6 (iS65) (Penang).

25. C. duodecimmaciilata , Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 106 (o) (i775) {CryptocephaUts) (Java. Sumatra, etc.).

■ duodecimmaculatns, Fabricius. Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 189 (dl (1781): Mant. Ins. Vol i, p. 79(7) (1787); Ent.

Syst. Vol. 2, p. 55 (ii) (1798) (Cryptocephalus).

dnodecimmacnlata, Olivier. Encycl. Meth. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 84 2) (1796) ; Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 112 (l3)

(1798); Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 84 {2S) (1801); Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 847 (lO), pl. 3, f. 87 (1808);

Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2. p. 846 (24J (1808}; Thunberg. Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 184 (1821);

Foersberg, idem, p.266; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 220 (1848); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3),

Vol. 4 ( I ), p. 48 (i865) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 9, p. 288 ( 1889) ; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3),

Vol. 2, p. 190 (1890).

= cryptocephala, Hornstedt, Act. Berolin. Vol. 7 (i), p. 7 (S). pl. i, f. 2-5 et 8-1 1 (1788) \Chrysomela).

= decemmacidata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 106 (J) (1775) lerr. typ.i.

26. C . flavotibialis , Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 84 (1903) (Indes : Pondicherry).

27. C. insularis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. 121 (i883) (lies Andaman).

28. C. hanarensis, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3g, p. 256 (1895) (Kanara, Sud Bombay).

29. C. Lefevrei, Jacoby, idem, p. 254 (1895) (Kanara, Sud Bombay).

30. C. montana, Jacoby, ibidem, p. 255 (i8g5) (Dalhousie, Himalaya).

31. C. nigrifrons, Hope, Proc. Ent. Soc Lond. p. 62 (1842) (Chine).

nigrifrons, Hope Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 4, p. 12 (1845).

32. C. occipitalis, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Y"ol 41, p. 423 (1897) (Bengale : Mandar).

33. C. orientalis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35. p. 2S0 (1891) (Bangkok : env. de Bangalore).

34. C. palliata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 3o (7) (1801) (Bengale).

palliata. Illiger, Magaz. Vol. 3, p. 164(7) (1804); Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 844 (7) (1808); Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 191 11848) ; Jacoby, Ann. Mus Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 7 (27), p. i55 (1889).

= gibbosa, Vigors, Zool. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 241, pl. 9, f. ii (c?) (1826).

var. transversa, Illiger, Magaz. Vol. i, p. 182 (14) (1802); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2, p. 192 (1848).

35. c. plagiata, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 29(1891) (Konbir-Nowatoli). — Pl. 3,

Fig. 10.

var. minor, Duvivier, idem, p. 3o (1891).

36. C. philippinensis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 6, p. rgi (1886) (Mindanao, Bohol).

37. C. Semperi, Lefevre, idem, p. 192 (Cebu).

38. C. succincta, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 201 (1848) (Bengale, Chine, Java, etc.).

succincta, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). Vol. 4 (i), p. 47 (i865).

39. C. sutiirata, Jacoby, Ann. Soc Ent. Belg. Vol. 42, p. i85 (1898) (Mandar, Barway).

Faune africaine :

40. C. aequinoctialis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 196 (1848) (Gtiinee).

41. C. bifasciata. De Geer, Mem. Ins. Vol. 7, p. 663 (69), pl. 49, f. 17 (1778) {Chrysomela) (Cap de Bonne-

Esperance).

bifasciata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 210 (1848).

= bicincta, Thunberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. i85 (1821); Foersberg, idem, p. 268 (1821).

= mutabilis, Klug, Preisverz. p. 16 {3o3) (1829).

= rugosa. Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. iii (7) (1798) ; S3'st. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 28 (/7) (1801); Schbnherr,

Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 845 (21) (1808).

36

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

42. C. biligata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 198 (iS48) (Afiique australe). — Pl. 3, Fig. 7.

43. C. connectens, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 169 (1895) (Togo : Bismarckburg). — Pl. 3, Fig. 9.

44. C. crocata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 226 (9) (1848) (Arabie).

crocata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. i5o (1872).

44. C. decimana, Illiger, Wiegm. Arch. Vol. i (2), p. 126 {19) (1800) (Guinee, Sierra-Leone, Senegal),

decumana, Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 845 (/5) (1808) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. igS (1848).

45. C. fasciata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 3o (p) (1801) (Guinee).

fasciata, Schonherr, Syn, Ins. Vol. 2, p. 845 {p) {1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 (1821);

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 199 (1848) ; Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 7, p. 848 (1887).

var. — Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 48, p. 282 (1882).

46. C. impressicollis, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 846 (1898) (Transvaal: Zoutpansberg).

47. C. interrupta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 209 (1848) (Afrique australe).

48. C. intersecta. Illiger, Wiegm. Arch. Vol. i (2), p. 128 (2/) (1800) (Sierra-Leone). — Pl. 3, Fig. 8.

intersecta, Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 848 [20) (1808) ; Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 268 (1821) ;

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 222 (1848).

= seminigra, Jacoby, The Entomologist,Vol. 24, Suppi, p. 88 {1891) 'Gynandrophthalma)-, Proc.Zool. Soc. Lond.

p 288 (1897).

49. C. lacerofasciata, Quedenfeldt, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 82, p. 2x3 (1888) (Afrique centrale).

50. C. Lacordairei, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (1901) (Mashonaland).

51. C. maxima, Jacoby, idem, p. 164 (1895) (Sierra-Leone, Old Calabar).

02. C. militaris, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 168 (1890) (Togo : Bismarckburg). — Pl. 3, Fig. 6.

53. C. notata, Klug, in Erman, Reis. Atlas, p. 49 {ip3) (i835) (Senegal, Gamble, etc.).

notata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 224 (1848); Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool p. 224 (1877).

54. C. obliquata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 216 (9) (1848) (Senegal).

55. C. Revoili, Lefevre, Ann Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 25o (1891) (Somalis).

56. C. rufitarsis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 226 (1848) (Arabie).

rufitarsis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8), Vol. 2, p. 180 (1872).

57. C. signata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 222 (1848) (Senegal).

58. C. Traegaordhi, Weise, Results Swed. Zool. Exped. p. 47, pl.-fig. j^.a-b (1906) (Nil Blanc).

59. C. Wahlbergi, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 197 (1848) (Afrique centrale).

Faune madegasse :

60. C. madegassa, Fairmaire, Notes Leyd. Mus. Vol. 23, p. 81 (1901) (Plateau de TAndroy [sud de

Madagascar]).

Especes douteuses :

61. C. coalita, Eorsberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 264 et 280 (1821) (Gap de Bonne-Esperance).

62. C. quadrisignata, Eorsberg, idem, p. 266 (1821) (Gap de Bonne-Esperance).

63. C. unifasciata, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. Vol. 6, p. 35 (1796) (Senegal).

uni fasciata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 862, pl. 2, f. 28 (1808).

9. Genus HERMIA, Weise

Hermia. Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 447 (igoo).

Caracteres. — Sexes a peine dissemblables.

Fenielle. — Coc\p)S, cylindrique, arrondi aux deux extremites. Tete carree plane, epistome allonge et

carrement echancre entre deux lobes arrondis, antennes courtes, ne depassant pas le pronotum; mandi-

bules peu saillantes; yeux gros, envahissant la majeui'e partie des bords lateraux de la tete. Pronotum

plus large que long et plus etroit en avant qu’en arriere, la marge anterieure droite, les cotes tres

faiblement et obliquement arques, avec la marge laterale finement rebordee, 1’angle anterieur presque

droit, le posterieur largement arrondi, la base tronquee de part et d’autre sur les cotes avec un lobe

median aigu et tres avance qui couvre la majeure partie de Tecusson. Celui-ci triangulaire. Elytres

convexes, lobes a la base. droits sur les cotes, arrondis et brusquement declives au sommet; la marge

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

37

laterale, lobee a hauteur des epipleures, sinueuse a hauteur des hanches et legerement arrondie au tiers

posterieur; le lobe epipleural borde d’une fine carene, allant jusqu’au milieu du sinus qui le suit. Pros-

ternum et mesosternum, tres courts. Pattes mediocres, subegales, femurs assez robustes, tibias droits,

le premier article des tarses posterieurs plus court que les deux suivants reunis, le quatrieme allonge,

fortement degage du troisieme.

Meile. — Tete plus large. Pronotum a cotes plus arrondis et moins attenue en avant. Elytres

plus paralleles. Pattes a peine plus allongees (i).

Ce genre ne se distingue a proprement parier des Melitonoma, que par 1’allure toute speciale de

la base du pronotum, caractere qui ne se reproduit que dans ce seul genre de la tribu.

Distributiori geographique de Tespece. - Ce genre ne renfeime qu’une seule espece qui est

originaire de TAfrique allemande.

I. H. insignis, VVeise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 447 (igoo) (Mombo). — Pl. 4, Fig. I.

10. Genus MELITONOMA, Lacordaire

Melitonoma. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. Syi (1848); Chapuis. Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 124 (1874).

= Damia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 882 (1848).

Caracteres. — Sexes peu dissemblables.

Male. — Corps robuste, ecourte, convexe, subrectangulaire, legerement attenue en avant. Tete

large, perpendiculaire ; epistome variable; mandibules fortes; yeux saillants, globulaires, arrondis;

antennes mediocres, le premier article epais, en massue faiblement arquee, les deu.xieme et troisieme

courts, obeoniques, les suivants epais, triangulaires, dentes au cote interne. Pronotum transversal,

rectangulaire, tronque en avant, faiblement bisinue en arriere, les angies anterieurs obtus, les posterieurs

arrondis. Ecusson triangulaire, fortement declive vers Tavant. Elytres a rebord epipleural peu avance au

dela de la carene marginale, oblongs, convexes, droits sur les cotes, largement arrondis en arriere.

Hanches anterieures peu saillantes, cylindro-coniques. Femurs courts, assez robustes, tibias droits, tarses

subegaux, les deux premiers articles comprimes, retrecis en arriere, le troisieme bilobe, le quatrieme

tres allonge et degage des lobes du troisieme.

Femelle. — Tete moins forte; epistome etroitement echancre ; mandibules plus courtes, moins

robustes. Pronotum relativement plus court et un peu plus attenue en avant.

Ce genre se subdivise en deux sous-genres.

I. SuBGENUS MELITONOMA, Lacordaire

Melitonoma. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 871 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 124(1872).

Caracteres. — Male. — Corps un peu plus droit et plus allonge que les Damia. Epistome

faiblement et largement echancre en arc. Pronotum relativement moins court. Ecusson plus petit, au

plus mediocre. Base des elytres plus tronquee en ligne droite sur les cotes. Pattes un peu plus greles.

Femelle. — Corps plus ovalaire et plus attenue en avant. Tete plus etroite. Pronotum a cotes plus

obliques. Pattes anterieures moins allongees.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 871-882 (1848).

(i) La descriptiori de la Ql etait composee, lorsque. grace a 1’obligeance de M. Weise. nous avons pu obtenir communication d'un cf Qui

presente, comme on peut le voir, tres peu de difference avec la Q.

38

rOLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Trois espcces sont originaires des Indes, toutes

les autres appartiennent a la faune africaine.

Faune indienne :

1. M. affinis, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 7 (27) p. i58 (1889) (Birmanie : Teinzo,

Shwegoo).

2. M . fasciatopunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 38i (1848) (Indes).

3. M. indica, Jacob}', Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 2 (27), p. i58 (1889) (Birmanie : Bhamo).

Faune africaine :

4. M. bomaensis, Jacoby, The Entomologist.Vol. 36, p. 63 (1903) (Congo : Boma; Angola, Delagoa bay,

Sierra Leone).

5. M . capitata, Jacoby, idem. p. 62 (Delagoa bay).

6. M. Clavareaui, Jacoby, ibidem, p. 91 (Guelidi).

7. M. decempmctata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6. p. 861 DV), pl. 2, f. 84 (1808) {Clythra) (.Senegal, Afrique

australe).

decempunctata, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 378 (Q) {1848}; Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. p, 226 (1877}.

8. M. decorata, Peringuey, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 6, (pt. 2), p. 84 (1892) (Ovampoland

Occidental).

9. M. duodecimpunctata, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 351(1898) (Transvaal : Barbeton).

10. M. epistomalis, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 38i (1848) (g^) (Afrique australe).

epistomalis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 247 (1897).

11. Af. galla, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35, p. 435 (1895) (Gallas).

galla, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. 87 (1904).

12. M. Gounellei, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3. Bull. p. 122 (i883) (Abyssinie).

13. M. inconspicua, Harold, Bencht. .Vkad. Wiss. Berl. p. 268 (1880) (.Yfrique australe).

14. M. juvenca Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 879 (Senegal, Guinee).

15. M. lepida, Lacordaire. idem. p. 374 ((^f) (Gap de Bonne Esperance).

16. M. litigiosa, Lacordaire. ibidem, p. 378 (Senegal, Afrique australe),

17. M. macidigeva, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 376 (Guinee, Afrique australe).

18. M. Marshalli. Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216, pl. 22, f. 5 (1898) (Natal : Eastcourt).

19. M. multisignata , Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 253 (1891) (Somalis).

20. M. occipitalis, Jacoby, The Entomologist. Vol. 36, p. 91 (1903) (Mashonaland : Salisbury). —

Pl. 4, Fig. 2.

21. M. patruelis, Lefevre, .Vnn. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 252 (1891) (Somalis).

22. M. pedestris, Lefevre, idem, p. 253 (1891) (Abyssinie).

23. M. pictipennis, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 35o (1898) (Transvaal : Pretoria).

24. M . polysticta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2, p. 872 (1848) (Cafrerie).

0,5. M . puncticollis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. iii (i883) (.Sierra Leone :

Georgestown).

26. M. punctipennis . Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 36, p. 63 (igo3) (Niger; Benue).

27. M. sexsignata, Thomson, ,A.rch. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 207 (i858) (Gabon).

28. M. Simoni, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl Vol. 6, p. 112, note (1881) (Ashanti).

= inclusa, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 170 (1895).

29. M. sobrina, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 877 (1848) (Senegal).

30. M. terminata, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 36, p. 62 (1908) (Dar-es-Salaam).

31. M. truncatifrons, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 875 (Natal).

Espece douteuse :

32. M. saadensis, Pic, Le Naturaliste, no 182 (1894).

saadensis, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 82 (1897).

var. sefrensis, Pic. idem, p. 82 (1897).

FAM. CHRYSO ME LID^

39

2. SUBQENUS DAMIA, Lacordaire

Damia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 382 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. i25 (1874).

Caracteres. — Differe de Melitonoma par le corps de forme variable, mais jamais regulierement

oblong ; glabre en dessus et mediocrement convexe.

Male. — Tete assez large, engagee dans le pronotum jusqu’au bord externe des yeux; epistome

variable, parfois etroitement echancre en rectangie, parfois triangulairement emargine; yeux assez

saillants ; mandibules mediocres ; antennes generalement plus greles que chez les Melitonoma. Ecusson

plus grand. Pattes anterieures un peu plus robustes que les suivantes, leurs femurs assez epais; le

premier article des tarses un peu plus court que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Differe peu du cf. Corps plus ovalaire. Tete moins large: mandibules moins saillantes.

Pattes plus coLirtes et subegales.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5. p. 382-388 (1848).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre appartient aux faunes indienne et

africaine.

Faune indienne :

1. D. canaliculata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 884 (1848) (Java).

canaliculata, Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond (3). Vol. 4 (i), p. 56 (i865).

2. D. fuscicornis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 386 (1848) (Indes)

3. D. fuscitarsis, Jacoby, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 7, p. 99 (1900) (Birmanie).

4. D. tonkinensis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, p. 204 (1891) (Tonkin).

tonkinensis, Lefevre. Ann. Soc. Ent Er. Vol. 62, p. 114 (1893).

Faune africaine :

5. D. capitata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 207, pl. 20, f. i (1900) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody).

6. D. ditata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 887 (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

7. D. emarginata, Lacordaire, idem. p. 383 (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance). — Pl. 4, Fig. 3.

emarginata, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 226(1887); Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 127 (1902J.

8. D. frontalis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 208, pl. 20, f. 2 (1900) (Mashonaland : Umcheki Riv.;

Congo : Moliro).

9. D. mashotiana, Jacoby, idem, p. 217 (1898) (Mashonaland : Salisbury; Natal : Eastcourt).

10. D. strigatipes, Jacoby, ibidem, p. 289 (1904) (Cap : Algoa Bay).

11. D. tibialis, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. r58 (1904) (Afrique orientale allemande et anglaise).

12. D. trifasciata. Jacoby, ibidem, p. 240, pl. 17, f. 9 (1994) (Beira).

13. D. velata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 386 (1848) (Senegal).

II. Genus GYNANDROPHTHALMA, Lacordaire

Gynandrophthalma. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 256(1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10,

p. 125 (1874).

= Calyptophina. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 81 (1848).

— Otiocephala. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 817 (1872).

= Exomis. Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 28, p. 877 (1889).

Caracteres. — Sexes pareils ou bien dissemblables.

40

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Corps court, oblong, subcylindrique, le plus souvent glabre en dessus. Tete petite, mediocre,

parfois un peu plus forte chez le epistome avance, faiblement echancre; mandibules variables; veux

assez gros, saillants et arrondis, toujours plus saillants chez le cf; antennes greles, plus ou moins

allongees, les deuxieme et troisieme articles courts, obconiques, le quatrieme variable, les suivants

triangulaires et transversaux. Pronotum convexe, au moins deux fois aussi large que long, les cotes plus

ou moins arques et obliques, les angles arrondis, la base subsinueuse. Ecusson triangulaire plus ou moins

tronque au sommet. Elytres faiblement sinues sur les cotes, leur lobe epipleural depassant la marge

laterale. Hanches anterieures peu developpees, obconiques. Pattes generalement courtes, peu allongees,

assez robustes chez le plus greles chez la 9 ; tibias droits ou faiblement arques; tarses ordinairement

greles, les premier et deuxieme articles de longueur variable, le troisieme fendu jusqu’a la base, le

quatrieme tres allonge, degage des lobes du troisieme.

Ce genre est subdivise en quatre sous-genres dont voici le tableau :

1. 9 Forme ecourtee, subreciangulaire ou ovoide, articles 2, 3 et ^ des

antennes variables 2.

— 9 Forme allongee, cylindriqiie, arrondie aiix e xtr imites, articles 2, 3

et 4 des antennes tres courts, obconiques, le 4<^ nn peu plus grand

que le 3^ 4. Exomis, Weise.

2. Mandibules peu developpees 3.

— Cf Mandibules fortes, assez saillantes 2. Calypxorhina, Lacordaire.

3. Tibias antermirs droits 3. Gynandrophthalma, Lacordaire.

— • Tibias anterieurs arques i. Otiocephala, Lefevre.

I. SuBGENUS OTIOCEPHALA, Lefevre

Otiocephala. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. diy (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 124 (1881).

= Calyptorhina. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 82 (1872) (pars).

Canacteres. — Sexes peu dissemblables.

Male. — Corps court, parallele, legerement convexe, parfois un peu deprime en dessus, glabre ;

couvert en dessous d’une pubescence blanchatre. Tite presque carree; epistome tres legerement

echancre en demi cercie; mandibules courtes, peu saillantes, brusquement recourbees en angle droit

pres de leur base, legerement canaliculees en dessus; yeux peu saillants, subelliptiques, antennes

greles, a peu pres de la longueur de la tete et du pronotum, finement pubescentes, le premier article en

massue arquee, les deuxieme et troisieme courts, obconiques, subegaux, les suivants faiblement triangu-

laires et transversaux. Pronotum tres transversal, tronque en avant, bisinue en arriere, arrondi sur les

cotes. Ecusson petit, triangulaire. Pattes peu robustes, assez allongees, les anterieures plus que les

autres; tibias anterieurs sensiblement arques; les autres faiblement.

Femelle. — Un peu plus forte et plus convexe que le rf . Tete legerement plus petite, epistome

subtronque, mandibules plus courtes, yeux un peu plus gros. Pattes griles.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune palearctique.

I, O.forcipifera, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 122 (1845) {Labidostomis) (Algerie).

forcipifera, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 82 (c?) (i'848) {Calyptorrliina)-, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Artic.

Algerie, Vol. 2, p. 522, pl. 46, f. 10 (1849); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 3i8 (1872I; Weise,

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 124 (1881).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

41

2. 0. quadrinotata, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 79 (1787) (Cryptocephaliis) (Espagne, Algerie).

quadrmotata, Olivier, Enc. Meth. Ins, Vol. 6, p. 35 (g) (1796); Ent. Vol. 6, p. 861 (JJ), pl. 2, f. 23 (Clyihra)

(1808); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 390 (1848); Bedel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (6), Vol. 5, p. 89 (i885).

= andalusica, von Heyden, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. i65 (1870); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. ['r. (5),Vol. 2, p. 385 (1872).

= hisbipunctata, Desbrochers des Loges, Bull. Acad. Hippone, p. 81 (,1870) (Gynandrophthalma).

= opaca, Rosenhauer, Thier. Andal. p. 3o8 (i856) {Clythra)-, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 319,

pl. 3, f. 20-21 {1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 124 (1881).

3. O. Wavioni, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol 3. Bull. p. 210 (1873) (Algerie : prov. d’Oran).

Warioni, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 124 (1881); Bedel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. 89 {1895);

Pic, idem, p. i35 (1897).

2. SuBGENUS CALYPTORHINA, Lacordaire

Calyptorhina. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 81 {1848) (pars) ; Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur.

Vol. 4, p. 2i3 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (51, Vol. 2, p. 320 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi.

Vol. 10, p. i3o (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps court, rectangulaire, subdeprime, glabre en dessus. Tete assez large, degagee du

pronotum, penchee, presque carree, a peine convexe; mandibules saillantes, en forme de tenailles; yeux

petits ovalaires, assez saillants; antennes variables. Pronotum court, subrectangulaire, les cotes faible-

ment arrondis et a peine attenues en avant. Ecusson grand, tronque au somniet. Pattes assez longues

et greles.

Femelle. — Forme plus ovalaire et plus convexe.

Les antennes des especes de ce sous-genre varient considerablement, c’est ainsi que chez le cf de

C. chloris elles sont mediocres, le premier article est allonge, cylindrique, presque aussi long que les trois

suivants reunis, les deuxieme et troisieme courts, obconiques, subegaux, le quatrieme obconique, un

peu plus grand que le troisieme, les suivants triangulaires et dentes, tandis que la 9 a l^e premier article

epais, a peine plus long que les deux suivants, ceux-ci courts, obconiques, les autres dentes. Chez le

de C. biornata, le premier article est triangulaire et apiani, les trois suivants courts et obconiques; ces

articles sont a peu pres semblables chez la 9 •

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune palearctique.

1. C. biornata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 822 (1872) (Amasie).

biornata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 28, p. 157 (1884) ; idem, p. 884 {1899).

2. C. chloris, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 83 (1848) (Hongrie).

chloris, Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4, pl. 61, f. 290 (1868) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2,

p. 322 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881).

var. banatica, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl, Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881).

3. SuBGENUS GYNANDROPHTHALMA, Lacordaire

Gynandrophthalma. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 256 (1848); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr.

(ed. 2), p. 891 (i852); Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4. p. 2x5 (i865); Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 323(1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. i25 (1874); Weise,

Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 117 (1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes pareils ou peu dissemblables.

Male. — Corps subcylindrique, ecourte et subrectangulaire, rarement pubescent en dessus. Tete

42

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

mediocre; mandibules peu saillantes; yeux petits. arrondis. subglobulaires; antennes greles, les articles

variables. Pronotum subrectangidaire, legerement attenue en avant. Ecusson variable, le plus souvent

tronque a son sommet. Pattes peu robustes; les tibias anterieurs greles et droits.

Femelle. — Corps convexe, subcylindrique, attenue en avant. legerement elargi en arriere. Tete

moins forte; yeux moins saillants. Pattes plus greles. Une fossette au milieu du dernier segment

abdominal.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege Vol. 5. p. 256-3io (1848).

Bibliographie. — Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), \^ol. 4(1), p. 5i (i865) ; Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 323-358 (1872); Kraatz. Berl. Ent. Zeit Vol. 16, p. 214-218 (1872); Lefevre,

Rev. Mag. Zool. (3j, \’ol. 5, p. 226-232 (1877!; Jacobv, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 28-29

(1880); VVeise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 117-128 (1881); Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi.

Vol. 6, Suppi., p. 68-6g (1888); Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. fjenova (2), Vol i5 (35), p. 438 (i8g5).

Distribution geognaphique des especes. — Ce genre qui renferme le plus grand nombre

d’especes, de toute la sous-famille, possede un habitat tres etendu; cinquante six especes sont propres a

la faune palearctique, trente six a la faune indo-malaise, soixante-douze au continent africain et treize

seulement a la faune ameiicaine.

Faune palearctique ;

1. G. afinis, Rossi, Fauna Etrusc. p. 97 (1795) (Cryptocephalns) (Europe, Algerie).

affinis, Panzer, Fauna Germ. Fasc. 25, p. 21 (1796; {Cryptocephalns) \ Lacordaire, Mon. Phjd. Vol. 2, p. 3o3

(1848); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 45i (i852); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 340

(1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 216 (1872); Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p. 473 {1872-

1875) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 121 (i88i) ; Bedel. Faune bass. Seine, p. 124(1891).

= collaris, Schrank, Faun. Ins Austr. p. 176(4/) (1781) [Chrysomela].

= musciformis. Schrank, in Fuessly’s Neue Magaz. Entom. Vol. i (2) p. i52 (1781) [Chrysomela) ', Schneider,

Neue Mag. Entom. Vol. i (2) p. 194 ; Vol. i (5) p. 612 (1791-1794).

var. dissimilis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 339 (1872) var. dissimilis); Weise, Naturg. Ins.

Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 121 (1881).

2. G. algerica, VVeise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 84 (1894) (Algerie).

3. G. amabilis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 292 (9 ) (1848) (Portugal, Espagne).

amabihs, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. I'r. (5) Vol. 2. p. 332 (1872): Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 125 (1881).

4. G. apicitarsis, Fairmaire, Petites Nouv. Vol. 2, p. 5o (1876) (Algerie ; Lambessa).

5. G. aurita, Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. 12) p. 5g6 (1766) [C/irysome/a) [Europe, Siberie, Japon, etc.).

<zi<r;Y(r, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst p. ii3 (1798); Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 868 (4<I) pl. 2, f. 32 (1808);

Schneider, Neue Magaz. p. 193 (/4) ; Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 3, p. 349 (4/) (1808) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o8 (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent Zeit. j). 214 (i85i) ; Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr.

(ed. 2) p 461 (i852); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 338 (1872); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. p. 81 ( 1873) ; Siedlitz, Faun. Balt. (ed. i ) p. 478 ( 1872-1875) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p 121 (1881;; Bedel, Faune bass. Seine, p. 124(1891).

~ auritus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 107 (1775) ; Rossi, Fauna Etrusc. Vol. i, p. 93 [236) [lygS) ; Panzer, Fauna

Germ. Fasc. 25, p. 20 (1796) {Cryptocephalns).

— bicolor, Grimmer, Steiermarks Coleopt. p. 46 (1841) {Clythra).

var. Hammarstroemi, Jacobson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. 108 (1901) (Daurie).

6. G. haetica, Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i23, note (1881) (Andalousie).

7. G. hrevicornis, I.efevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 35 1. pl. 4, f. 3 (1872) (Oran, Portugal).

brevicornis, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6. p. 126(1881).

8. G. Brucki, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 85 (1897).

= graeca || Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2 p. 846 [Q) ( 1872) (Grece).

9. G. Chohanti, Pic. Miscell Ent. Vol. 4, p. 142 (1892) (Algerie).

10. G. cincta, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 6. Bull. p. 73 (1876) (Caucase : Lagodchi).

11. G. collaris, Fabricius. Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 143 (1781) [Cryptocephalus) (Daurie, Siberie).

collaris, Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. Gmelin) Vol. 4, p. 1706 (1788-1793) [Cryptocephalus); Gebler, Ledeb. Reise,

Vol. 2, p. 198 (i83o) [Clythra); Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o5 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.(5)

Vol. 2, p. 343, pl. 4, f. 4 ( 1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

43

var. lateralis, Gebler, Ledeb. Reise, Vol. 2, p. 198 (i83o), Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 3, p. 43 (1848) ; Jacobson,

Ofv. Finsk. Vet, Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. 107 (1901).

12. G. concolor, Fabricius, Ent. Syst Vol. i (2), p. 69 {S3) (1793) (Cryptocephahis) (Midi et Centre de la

France, Espagne, Poitugal, Italie).

concolor, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. ii5 (1798); Obvier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 871, pl. 2, f. 37 (i8o8j (Clyihra);

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 290 (1848); Lefevre. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 33i (1872):

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i25 (1881): Bedel, Faune bass. Seine, p. i23 (1891).

= aenea, Germar, Ins. Sp. Nov. p. 547 (1824).

13. G. coptocephaloides, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3io (1848) (Syrie, Mesopotamie).

coptocephaloides, 'L&ievxe, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 35o, pl. 4, f. 7 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins.

Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 126(1881).

14. G. discithorax, Pic, [.'Echange, Vol. 17, p. 49 (1902) (Amour).

15. G. discolor. Solsky. Troudy Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. i3, p. 584 (1881-82) (Sarafschan).

16. G. diversipes, I.etzner Ent Arb. Schles. Ges. p. 8 (1839) (C/yf/zr^r) (Silesie).

Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 214 (i85i); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p . 845 (1872) ;

Kraatz, Berl. Ent, Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 2i5 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 120 (1881');

Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 32 (1889).

= flavicollis var. b.. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o2 (1848).

17. G. djebellina, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5) Vol. 2, p 349, pl. 4, f. 3 (1872) (Syrie).

djebellina, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 124 (1881).

18. G. ferulae. Gene, Ins. Sard. fasc. 2, p. 42. pl. 2, f. 19 (Mem. Acad. Torino, p. 82) (1889) {Smarag-

dina) (Sardaigne, Corse).

fertdae. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 296 (1848); Kiister, Kaf. Eur. Easc. i5, p. 99 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 846 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 127 {1881).

19. G. Fischeri, von Heyden, Catal. Coi. Sibir. p. 199 (1881) (Siberie).

Fischeri, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 29, p. 53o (iSgS).

= thoracica l| Fischer, Cat. Coi. Sib. or. Karelin Coli. p. 20 (1842).

20. G. flavicollis, Charpentier, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. p. 286 (i825) {Clythra) (France, Hongrie, Alle-

inagne, Algerie).

flavicollis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3oi (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 214 (i85i); Redtenbacher,

Faun. Austr. (ed. 2) p. 461 (i852); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 845 {1872); Seidlitz,

Fauna Balt. (ed. i) p. 473 (1872-75); Weise, Naturg'. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 119 (1881); Deutsche Ent.

Zeit. pl. 2, f. 3i (1889); Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 124 (1891).

var. picticollis. Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 128 (i88g) (Amasie).

21. G. graeca, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 217 (1872) (Grece).

graeca, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 127 (Q); idem, p. 128 (c?) (1881).

22. G. gratiosa, Lucas. Rev. Zool. p. 124 (1845) {Smaragdina) (Algerie).

gratiosa, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p, 293 (1848); Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Algerie, t. 2, p. 847,

pl. 47, f. 6 (1849) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 333 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 125 (1881).

23. G. hypocrita, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 288 (1848) (Serbie, Bulgarie, Crimee, Turquie

occidentale).

hypocrita, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 328 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 125 (1881).

24. G. japonica, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 79 (1878) {Clytra) (Nagasaki).

Japonica, von Heyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3i, p. 298 (1887) (Coptocephala).

var. immaculata, von Heyden, idem, p. 295 (Chine ; Peking).

var. mandarina, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 579 (1889) (Sze-Tschuan).

= 1 geniculata, Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 177 (1866) [Chilotoma) .

25. G. Judaica, Lefevre, .'^nn. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 842 (1872) (Syrie).

judaica, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881).

= Vaulogeri, Pic, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. 285 (18944 Abeille de Perrin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. i55

(1895); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 298 (1896); Demaison, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. i3 (1896).

26. G. Korbi, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 216(1895) (Espagne : Sierra Segura),

27. G. laeviceps, Abeille de Perrin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Bull. p. i55 (1895) (Akbes).

28. G. limbata. Stevens, Mem. Soc. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 2, p. i57, pl. 10, f. i (1806) {Clythra) (Caucase,

Hongrie, Turquie, Grece, Syrie, etc.).

limbata, Schbnherr, Synon. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 353 {66) (1808); Charpentier, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. p. 235, pl. 7,

f. 8 (1825); Waltl, Isis, p. 472 (i838) {Clythra)-, Kiister. Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 7, p. 100(1846) {Smaragdina)-,

44

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 294 (1848); Jacquelin Duval, Gen. Coi. Eur.Vol. 4, pl. 62, f. 296(1868);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 126(1881).

= dorsalis. Olivier, Ent Vol. 6, p. 866, pl. 2, f. 3i (1808) (Clyt/tra); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5). Vol. 2,

p. 334, pl. 4, f. I (1872).

var. ciHCta, Lefevre, Ann Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 6, Bull. p. 73 (1876) (Caucase : Lagodchi).

29. G. macilenta, Weise, Deutsche Ent, Zeit. Vol. 3r, p. 326 (1887) (Turkestan ; Kyndyr-Tau).

30. G. manicata, Lacordaire. Alon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o5 (1848) {affinis, var. A) (Espagne).

manicata. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 841 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 128 (1881).

31. G. nigritarsis, Lacordaire, Alon. Phyt. Vol. 297 (1848) (France meridionale, Espagne).

nigritarsis. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 847 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 126 (1881).

32. G. nigrocyanea, Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, Vol. i, p. 177 (1866) (Japon).

33. G. Oberthuri, Lefevre. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 6, Bull, p. 73 (1876) (Espagne : env. de Grenade).

34. G. obsciiripes, Weise, Archiv. f. Naturg. Vol. 53, p. i65 (i887)(Siberie or. : Chabarofka et Vladivostok).

= tihialis, var., von Heyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 2g, p. 3o2 (i885).

35. G. pallescens, Pic, L’Echange, Vol. ii, p. 81 (Algerie).

36. G. punctatissima, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. i33 (1892) (Turkestan).

37. G. Raffvayi, Desbrochers des Loges, L’Abeille, Vol. 7. p. i3o (1870) {Cheilotoma) (Corse).

Raffrayi, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5). Vol. 2, p. 844 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 126 (i88i;.

38. G. Reyi, Brisout de Barneville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 422 (1866) {Chilotoma) (Espagne).

Re\i, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5). Vol. 2, p. 357(1872) [Chilotoma) ■. Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881).

var. hicidipes, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 206 (1897) (Portugal).

39. G. rufilabris. Weise. Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3i, p. 326 (1887) (Turkestan : Kyndyr-Tau).

ruplabris. Jacobson, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol 3i, p. 97 (1894).

40. G. rufimana, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 299 (1848) (Algerie).

rufimana, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 6, p. 127 (1881); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 127 (1881).

41 G. salicina, Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 65, f. 199 (1763) (Btiprestis) (Europe, Siberie).

salicina, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 849 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 119 (1881).

= cyanea, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 109 (1778) [Cryptocephalus) ■, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 114 (29) (1798); Latreille,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. ii, p. 36o (i3) (1804); Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 869(1808) [Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon.

Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3oo ( 1848) ; Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 2i3 (i85i); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2),

p. 451 (i852) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 214 (1872); Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p. 478 (1872-75) ;

Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. 124 (1891).

= saphirintis. Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. Gmelin), Vol. 4, p. 1708 (1788-98) [Cryptocephalus).

42. G. Sahlbergi, Jacobson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. 109 (1901) (Daurie).

43. G. Schelkownikowi, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 28, p. 272 (1894) (Transcaucasie).

Schelkownikowi. Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 884 (1899).

44. G. sciitellaris, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), p. 335, pl. 4, f. 2 (1872) (Syrie, Palestine).

scutellaris, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 126 (1881).

var. latemaculata, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 208 (1897) (Liban, Akbes, Asie mineure).

45. G. Stenroosi, Jacobson. Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 48, p. 108 (1901) (Turkestan Occidental).

46. G. thoracica, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 299 (cf) (1848) (Portugal, Espagne).

thoracica, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 848 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 218 (1872) ;

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 127 (1881).

47. G. tibialis, Brulle, Exped. Moree. t. 3, p. 268, pl. 44, f. 6 (1882) {Clythra) (Grece, Turquie, Chypre).

tibialis. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 33o et 385 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 214

(1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 128 (1881);

var. bioctdata, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 289 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 829 et

385 (1872); Weise Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 127 (1881) (Syrie, Anatolie, Chypre, etc.).

var. hcllenica, Marseul, L'Abeille, Vol. 5, p. 208; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 33o (1872) (Syrie).

var. hiingarica, Weise, Deutsche Ent Zeit. p. 244 (1898) (Fiinfkirchen).

var. Kraatzi, Clavareau,

= var.graeca || Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 224 (1898).

var.liturata, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 128 (i88i).

48. G. transsylvanica, Frivaldszky, Termez. Fuzet. Vol. 7, p. 14 (i883) (Transsylvanie).

FAM. CHRYSOAIELID^

43

49. G. undecimnotata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. iSa (1892) (Turkestan).

undecimnotata, Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 29, p. Sag (iSgS); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 38o (1899).

50. G. unipiinctata, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 96 {8yo) (1808) (Caucase, Turquie, etc.).

= Menetriesi, Faldermann, Fauna Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p 378, pl. 14, f. 8 (1837) [Smaragdina)-, Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 295 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 336, pl. 4, f. 5 (1872);

Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i25 (1881).

var. aegyptiaca, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 337 (1872).

var. venusta, Lefevre, idem, p. 337 (1872).

51. G. viridana, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 291 (1848) (Syrie).

viridana, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 33i (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i23

(1881).

= azurea, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 26 (i858).

52. G. viridis, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 28, p. 338 (1882) (Samarkand).

var. Rnssowi, von Heyden, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 33o (1889); Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 27, p. 240

(1893).

53. G. viridiceps, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. i33 (1892) (Turkestan).

viridiceps, Jacobson, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 97 (1894).

54. G. xanthaspis, Germar, Ins. Sp. Nov. p. 547 (1824) {Clythra) (Europe centrale, Turquie, Syrie).

xanthaspis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3o6 (1848); Kiister, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 16, p. 98 (1849); Suffrian,

Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 214(1851); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 451 1 1852) ; Lefevre, Ann.- Soc.

Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 337 (^872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 122 (1881).

= collaris, Schneider, Neue Alagaz. (5), Vol. i, p. 6i3 (1792) [Clythra),

= thoracica, Kiister, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 5, p. 99 [iSe,6) [Cyaniris) Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit Vol. 16, p. 218 (1872);

Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 26, p. 55 (1882').

Faune indo-malaise :

55. G. birmanica, Jacoby, Ann. Alus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (32), p. 885 (1892) (Palon).

5o. G. chrysomeloides, Lacordaire, Alon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 268. (9) (1848) (Indes).

57. G. cochinchineiisis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. g, p 290 (1899) (Cochinchine : Saigon).

cochinchinensis, Lefevre-, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3), Vol. 2, p. 192 (1890).

58. G. decemnotata, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (82), p. 884 (1892) (Carin

Cheba). — Pl. 4, Fig. 6.

59. G. DehsserU, Lacordaire, Alon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 267 (9) (1848) (Nilgherries).

60. G. divisa, Jacoby, Ann. Alus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 7 (27), p. i56 (1889) (Bhamo, Indes).

= indica, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 89, p. 262 (1895) ; Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 27, note (1903).

61. G. Fabrei, Lefevre, Ann Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. iii (i883) (Hindoustan : Ramnad.)

62. G. fulveola, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 23, p. 86 (1890) (Chine : Chang-Yang).

63. G. imitans, ]sic.6by, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 84 (1903) (Nilghiri Hilis).

64. G. Jacobyi, Clavareau.

= Lacordairei || Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 89, p. 261 (1895) (Kanara, S. Bombay).

65. G. labilis, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. Syg (1889) (Chine : Kan-ssu).

66. G. Lacordairei, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i), p. 52 (i865) (1. Morty).

67. G. lae-vicollis, Jacobjq The Entomologist, Vol. 33. p. 86 (1890) (Chine : Chang-Yang).

68. G. laticollis, Duvivier, xAnn. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 36, p 399 (1892) (Bengale).

69. G. longicornis, Jacoby, xAnn. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol 41, p. 422 (1878) {Dantia) (Bengale ; Mandar).

70. G. luteicollis, Lacordaire, Alon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 269 (9) (1848) (Java).

71. G. malayana, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (1), p. 5i, pl. 2. f. 4 (i865) (Batchian, Key,

Ternate, Ceram).

72. G. Moutoni, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 86 (1897).

= mandarina j| Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Vol. 61, Bull. p. 94 (1892) (Chine).

73. G. nilgheriensis, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 85 (1908) (Nilgherries).

74. G. occipitalis, Jacoby, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 264 (1899) (Sumatra : Soekaranda).

75. G. octomaculata, Jacoby, Ann. Alus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (82), p. 884 (1892) (Palon Pegu).

76. G. opacipennis, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 86 (1908) (Kanara).

77. G. orientalis, Jacoby, Ann. Alus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 40, p. 3o2 (1896) (Belgaum).

78. G. ornatula, Bal34 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4(1), p. 53 (i865) (Singapore).

46

COLEOPTERA PflYTOPHAGA

79. G. picti pennis. Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 12 (3^), p. 882 (i892)(Carin Cheba,

Palon).

80. G. quadratomaculata, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 29, p. 5 (i8g6) (1. Loo-Choo).

81. G. semiauraniiaca, Fairmaire, Rev. Ent. Vol. 7, p. i5o (1888) (Pekin).

82. G. semipunctata, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Bull. p. 33 (1891) (Konbir).

83. G. signaticollis, Redtenbacher, Hiigel. Kashmir, Vol. 4, p. 56i (1846) (Coptocephala) (Kashmir).

signat icoUis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 267, (Q) (1848).

84. G. sikkimia, Jacoby, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 47, p. 86 (1903) (Sikkim).

85. G. striatipennis, Jacoby. idem, p. 85 (igoS) (Nilghiii Hilis).

86. G. siibdivisa, Jacoby, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 7. p. g8 (1900) (Indes : Shillong). — Pl. 4, Fig. 4.

87. G. subsignata, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent Belg. Vol. 32. p 36 ( 1888) (Chine : Tchekiang).

88. G. terminalis, Lefevre, Ann Soc. Ent. Fr. (6). Vol. 3, Bull. p. 1 12 (i883) (Hindoustan : Ramnad).

89. G. tonkinensis, Jacob}', Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 172 (1895).

== apicalis || Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. 1^'r. Vol. 62, p 114 (iSgS) (Tonkin).

Faune africaine :

90. G. abdominalis, Jacoby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 849 (1898) (Pretoria).

91. G. africana, Jacoby, Novit. Zool. Vol. i, p. 5i2 (1894) (Gabon).

92. G. amcenula, Gerstacker, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 87 (i), p. 80 (1871} (Zanzibar).

amaenula, Gerstacker, von Decken’s Reisen. Gliederth. p. 867 (1873); Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5,

p. 228 (1877) ; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35. p. 438 (iSgS).

93. G. anisogramma, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 288 (9) (1848) (Afrique australe).

anisogramma , Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 228 (1877) ; Gestro. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35,

p. 438 (1895).

94. G. apicalis, Jacob}', The Entomologist. Vol. 24. -Suppi, p. 35i (1891) (Afrique centrale, Sierra Leone :

Rhobomp).

^ Deyrollei, Jacoby, Novit. Zool. Vol. i, p. 514 (1894) ; Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 172 (i895j.

95. G. asphaltina, Gerstacker, Arch f. Naturg. Vol. 87 (i), p. 80 (1871) (Zanzibar).

asphaltina, Gerstacker, von Decken’s Reisen, Gliederth. p. 267 (1873).

96. G. atripennis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 270 (1848) (.Yfrique australe).

atripmnis, Jacoby. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (1897) ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. i, p. 35o (1898).

var. Woerdeni, Ritsema, Tijdsch. v. Ent. Vol. 18, p. i38 (1874-75); Lefevre, Notes Leyd. Mus. Vol. 8, p. 145 1 1886)

(Guineei.

97. G. babioides, Jacoby. Proc. Zool. .Soc. Lond. p. 219 (1898) (Mashonaland : Salisbury).

98. G. basalis, Jacoby. Novit. Zool. Vol. i, p. 5i2 (1894) (Kiulu).

99. G. basipeiinis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 269 (9) (1848) (Afrique australe).

— scutellata, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 127 (1902).

var. bicolor. Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217 (1898); idem, p. 241 (1904).

100. G. bifasciata, Lefevre. Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) Vol. 5, p. 229 (1871) (Abyssinie : env. d’Adouah).

101. G. capensis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (1901) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody).

102. G. circumdata, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) Vol. 5, p. 281 (1877) (Zanzibar).

103. G. decora, Lefevre. Notes Leyd. Mus. Vol. 8, p. 146 (1886) (Benguela : Mossamedes).

104. G. dorsalis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 274 ( 1848) (Afrique australe) .

— plagiata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (^5) Vol. 2, p. 334 (1872).

105. G. elegantula. Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 288 (9) (^848) (Cap de Bonne Esperance).

106. G. elongata. Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (1897) (Sierra Leone ; Rhobomp; Togo,

Afrique centrale).

elongata, Jacoby, idem, p. 241 (1904).

107. G. erythrotis. Illiger, Wiegm. Archiv. Vol. i (2) p. 129(23) (1800) {Clythra) (Sierra Leone).

erythrotis, Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 348 (Jp) (1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 271 (1821)

(Clvthra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 807 (2) (1848).

108. G. fastidiosa. Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) Vol. 5, p. 280 (1877) (Abyssinie : Le Tigre).

109. G. foveiceps, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 288(1848) (Afrique australe).

no. G. geometrica, Weise. Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 6g, p. 199(1903) (Afrique orientale allemande).

111. G. haematochlora, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p 286' (q^) (1848) (Cafrerie).

112. G. haemorrhoidalis, Lacordaire, idem, Vol. 2, p. 272 (Cap de de Bonne Esperance).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^:

47

113. G. heinicepkala, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 271 (Senegal).

114. G. hirUfrons, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (1904) (Colonie du Cap ; Dunbrody).

115. G. immaculata, Lacordaire,. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 280 (1848) (Senegal).

116. G. incerta, Lefevre, Rev. Mag Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 232 (1877) ( Abyssinie : env. d’Adouah).

117. G. jucunda. Lefevre. idem, p. 23o (Abyssinie : env. Adouah).

118. G. kwaiensis, Weise, Arch f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 128 (1902) (Usambara Occidental : Kvrai').

119. G. labiata, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 276 (9) (1848) (Cafrerie).

120. G. Lefevrei, Chapuis, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. i5, p. 7 (1879-80) (Abyssinie).

121. G. lineella, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 282 (9) (1848) (Cafrerie).

Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 228 {1877) ; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35,

p. 438 (1895).

122. G. liturata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. 112 (i883) (Abyssinie).

123. G. malvernensis, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (1901) (Natal : Malvern; Colonie du Cap :

Dunbrody).

124. G. marginicollis, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2i3 (1900) (Congo : Ibembo).

125. G. Martini, Clavareau.

= placida l| Jacoby, Novit. Zool. Vol. p. 5i3 (1894) (Kiulu).

126. G. metallica, Jacoby, Novit. Zool. Vol. i, p. 5i3 (1894) (Sierra Leone).

127. G. miochiroides, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 23i (1877) (Abyssinie : env. d’ Adouah).

128. G. natalensis, Jacoby_, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (1897) (Natal).

129. G. nigrolineata, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35, p. 436 et 438 (i8g5) (Gallas).

130. G. nitidiceps, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 278 (9) (1848) (Afrique australe).

131. G. nitidicollis , Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 219, pl. 22, f. g (1898) (Natal : Eastcourt).

132. g. nugatrix, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 276 (9) (1848) (Cafrerie).

133. G. ochropus, Harold. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. p. 268 (1880) (Afrique australe).

ochropus, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 70, p. iSp (1904).

= cceridea, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221, pl. 22, f. 8 (1898) [Aetheonwrpha).

134. G. Pauli, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. i6g (1902) (Usambara Occidental : Kvvai).

135. G. picturata, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 23y (1901) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody).

i36 G. placida, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 287 (1848) (Afrique australe).

placida, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 171 (iSgS),

137. G. polita, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 37 (1906) (Kigonsera).

138. G. porosa, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 281 (9) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

189. G. postica, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, 9.230(1877) (Abyssinie: Hauts plateaux de THa-

macen).

140. G. punctipennis, Lefevre, idem, p. 226 et 228 (1877) (Abyssinie : Le Tigre).

punctipennis, Gestro. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35, p. 488 (1895).

141. G. salicis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 286 ((^f) (1848) (Cafrerie).

142. G. salishuriensis , Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (1904) (Mashonaland : Salisbury).

143. G. sanguinicollis , Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 284 (cf) (1848) (,Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

144. G. scitula, Lacordaire, idem, p. 276 (q^) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

145. G. seminigra, Jacoby, Novit. Zool. Vol. i, p. 514 (1894) (Sierra Leone : Rhobomp).

146. G. somalensis, Jacoby, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), Vol. 19 (89), p. 522 (Somalis).

147. G. subrugosa, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2i3 (1900) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

148. G. terminata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 272 (9) (1848) (Afrique australe).

149. G. togoensis, Jacoby, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 171 (1895) (Togo : Bismarckburg).

150. G. triplagiata, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 281 (1901) (Mashonaland : Salisbury).

151. G. trispilota, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 277 (cf) (1848) (Afrique australe).

152. g. usambarica, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 128 (1902) (Mombo).

var. momhoens is, Weise, idem, p. 128 (1902).

153. G. varicolor, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (1904) (Colonie du Cap : Dunbrody).

iSq. G. varipes, Jacoby, idem, p. 218 (1898) (Natal : Eastcourt).

155. g. ventralis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 279 (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

156. G. venustula, Lacordaire, idem, p. 278 (9) (1848) (Afrique australe).

187. G. viridimaculata, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 227 (1877) (Abyssinie : Mont. des Agaos).

48

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

i58. G. vittata, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool (3), Vol. 5, p. 227 et 228 (1877) (Abyssinie).

vittata, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35, p. 488 (iSgS); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 37 (1906).

i5g. G. vittigera, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 281 (9 ) (1848) (Cafrerie).

vittigei-a, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 228 (1877); Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. 35,

p. 438 (1895).

160. G. Weisei, Jacoby, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 64, p. 294 (igo3) (Gabon, Congo, Ashanti).

161. G. zanzibarica, Lefevre, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3), Vol. 5, p. 229 (1877) (Zanzibar cont. : Montagne de

Schimba).

Faune sud-americaine :

162. G. agilis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 261 (1848) (Mexique).

Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 28, pl. 2, f. 22 (1880); idem, Supp. p. 68 fi888).

163. G. aviculus, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 263 (1848) (Guatemala).

aviculus, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 29, pl. 2, f. 18 (1880).

164. G. bisquadripunctata, Chevrolat, Coi. Mex. Cent. 2, n® 121 (i835) (Mexique).

bisqiiadripunctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 260 (Q) (1848).

165. G. bimaculata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 28 (1880) (Mexique).

166. G. centrosignata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 26 1 (1891) (Bresil).

167. G. deleta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2, p. 260 (9) (1848) (Cayenne).

168. G. gallerucoides, Lacordaire, idem, p. 269(9) (1848) (Colombie).

i6g. G. leucognatha, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 265 (1848) (Mexique).

leiicognatha, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Supp. p. 69 (1888).

170. G. nigropiinctata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 268 (cf ) (1848) (Colombie occidentale)

171. G. panamensis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Supp. p. 68 (1888) (Panama).

172. G. quadripartita, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 264 (9) (1848) (Mexique).

quadripartita. Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 29 (i88op

173. G. ruatanensis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Supp. p. 68 (1888) (Honduias).

174. G. spectabilis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. p. 262 (9) (1848) (Mexique).

Espece douteuse :

175. G. brevicollis, Boheman, Res. Eugen. Ins. p. 164 (1860) (Rio Janeiro).

4. SuBGENUS EXOMIS, Weise

Exomis. Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 677 (1889).

Caracteres. — Ce sous-genre ne differe des Gynandrophthalma que par la structure des antennes,

dont le premier article est allonge, les trois suivants tres courts, obconiques, le quatrieme un peu trian-

gulaire et un peu plus long que le troisieme. La forme generale du corps est un peu plus bombee et

plus cylindrique que celle des Gynandrophthalma et ce facies est tres variable aussi chez ces derniers. Seul

le pronotum est plus bombe et plus brusquement declive sur les cotes. Quant aux ai ticles des tarses, iis

representent a peu de chose pres, la meme forme que ceux des Gynandrophthalma .

Nous avons vu le type, qui nous a ete obligeamment communique par M. Weise et nous ne

pensons pas qu’il soit necessaire de creer une coupe generique speciale, pour Exomis peplopteroides, qui

pourrait tout simplement former un sous-genre, a titre de subdivision des Gynandrophthalma. Du reste,

Tespece est decrite d’apres une 9 unique et on ne pourrait se prononcer sur Ia validite du geme,

qu’apres avoir vu les deux sexes.

Distributiori geographique de Tespece. — Ce sous-genre ne comprend qu’une seule espece

originaire du Kan-ssu.

I. C. peplopteroides, Weise, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 23, p. 677 (1889). — Pl. 4, Fig. 6.

FAM. CHRYSOMELID/E

49

13. Genus CHILOTOMA, Lacordaire

Chilotoma. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 341 (1848); Jacquelin Du Val, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4,

p. 2i5 (1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 353 (1872); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10,

p. 126 (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 129 (1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps court, rectangulaire, convexe, glabre en dessus, pubescence du dessous, blanchatre

et fine. Tete forte, penchee, joues fortement lobees; epistome echancre; mandibules assez fortes;

variables ; front profondement impressionne ; vertex sillonne; antennes peu robustes, le premier article

allonge. fusiforme, legerement arque, les deuxieine et troisieine semblables, obconiques, le quatrieme

plus long, faiblement dente, les suivants triangulaires et dentes au cote interne; yeux petits, arrondis.

Pronotom presque trois fois aussi large que long. regulierement convexe, faiblement bisinue en avant,

tronque en arriere, les angles et les cotes arrondis. Ecusson triangulaire. Elytres courts, paralleles,

convexes, a peine sinues sur les bords, non dilates aux epipleures. Pattes greles, allongees, peu

robustes, les anterieures un peu plus longues que les autres ; femurs apianis ; tibias droits ; tar

subegaux, le premier article renfle. plus court que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Tete moins forte que celle du cf ; epistome plus faiblement echancre ; mandibules plus

courtes. Pattes plus robustes et plus ecourtees. Dernier segment abdominal avec une profonde fossette

elliptique dans son milieu.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre appartient a la faune palearctique.

1. C. erythrostofna, Faldermann, Faun. Ent. Transc. Vol. 2, p. 376, pl. 14. f. 5-7 (1837) (Russie meri-

dionale, Transsylvanie, Caucase).

erythrostoma, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 841 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 356 (1872);

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 129 (1881). — Pl. 2, Fig. 2.

2. C. 7nusciformis, Goeze, Ent. Beitr. Vol. i, p. 319(1777) [Chrysomela) (Europe centrale et meridionale).

musciformis, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 355 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6,

p. 129 (1881).

= bucephala, Schaller, Abhandl. Ges. Halle,Vol. i, p. 276b‘s (1783) [Chrysomela)-, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i,

p. 82 (41) (1783) [Cryptocephalus) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 343 (1848); Suffrian, Stett. Ent. Zeit.

Vol. 8, p. 2i5 (i85i); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2), p. 452 (1868) ; Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i),

p. 473 {1872-75).

= muscoides., Fourcroy, Ent. Paris, Vol. i, p. 72 (5) (1785) {Melolontha).

var. orientalis, Jacobson, Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. 107 (1901) (Siberie centrale).

Espece douteuse :

3. C. geniculata, Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. p. 177 (1866) (Japon) = ? Gynandrophthalma japonica ,

var. mandarina, Weise.

D’apres M. Jacobson, le C. geniculata Motsch. du Japon est probahlement une Gynandrophtalma, la trop

courie description de 1’auteur ne nous a pas permis de verifier la chose.

14. Genus COPTOCEPHALA, Lacordaire

Coptocephala. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 845 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 127 (1874).

= .^theodactyla. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 188 (1848).

= Anisognatha. Lacordaire, idem, p. 317 (1848).

= Ceratobasis. Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 362 (1848).

5o

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

= Pantacometis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 366 (1848).

^ Physauchenia. Lacordaire, idem, p. 367 (1848).

— Labidognatha. Lacordaire, ibidem, 369 (1848).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Meile. — Corps mediocre, allonge, parallele, convexe, le dessus glabre (a Texception de Pautaco-

metis), le dessous revetu d’une pubescence argentee et peu dense. Tete forte, large, suborbiculaire,

penchee, rarement convexe sur le vertex {Physauchenia) \ epistome variable; mandibules robustes et peu

saillantes, parfois inegales {Anisognatha) ■. 3mux mediocres, subelliptiques, peu saillants; antennes greles,

courtes, le premier article obeonique, faiblement arque, assez gios, le deuxieme court, obeonique, plus

epais que le troisieme, le quatrieme obeonique, de la longueur des deux precedents reunis. les suivants

triangulaires et dentes du cote interne. Pronotum convexe, plus ou moins court, le bord anterieur arque

en avant, la base bisinuee, avec un large lobe median arrondi, les cotes plus ou moins obliques, avec

les angles arrondis. Ecusson mediocre, triangulaire. Eljdres oblongs, paralleles, les lobes epipleuraux

legerement developpes au-dela de la carene marginale. Hanches anterieures c^dindriques, plus ou

moins saillantes. Pattes allongees, peu robustes. les anterieures sensiblement plus longues que les

autres; tibias anterieurs arques, les posterieurs droits; tarses anterieurs tres developpes, presque aussi

longs que les tibias, le premier article aussi long que les deuxieme et troisieme reunis. le troisieme

mediocre, profondement bilobe, le quatrieme a peu pres aussi long que le troisieme.

Fcmelle. — Oblongue, ovalaire, legerement attenuee en avant. Tete moins forte, plus engagee

dans le pronotum que chez le cf, mandibules tres fail)les. Cotes du pronotum plus^obliquement attenues

en avant. Elytres semblables a ceux du (^ , a bord epipleural un peu plus etroit. Pattes anterieures

beaucoup moins allongees et semblables aux autres. Dernier segment abdominal avec une profonde

fossette elliptique dans son milieu.

Ce genre est subdivise en sept sous-genres, dont voici le tableau d’api'es les caracteres des cf.

1 . Corps glabre en-dessus

— - Corps pubescent en-dessus

2. Mandibules plus ou moins grandes, egales

— Mandibules inegales

3. Premier article des tarses posterieurs nornial, allonge, presqiC aussi long que

les deux suivants reunis

— Premier article des tarses posterieurs tres epais et convexe en dessus .

4. Tete variable. Pronotum moins large et relativement plus allonge

— Tete tres forte. Pronotum court et tres transversat

5. Hanches anterieures peu ou non saillantes

— Hanches anterieures saillantes et subcylindriques

6. Tete grosse, allongee, renflee sur le vertex

— Tete mediocre, plane

2.

3. P.\NTACo.\iETis, Lacordaire.

3.

6. Anisognath.^, Lacordaire,

4-

7. ^Etheodactyla, Lacordaire.

5.

4. CopTOCEPHAi.A, Lacordaire.

6.

2. Physauchenia, Lacordaire.

I. Labidognatha, Lacordaire.

5. Ceratobasis, Lacordaire.

I. SuBGENus LABIDOGNATHA, Lacordaire

Labidognatha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. VCil. 2, p. 369 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. \ ol. 10, p. 128

(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Meile. — Corps allonge, subcylindrique, tres legerement elargi en arriere. Tete assez forte.

FAM. CHRYSOMELIDAI

allongee, renflee sur le vertex, degagee du pronotum ; mandibules peu robustes, assez gaillantes, droites

a la base, arquees au sommet; yeux assez gros, elliptiques et saillants. Pronotum tres cpnvexe, legere-

ment etrangle en avant, les angles posterieurs distincts. Pattes assez longues, greles; tibias droits.

Femelle. — Tete plus petite, ovalaire; yeux relativement plus grands. Pronotum plus convexe et

plus attenue en avant. Pattes relativement moins longues.

Distributiori geographique de 1’espece. — Ce sous-genre est originaire de la Guinee.

I. L. coertdans, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. iqS (26’) (1781) (Cryptocephaliis) (Guinee).

coerulans, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 81 (53) (1787); Entom. Syst. Vol. 2, p. 62 {45) {i4gZ)(Cryl>tocepIiahisy,

Syst. Eleuth. p. 38 (4S) (1801 1 ; Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 863 (Jy), pl. 2, f. 26 (1808) ; Schoenherr, Syn.

Ins. Vol, 2, p. 35i {S4) (1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 272 (1821) (Clythra)\ Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 370 (1848).

2. SuBGENUs PH YSAUCHEN I A, Lacordaire

Physauchenia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phrd. Vol. 2, p. 867 (1878); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 128

(1872).

Caracteres. — • Sexes dissemblables.

Meile. — Corps parallele, rectangulaire, subcylindrique, tres brillant et glabre en dessus. Tete

forte, degagee du pronotum, perpendiculaire, allongee, renflee sur le vertex; mandibules robustes, sail-

lantes, droites a la base et recourbees a leur sommet; yeux petits. subelliptiques, peu saillants, eloignes

du bord anterieur du pronotum. Celui-ci plus large que haut, a peine plus etroit en avant qu’en

arriere, les angles posterieurs distincts. Ecusson mediocre, en triangle aigu. Pattes assez longues, peu

robustes, egales entreelles; tarses assez allonges, le premier article aussi long que les deux suivants

reunis.

Femelle. — Forme plus ovalaire et attenuee en avant. Tete moins forte; yeux plus epais et plus

saillants. Elytres plus Margis en arriere.

Distributiori geographique de l’espece. — Ce sous-genre est originaire des Indes et de

la Chine.

I. P. pallens, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p. 81 (29) (1787) {Cryptocephaliis) (Indes et Chine).

pallens, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. i (2) p. 5i (1792) (Cryptocephaliis)-, Suppi. Ent. Syst, p. 114 (25) (1798); Syst.

Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 38 (44) (1801) ; Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 35i (5i) (1808); Foersberg, Nov. Act.

Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 261 (1821) (Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 368 (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc,

Ent. Fr. Vol. 62, p. ii5 (i8g3). '

var. hifasciata. Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 841 (1888) (CoptocephaUi) (Chine : Kiu-Kiang).

3. SuBGENUS PANTACOMETIS, Lacordaire

Pantacometis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 366 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 129

(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes legerement dissemblables.

Male. — ■ Corps oblong subrectangulaire, mediocrement convexe, pubescent en dessus. Tete

courte, subarrondie en partie engagee dans le pronotum; yeux assez grands, elliptiques, assez saillants;

antennes assez robustes, le premier article court, turbine, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts,

obeoniques, subegaux, le deuxieme un peu plus epais que le troisieme, les suivants en triangle aigu et

obliques. Pronotum tres court, subcylindriques les cotes obliquement attenues en ligne droite, les angles

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

posterieures arrondis. Ecusson assez grand, triangulaire, tronque au sommet. Pattes gieles, allongees,

grossissant graduellement d’avant en arriere; tibias droits ; tarses mediocres, subcylindriques, le

premier article de la longueur des deux suivants reunis, le troisieme fortement bilobe, le dernier long et

grele.

Femelle. — Tete et pronotum semblables a ceux du Pattes relativement plus courtes et plus

robustes.

Distribution geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a la faune indienne.

1. P. Downesi, Baly, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 2, p. 333 (i865) (Bombay).

2. P. hirsuta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt Vol. 2. p. 366 (1848) (Indes ; Env. de Pondicherry).

3. P. Horni, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 27 (i9o3) (Ceylan : Anuradhapura).

4. P. viridicollis, Jacoby, The Entomologist, Vol. 32, p. 6g (1899) (Khasia Hilis).

4. SuBGENUS COPTOCEPHALA, Lacordaire

Coptocephala . Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 845 (1848); Jacquelin Du Val. Gen. Coi. Eur.

Vol. 4, p. 216(1868); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. (5), Vol. 2, p. 359 (1872); Chapuis, Gen.

Coi. Vol. IO, p. 129 (1874); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutchl. Vol. 6, p. i3o (1881).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps ecourte, parallele, subcylindrique, glabre et un peu deprime en dessus. Tete

grande, peu epaisse, degagee du pronotum, paraissant tionquee verticalement; mandibules assez

grandes, arquees, appliquees exactement au repos contre le bord inferieur de la tete. Pronotum tres

court, presque deux fois aussi large que long. tres convexe. Ecusson mediocre, triangulaire, Pattes

assez allongees ; tibias anterieurs faiblement arques.

Femelle. — Tete moins large, plus engagee dans le pronotum. Cotes de celui-ci plus obliquement

attenues en avant. Pattes plus greles; hanches anterieures moins developpees.

Ce sous-genre se distingue des autres par la tete du beaucoup plus large et le pronotum

relativement plus court et plus transversal.

Monognaphie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 345-362 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 359-876 (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent.

Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 219-282 (1872); Weise. Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i3o-i38 (1881).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — A Texception de quatre especes originaires de

la region indo-malaise et trois de la region africaine, ce sous-genre est propre a la faune palearctique.

Faune palearctique :

1. C. aeneopicta, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 646 (i863) {Gynandrophtkalma) (Algerie).

aeneopicia, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5;, Vol. 2, p. 369, pl. 4, f. 17 (1872); Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22,

p. 84 (1897).

2. C. apicalis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 36i (1848) (Sarepta, Caucase. Crimee).

apicalis. Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 875 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 23o (1872):

Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 187 (1881).

3. C. bistrinotata, Fabricius, Illig. Mag. Vol. 2. p. 298 (i8o3) (Clythra) (Algerie).

histrinotata, Schonherr, Synon. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 848 (J9) (1808) {Clythra)-, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.

Vol. 6, p. i38 (18811.

—.melanocephala, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 884. pl. i, f. i5 (1808) [Clythra)-, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,

p. 846 (1848); Jacquelin Duval, Gen. Coi. Eur. Vol. 4, pl. 63, f. 298 (i856); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. ( 5), Vol. 2, p. 862 ( 1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 229 (1872).

=. se.x notata, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 35 iSs) (i'8oi) [Clythra).

=- trinotata, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 264 (1821) [Clythra\.

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^.

53

4. C. Bleusei, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 84 (1897) (Algerie : Ain Sefra).

5. C. chalybea, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 646 [74o) (1824) {Clythrd) (xYutriche, Hongrie, Serbie, Illyrie,

Sicile, Algerie).

chalyhea, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 35g (1848) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 874 (1872) :

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 281 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i3i ( 1881).

6. C. crassipes, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 6, Bull. p. 74 (1876) (Algerie : Bou Saada).

7. C. cyanocephala, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 348(1848) (Sardaigne).

cyanoccphala, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 863 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 280

(1872): Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 187 ii88i).

8. C. Destinoi, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), Vol. 4,p. 174(1884) (Akbes).

g. C . fallaciosa, Fairmaire, idem, p. 175 (1884) (Akbes).

10. C.floralis, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 37 {2S) (1796) [Clythra) (Espagne).

floralis. Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 867 (45) pl. i, f. 3a, b (1808) [Clythra) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 356

(1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 368 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 227

(1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6. p. i35 (1881); DeutscheEnt. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 84 (1889).

var. bistrimaculata, Kuster, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. i5, p. 100 (1848).

var. subasciata, Pic, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. 22, p. 206 (1897) (Espagne).

11. C . fossulata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 372, pl. 4, f. 21 (1872) (Sicile).

fossulata. Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deuschl. Vol. 6, p. 187 (1881).

12. C. Gebleri, Gebler, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. Vol. 4, p. 617 (1841) (Russie, Siberie, Grece).

Gebleri, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 358 (1848); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2, p. 878 (1872);

Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 281 (1872); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. p. 187 (1881).

— quadrimaciilata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. i (2) p. 87 (2J) (1792) [Cryptocephaliis^ •, Panzer, Fauna Germ.

Vol I, p. 190 (p) (1795) ; Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. ii3 [21) (1798); Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins.

Vol. II, p. 36i [6] (1804) [Clythra).

var. amasiensis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 128 (1889) (Amasie).

var. ruficeps, Weise, DeutscheEnt. Zeit. p. 128' (1889) (Amasie).

13. C. hilaris, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 23, p. 288 (1879) (Nord de la Perse).

14. C. Kerimi, Fairmaire, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova (i), Vol. 7, p. 537 (i875) (Tunisie : Kerouan).

Kerimi, Fairmaire, Liste Coi. Expior. Sc. Tunisie, p. i5 (i885).

15. C. orientalis, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 81 (1878) (Japon : Hiogo).

16. C. Peresi, Vauloger, L’Abeille, Vol. 25, 194 (1892-1896) (Tunise : Kerouan).

17. C. punctata, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 334 (i88g) (Espagne).

18. C. quinquenotata, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 864, pl. 4, f. 18 (1872) (Corse).

quinquenotata, 'Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 187 (1881).

19. C. rubicunda, Laicharting, Verz. Tyrol. Ins. Vol. i, p. 169 (1781) {Clythra) (Midi de la France,

Allemagne, etc.).

rubicunda, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. i 6, p. 226 (1872) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i36 (1881)

DeutscheEnt. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 35 (i88g).

= scopoUna, var. G. Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 353 (1848),

— tedradyma, Kuster, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 2, p. 89(1844) ; Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 867 et 386 (1872).

var. Fuenti, Figueroa, Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. Vol. 4, p. 874 (1904).

20. C. scopolina, Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. 12), p. 597 [81) (1767) [Chrysomela) (Europe centrale et meridio-

nale, Nord de l’Afrique).

scopolina, Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst. p. 114 (Jj) (1798); Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 89 [S2) (1801); Latreille,

Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. ii, p. 36o [14) (1804) ; Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. i (2), p. 35o [4$) (1S06) ; Olivier,

Ent. Vol. 6, p. 866 [14) (1808) [Clythra)-, Kuster, Kaf. Europ. Fasc. 2, p. 88 (1844); Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt.

Vol. 2, p. 849 (pars) (1848); Suffrian, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. p.218 (i85i); Redtenbacher, Fauna Austr. (ed. 2),

p. 482 (i858); Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 365 (1872); Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16,

p. 219 (1872); Seidlitz, Fauna Balt. (ed. i), p.473 (1872-75) ; Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. 488

(1881).

= scopolinus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. iii [3o) (1775); Ent. Syst. Vol. i (2), p. 68 (7p) (1792); Linne, Syst. Nat.

(ed. Gmelin). Vol. 4, p. 1708 [58) [Cryptocephalus).

var. Kusteri, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 280 (1872).

— melanocephala |[ Kuster, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 9, p. 110 (1847).

var. plagiocephala, Fabricius, Supp. Ent. Syst. p. ii3 [24) (1798) [Clythra)-, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), Vol. 2,

p 366 (1872).

21. C. unicolor, Lucas, Revue Zool. p. i25 (1845) [Cyaniris) (Sicile, Algerie).

unicolor, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 861(1848); Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim.Art. Algerie, t.2, p.526, pl. 47,

f. I (1849); Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i3i (1881).

54

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

22. C. imifasciata, Scopoli, Eat. p. 66, fig. 2o5 (i763) (Buprestis) (Europe centrale et meridionale, Russie,

Syrie). — PI.2, Fig. 1 .

nuifasciata, Weise, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. Vol. 6, p. i32 (i88i); Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. Vol. 26, p. 307

i 1882); Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. pl. 2, f. 33 (1S89) ; Bedel, Faune Bass. Seine, p. i23 (1891).

= femoralis. Ktister, Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 2, p. 91 (1844).

= qtuidrimacidata, Linne, Syst. Nat. (ed. 12), p. Sgd {77) (1767) [Chrysomela) ■, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2,

p. 36 [3S) (1801); Illiger, Mag. Vol. 3, p. 164 [38) (1804); Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. i, (2), p. 349 {44)

(1808); Gyllenhall, Ins. Suec. Vol. i (3), p. 5go (5) {i8i3) [Clythra) \ Suffrian, Stettin, Ent. Zeit., p. 218

(i85i) ; Ktister Kaf. Eur. Fasc. 2, p. 90 (1844) ; Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 354 (1848) : Lefevre,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) Vol. 2, p. 370 (1872) ; Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 219 (1872); Seidlitz,

Fauna Balt. (ed i), p. 473 (1872-75); Jacobson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. Vol. 27, p. 125 iiHg3); Weise, Arch.

f. Naturg. Vol. 64, p. i83 (1898).

= qnadrimaculatus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 107 {10) (1775) (Crypiocephalus) .

var. fallax, Weise, Zeits. Ent. Ver. Bresl. Vol. 12, p. 56 (1887).

var. femoralis, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 222 (1872).

var. macidiceps, Kraatz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 223 (1872).

var. pkenax, ]a.cohson, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. p. 106 (1896); Ofv. Finsk. Vet. Soc. Forh. Vol. 43, p. iio (igoi).

Faune indo-malaise :

24. C. dimidiatipennis, Baly, Cist. Ent. Vol. 2, p. Syi (1880) (Indes).

25. C. dubia, Baly, idem. p. 870 (Murree).

26. C. Freija, Reitter, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 19, p. i65 (1900) (Chine centrale : Donkyr).

27. C. ventralis, Jacoby, The Entomologist. Vol. 24, Supp. p. 32 (1891) (Assam).

Faune africaine :

28. C. insignita, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6), Vol. 3, Bull. p. 122 (i883) (Abyssinie).

29. C. Jacobyi, Lefevre, idem. (6), Vol. g, Bull. p. 70(1889) (Bords du lac Nyassa).

30. C. opacipennis, Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Vol. 68, p. 129 (1902) (Pangani-Steppe).

5. SuBGENUS CERATOBASIS, Lacordaire

Ceratobasis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 362 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 129(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps court, cylindrique, tres convexe. Tete mediocre, subtriangulaire, entierement

plane, engagee dans le pronotum et perpendiculaire : mandibules peu saillantes ; yeux assez grands,

oblongs et peu saillants; antennes a premier article tres epais, court, carre ou en trapeze arque, Pattes

assez longues, les anterieures plus longues que les autres.

Femelle. — Forme plus attenuee en avant. Tete plus petite. Le premier article des antennes plus

reduit.

□ istribution geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est originaire du continent indien.

1. C. Koenigi, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. iii (29) (1775) {Crypiocephalus) (Indes).

Koenigi, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 146 (45) (1781); Mant. Ins. Vol. i, p.83 (59) (1787) ; Ent. Syst. Vol. 2,

p. 68 (80) (1793); Hiibner, Naturf. Vol. 24, p. 12 [Crypiocephalus) \ Fabricius, Suppi. Ent. Syst.p. 114 (32)

(1798) ; Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 89 (53j (1801); Schoenherr, Syn. Ins. Vol, 2, p. 352 (58) (1808); Lacordaire,

Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 864 (1848).

2. C. nair, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 363 (1848) (Malabar).

nair, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 4 (i) p. 56 (i865).

6. SuBGENUS ANISOGNATHA, Lacordaire

Anisognatha. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 817 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 130(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Male. — Corps peu robuste, allonge, cylindrique, glabre en dessus, sauf sur la tete. Celle-ci

FAM. chrysomelid.f:

55

mediocre, subquadrangulaire, degagee du pronotum et penchee; mandibules faibles, assez saillantes; la

gauche beaucoup plus courte que la droite ; celle-ci fortement recourbee et prolongee en une longue

pointe tres aigue; yeux assez grands, subovalaires, peu convexes. Pattes allongees, greles; les ante-

rieures sensiblement plus longues que les autres ; tarses longs, le premier article presque de la longueur

des deux suivants reunis.

F anelle. — Forme generale des cfcf • Tete plus petite, brievement ovalaire, avec les mandibules

courtes et les yeux relativement plus gros. Pattes et tarses un peu plus egaux que dans le sexe en

question, mais du reste pareils {ex Lacordaire).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a FAfrique australe.

1. A. discors, Erichson, Wiegm. Arch. Vol. i, p. 264 (1842) {Clythra) (Angola).

discors, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. p. 420 (cj) (1848).

2. A. hyacinthina, Erichson, Wiegm. Arch. Vol. i, p. 264 (1842) (Clythra') (Angola, Congo).

hyacinthina, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. p. 3i8 (1848).

3. A. qnadriplagiata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220, pl. 22, f. 6 (i8g8) (Natal ; Malvern).

7. SuBGENUS /ETHEODACTYLA, Lacordaire

>Etheodactyla. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 188 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. i3o (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes peu dissemblables.

Male. — Corps oblong, allonge, non metallique, glabre en dessus ; yeux tres grands, allonges,

assez saillants, presque entiers. Ecusson tres grand, en triangle obtus a son sommet. Pattes assez

longues, assez robustes; les anterieures sensiblement plus longues que les autres; premier article des

tarses intermediaires tres gros, convexe en dessus, celui des posterieures un peu moins.

Femelle. — Semblable au cf , avec les pattes anterieures plus courtes et le premier article de leurs

tarses un peu moins long que les deux suivants pris ensemble {ex Lacordaire).

Distributiori geographique de Tespece, — Une seule espece originaire du Malabar.

I. .F. lateralis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. i8g (1848) (Malabar).

15. Genus epimela, Weise

Epimela. Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 27 (1908).

Caracteres. — Sexes peu dissemblables.

Mdle. — Corps subcylindrique, ecourte, convexe, subrectangulaire, a peine plus etroit en avant

qu’en arriere, pubescent; la pubescence du dessous plus dense et d’un blanc argente. Tete perpendicu-

laire a peine deprimee; epistome etroit, triangulaire, emargine en avant; yeux grands, elliptiques,

distinctement emargines ; antennes a peine aussi longues que le pronotum, le premier article epais et

arque, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts, obconiques, le deuxieme un peu plus epais que le troisieme,

les suivants triangulaires, transversaux, courts et dentes. Pronotum presque deux fois aussi large que

long, tronque en avant, a peine plus large en avant qu’en arriere, droit sur les cotes, les angles poste-

rieurs arrondis, la base bisinuee. Ecusson en triangle equilateral, longitudinalement carene et pubescent.

Elytres a ponctuation inegale, assez grossiere, laissant emerger un poil tres court et souvent fugace, le

lobe epipleural tres avance sur les epimeres du mesosternum. Pygidium decouvert, large, convexe; en

triangle curviligne. Pattes peu robustes, courtes; les anterieures plus allongees et plus robustes; hanches

56

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

anterieures obconiques, peu saillantes; femurs peu epais; tibias courts, droits. graduellement elargis

en avant; tarses tres courts, le premier article aussi long que les deux suivants reunis.

Femelle. — Antennes plus allongees et plus greles, quoique courtes. Pronotuin plus attenue en

avant. ses cotes un peu obliques; les angles posterieurs subaigus. un peu abaisses et entierement juxta-

poses aux elytres. Pattes anterieures moins fortes et de dimensions normales. Dernier segment

abdorainal avec une profonde fossette elliptique, mediane.

M. VVeise a etabli ce genre pour le Coptoccphala ornata, Redtenbacher, que Lacordaire (Mon. Phyt.

Vol. 2, p. 266) place parmi les Gynandrophthahna, en faisant toutefois remarquer qu’il tient a la fois aux

Lachnaea par sa pubescence, aux Clytra par la forme de sa tete, aux Aspidolopha par celle de son ecusson.

La pubescence de la tete et du pronotuin et la structure de celui-ci, ainsi que le pygidium qui

n’est pas recouvert par les elytres, justifient la creation de ce genre.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre est propre a la faune indo-malaise.

1. E. indica, Duvivier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 35, Compt. rend. p. 2S (1891) {Lachnaea) (Bengale).

var. interrupta, Duvivier, idem, p. 29 (i8gi).

var. uniformis, Duvivier, ibidem, p. 29 (1891).

2. E. insularis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 26 (igoS) (Ceylan : Anuradhapura). — Pl. 4, Fig, 7.

3. E. ornata, Redtenbacher, Htigel Kaschm. p. 56o, pl. 28, f. 5 (1846) {Coptoccphala) (Kashmir).

ornata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol 2, p. 2b6 ( 1848) {Gynandrophthahna) ; Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. p. 27 1 igoS).

16. Genus MIOCHIRA, Lacordaire

Miochira. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3i5 (1848); Chapuis, (ien. Coi. Vol. 10, p. i23 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps allonge, subovalaire, glabre en dessus. Tete petite, ovalaire, degagee du pronotuin, penchee

et lisse; epistome echancre au milieu entre deux lobes arrondis ; mandibules courtes; 5^eux obliques,

assez grands, elliptiques, saillants; antennes courtes, le premier article mediocre, les deuxieme et

troisieme courts, obconiques, subegaux, les suivants dentes, assez courts, transversaux. Pronotum

convexe, la marge anterieure arquee en avant, les cotes obliques, la base subsinueuse, les angles poste-

rieurs obtus. Ecusson moyen, triangulaire. Epipleures elytrales rebordees apres la carene marginale.

Pattes courtes, greles, subegales; hanches anterieures coniques, peu saillantes; femurs peu robustes;

tibias droits s’elargissant vers le sommet; tarses tres courts, les deux premiers articles en triangle

renverse, subegaux, le troisieme, petit, fendu jusqiha la base, le quatrieme, assez long, degage des lobes

du precedent.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre comprend trois especes, une est

originaire de TAssam ; les deux autres de FAfrique.

Faune indienne :

1. M. gracilis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 3i6 (cf) (1848) (Assam).

Faune africaine :

2. M . filiformis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 317(9) (1848) (.Senegal). — Pl. 4, Fig. 8.

3. M. impressa, Harold, Bericht. Akad. Wiss. Berl. p. 268 (1880) (Afrique australe).

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

5?

17. Genus DIAPERICERA, Lacordaire

Diapericera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 388 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol 10, p. 371 (1874).

Caracteres. — Feuielle. — Corps tres court, cylindrico-ovale, partout finement pubescent. Tete

aussi large que longue, tres plane, engagee dans le prothorax; yeux grands, ovalaires, assez saillants;

antennes courtes, rigidules, a premier article mediocre, turbine, deuxieme aussi gros, globuleux,

3-4 obconiques, egaux, trescourts, 5- 10 s’elargissant graduellement, fortement transversaux, subperfolies,

onzieme en forme de bouton. Prothorax grand, ayant son bord anterieur avance et ses angles posterieurs

distincts. Ecusson grand, eu triangle curviligne. Elytres sans aucune trace de lobe, ni de sinus sur les

cotes. Pattes courtes, greles, egales. Tarses tres courts, a articles tres serres; les deux premiers triangu-

laires, presque egaux, le troisieme petit, fendu jusqu’a sa base, le quatrieme en grande partie engage

entre les lobes du precedent.

J’etablis ce sous-genre sur une petite et tres jolie espece de 1’Afrique Australe qui presente un

assemblage de caracteres tout-a-fait particulier. Son facies n’a plus rien de celui d’une Clytride de cette

section et ses antennes ont la plus grande analogie avec celles des Lamprosoma. Ses tarses ne seraient guere

moins remarquables, si les Miochira decrites plus haut ne presentaient pas deja quelque chose d’analogue,

avec cette difference cependant que le dernier article de ces organes est chez elles de longueur normale.

Ce petit insecte me parait rattacher, jusqu’a un certain point, la section actuelle aux Lamprosoma

{ex Lacordaire).

Distributiori geographique de Tespece. — Ce genre ne renferme qu’une seule espece origi-

naire du Cap de Bonne-Esperance.

I. D. gemmula. Lacordaire, Mon. Ph^d. Vol. 2, p. 389 (9) (1848) (Cap de Bonne-Esperance).

GROUPE 2. M EG ALOSTOM IT/E

Megalostomites. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 486 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 18, p. i3i (1874).

Caracteres generaux :

Antennes libres au repos.

Yeux faiblement echancres ou entiers.

Prosternum distinet.

Pygidium le plus souvent a decouvert.

Pattes subegales, les anterieures parfois plus longues.

Crochets des tarses simples.

Caracteres sexuels peu differencies, parfois pareils, parfois dissemblables.

Tete arrondie ou oblongue, engagee fortement dans le pronotum ; mandibules robustes, fortement

dentees, quelques fois diliormes chez le ; yeux entiers ou emargines ; antennes robustes, dentees

transversalement a partir du quatrieme ou du cinquieme article, les deuxieme et troisieme courts et

generalement subegau.x. Pronotum transverse, plus large a la base qu’au sommet, les cotes declives, la

marge posterieure siiiuee avec un lobe median plus ou moins prononce. Ecusson triangulaire. Elytres

58

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

oblongs ou allonges avec les lobes epipleuraux arrondis, rarement tres avances [Proctophana et Coscinoptera) .

Ponctuation confuse ou bien reguliere, disposee en series longitudinales. Pattes robustes, generalement

seinblables dans les deux sexes; femurs et tibias simples, d’egale longueur; tarses a premier article

triangulaire, allonge, le deuxieme plus court, le troisieme bilobe. Crochets simples. Prosternum toujours

distinet, plus ou moins etroit. Mesosterum assez large, echancre a son sommet. Pygidium distinet ou bien

en partie decouvert par les elytres.

Les Megalostomites se distinguent des Ischiopachites par Tabsence de rainure prothoracique ; les

crochets des tarses simples les differencient des Babiites\ le developpement du prosternum les separent

des Cly trites.

Leur forme robuste et massive, leur facies, leur coloration, outre les caracteres precites, en font

un groupe nettement tranche. Les differences sexuelles sont dhmportance tres secondaire et peu

frequentes et sont loin de presenter le developpement qui se remarque notamment chez les Clytrites.

Seule la fossette du dernier segment abdominal ne fait jamais defaut. Elie constitue, du reste, un

caractere propre a toute la sous-famille des Clytrines.

Ce groupe se divise en cinq genres dont voici le tableau :

1. Yeiix entiers, parfois leger ement sinues 2.

— Yeux distinctement echancres. Prosternum large, atteignant le mesos-

ternum i. Megalostomis, Lacordaire.

2. Prosternum etroit, plus ou moins large, ne joignant pasle mesosternum 3.

— Prosternum large, plan, continu avec le mesosternum 2. Proctophana, Lacordaire.

3. Yeux mediocres, ovalair es et saillants q.

— Yeux tres grands, allonges, peu saillants 3. Themesia, Lacordaire.

4. Ponctuation elytr ale irregulier ement disposee 4. Coscinoptera, Lacordaire.

— Ponctuation elytrale disposee en series longitudinales 5. Euryscopa, Lacordaire.

I. Genus MEGALOSTOMIS, Lacordaire

Megalostomis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5ig (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 18, p. i35 (1874).

= Minturnia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. p. S20 (1848).

= Scaphigenia. Lacordaire, idem. p. 647 (1848).

Heterostomis. Lacordaire. ibidem, Y^ol. 2, p. SSq (1848).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou bien dissemblables.

Corps robuste, toujours epais et convexe, tantot cylindrique, tantot ovalaire. Tete courte,

perpendiculaire, oblongue, engagee jusqu’aux yeux dans le pronotum; mandibules robustes, plus ou

moins saillantes, dentees; yeux grands, plus ou moins allonges, peu saillants, parfois deprimes faible-

ment, mais toujours distinctement echancres; antennes variables, les deuxieme et troisieme articles de

longueur variable, dentes a partir du quatrieme ou du cinquieme article. Pronotum cylindro-conique,

subquadrangulaire, la marge anterieure fortement lobee en avant. Ecusson grand, en triangle curviligne.

Elytres a ponctuation confuse, oblongs et subparalleles, parfois retrecis en arriere, cachant imparfaite-

ment le pygidium; lobe epipleural tres avance et arrondi.

Ce genre peut se subdiviser en quatre sous-genres, dont voici le tableau :

1. Sexes dissemblables

— Sexes semblables ' . .

2. Premier arlicle des tarses presque aussi long que les deux suivants ramis .

3.

I. Megalosto.mis, Lacordaire.

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

59

— Premier article des tarses d peine plus long que le deuxieme 2. Scaphigenia, Lacordaire.

3. Antennes dentees d partir du quatrieme article 3. Heterostomis, Lacordaire.

— Alitemus denties d partir du cinqiiieme article 4. Minturnia, Lacordaire.

I. SuBGENUS MEGALOSTOM IS, Lacordaire

Megalostomis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 044 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. iSy (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Corps presque toujours pubescent sur toute sa surface.

Male. — Tete variable, mais toujours large; menton fortement replie dans Finterieur de la cavite

bucale, tres grand, quadrangulaire et plus ou moins variable; yeux toujours deprimes, parfois munis d’un

bourrelet en arriere; antennes variables, mediocrement robustes. Pronotum large, convexe, bisinue en

avant, avec un large lobe median avance, les angles posterieurs toujours distincts. Pattes anterieures

toujours plus developpees que les autres.

Femelle. — Tete et mandibules beaucoup moins developpees; yeux moins grands et moins sail-

lants. Pronotum a cotes non paralleles, plus obliquement attenue en avant. Pattes anterieures moins

allongees et moins robustes. Une fossette mediane allongee sur le dernier segment abdominal.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 534-547 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 29-31 (1880); idem,

Suppi, p. 67-73 (1888).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a 1’Amerique du Sud.

1. M. aniazona, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 809 (1876) (Amazones).

amazona. Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, pl. 36, f. 24 (1888).

2. M. anachoreta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 537(1848) (Colombie).

anachoreta, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 73, pl. 36, f. 23 (1888).

3. M . basilaris, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 809 (1876) (Perou).

4. M . bicingulata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 542 (cf) (1848) (Bresil).

5. M. coerulea, Baly, Cist. Lnt. Vol. 2, p. i83 (1877) (Amazones).

6. M. distincta. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 535 (9) (1848) (Bresil).

7. M. generosa, Baly, Cist. Lnt, Vol. 2, p. 181 (1877) (Amazones : Lga).

8. M. gigas, Lacordaire, Mon, Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 537(1848) (Bresil, Bolivie). — Pl, 4, Fig. 9.

9. M. grandis. Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 263 (1821) (Clythra) (Bresil).

grandis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 644 (1848).

= tetrastigma, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 644 (7J7) (1824) [Clythra).

10. M. grossa, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 (1821) {Clythra) (Bresil, Bolivie).

grossa, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 643 (1848).

= boopis. Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 55i {748) (1824) [Clythra).

11. M. inter ruptofasciata, Baly, Cist. Lnt. Vol. 2, p. 182 (1877) (Amazones : Lga).

12. M. iracunda, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 646 (cf) (1848) (Cayenne).

13. M. luctuosa, Lacordaire, idem, p. 546 (1848) (Cayenne).

14. M. meretrix, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 536 (9) (1848) (Bolivie).

15. M. obesa, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 640(1848) (Bresil).

16. M . placida, Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond, Vol. 14, p. 841 (1877) (Amazones : Lga).

17. M. tricincta, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 55o [747) (cf) (1824) {Clythra) (Bresil).

tricincta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 535 (c?) (1848).

18. M. unicincta, Lefevre, Ann. Soc. Lnt. Fr. (6) Vol. 4, Bull. p. 149(1884) (Venezuela : Caracas).

6o

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

2. SuBGENUS SCAPHIGENIA, Lacordaire

Scaphigenia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 547 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 187 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes dissemblables.

Corps toujours pubescent sur toute sa surface.

Male. — Tete forte, perpendiculaire, legerement degagee du pronotum, prolongee de chaque

cote sous les yeux en une grande oreillette; mandibules tres robustes, saillantes, surmontees a leur base

d’une saillie concave en dedans, parfois remplacee par une lame courbe; menton tres grand, echancre

en avant; antennes assez robustes, presque aussi longues que la tete et le pronotum reunis ; le troisieme

article triangulaire et plus long que les deux precedents reunis, les suivants dentes au cote interne.

Fenielle. — Presentant les memes caracteres que ceux des M egalostomis .

Distribution geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a rAmerique du Sud.

1. S. bubalus, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 55o (1848) (Bresil).

2. 5. cornuta, Lacordaire, idem, p. 55 1 (1848) (Bresil).

3. S. gazella, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 552 (1848) (Cayenne, Bresil, Bolivie. Chili).

gazella, Harold, Coi. Hefte. Vol. 14, p. g5 (1875).

4. S. Kollari, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 549 (cf) (1848) (Bresil).

5. S. religiosa, Lacordaire, idem, p. 548 (1848) (Bresil : Minaes Geraes).

3. SuBGENUS HETEROSTOM IS, Lacordaire

Heterostomis. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 554 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. i38 (1874) ■

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps court, oblong, cylindrique, massif. comprime en avant et legerement attenue en arriere.

Tete etroite plus longue que large, renflee en arriere; mandibules relativement robustes; yeux petits,

peu saillants et echancres ; antennes courtes et robustes, dentees a partir du quatrieme article, les

deuxieme et troisieme subegaux et obconiques. Pronotum fortement lobe en avant, bisinue en arriere,

avec le lobe median subtronque. Elytres recouvrant en partie le pygidium. Pattes semblables dans les

deux sexes.

Distribution geographique des especes. — Ce sous-genre est propre a TAmerique du Sud.

1. H. analis, Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 269 (1821) [Clythra) (Bresil, Bolivie).

analis, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 556 (1848).

= hicincta, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. 549 {746) (1824) [Clythra).

2. H. histrionica, Harold, Coi. Hefte, Vol. 14, p. g5 (1875) (Cordova).

3. H. Lacordairei, Lacordaire, Mon. Ph}^. Vol. 2, p. 555 (1848) (Tucuman).

Lacordairei, Burmeister, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. Sy, p. 61 (1877).

4. SuBGENUs MINTURNIA, Lacordaire

Minturnia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 520(1848); Chapuis. Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 136(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps assez robuste, plus allonge que celui des Heterostomis, les cotes plus attenues en ligne droite

en arriere. Tete mediocre, un peu plus longue que large; mandibules peu robustes, rarement plus deve-

loppees chez les (7^(7^ que chez les 9 9 ’> antennes dentees a partir du cinquieme article, les deuxieme et

troisieme courts, obconiques et egaux entre eux, le quatrieme triangulaire, aussi long que les deux

precedents reunis; joues non saillantes. Pronotum et elytres variables. Pattes egales entre elles, les

anterieures de la longueur des autres.

FAAI. CHRYSOMELID^

6

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. 520-534 (1848).

Bibliographie. — Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i) p. 2g-3i (1880); idem. Suppi,

p. 69-73 (1888); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. lo-ii (1892).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — L’habitat de ce sous-genre est assez etendu, il

comprend les deux Amerique.

Faune nearctique :

1. M. major, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 29 (1873) {Coscinopiera) (Texas).

major, Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. ii (1892).

— M . pyropyga, Lacordaire (cf. Faune americaine).

2. M. sitbfasciata, Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. p. 56 (1868) [Coscinopiera) (Kansas„ Arizona).

subfasciata. Crotch, Proc. .Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p.56 (1878) ; Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. ii (1892).

Faune sud-americaine :

3. M. appDiis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 70 ([888) (Guatemala).

4. M. chalybeosoma, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 628 (9) (1848) (Bresil).

5. M . dimidiata, Lacordaire, idem, p. 626 (1848) (Mexique).

dimidiata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. .Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 3o (1880) ; idem. Suppi, p. 71, pl. 2, f. 14 (1888).

6. M . feniovata, Jacoby, Biol, Centr. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 71, pl. 36, f. 20 (cf) (1888) (Mexique).

7. M . flavipennis, Jacoby, idem, Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 3i (1880) (Nicaragua).

flavipennis, Jacoby, idem. Suppi, p. 72, pl. 2, f. i3 (1888).

8. M . flavocincta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol 2, p. 53i (cf) (1848) (Cayenne).

9. M . jiavomaciilata, Lacordaire, idem, p. 52i (9) (1848) (Cayenne).

10. M. fnlvipes, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 72, pl. 36, f. 21 (1888) (San Salvador).

11. M. gratiosa, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 533 (1848) (Colombie).

12. M. metallica, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 69, pl. 36, f. 19 (1888) (Panama).

13. M. microcephala, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 53i (cf) (1848) (Bresil).

14. M. notabilis, Lacordaire, idem, p. 525 (1848) (Mexique).

notabilis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 70(1888).

15. M. propinqua, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 529 (9) (1848) (Bresil).

16. M . punctatissima, Jacoby. Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 72, pl. 36, f. 22 (1888) (Guatemala).

17. M . pyropyga, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 624 (1848) (Mexique).

pyropyga, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 69 (1888); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19,

p. II {1892).

18. M. querula, Lacordaire. Mon. PhjT. Vol. 2. p 53o(9) (1848) (Bresil).

19. M. splendida, Lacordaire, idem, p. 522 (Mexique).

splendida, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 3o, pl. 2, f. i5 (1880).

20. M. tomentosa, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 3o (1880) (Mexique, Guatemala,

Panama).

tomentosa, Jacoby, idem. Suppi, p. 71 (1888).

21. M. iinivitlata, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2. p. 528 (9) (1848) (Bresil).

22. M. viridana, Lacordaire, idem, p. 522 (9) (Cayenne).

23. M. viridi fasciata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 73 (1888) (Guatemala).

2. Genus PROCTOPHANA, Lacordaire

Proctophana. Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 490 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 141 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables.

Corps court, epais, attenue en avant. droit sur les cotes, tronque en arriere. Tete petite, etroite,

retrecie en avant; mandibules tres courtes, a lobe interne simple, formant une grande pointe oblique;

epistome avance en museau. anguleusement echancre a son sommet; yeux tres grands, peu convexes,.

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

62

entiers, elliptiques et obliques; antennes courtes et robustes, dentees a partir du quatrieme article, le

deuxieme article plus epais que le troisieme, celui-ci tres petit, obconique. Pronotum convexe, retreci

d’arriere en avant, avec un sillon transversal a la base. Ecusson mediocre, triangulaire. Elytres presque

pians sur le disque, brusqueinent declives sur les cotes et en arriere, laissant le pygidium entierement a

decouveit, le lobe epipleural tres avance sur les epimeres du mesosternum, ou il forine un angle

presque droit. Abdomen gros, renfle sur les cotes, les trois segments intermediaires plus ou moins

imbriques. Prosternum assez large, plan, legerement dilate a Textremite. Pattes mediocres, assez

epaisses, egales entre elles; les femurs peu renfles; les tibias courts et elargis au sommet; les articles des

tarses tres courts et subegaux entre eux. A part la fossette mediane sur le dernier segment abdominal

des 9 9> deux sexes ne presentent aucune difference.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre ne renferme que quatre especes qui

sont propres a la faune americaine.

1. P. amazona, Baly, Cist. Ent. Vol. 2. p. 180 (1877) (Boids de l’Amazone).

2. P. basaPs, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 492 (1848) (Colombie).

3. P . fiihicolUs, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 81, pl. 87, f. 8 (1889) (Panama).

4. P. iomcntosa, Lacordaire, Mon. Phvt. \Y)1. 2, p. 491 (1848) (Bresil). — Pl. 5, Fig, I .

3. Genus THEMESIA, Lacordaire

Themesia. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 017 (1848) ; Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 138(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes 'semblables.

Corps court, massif, subovalaire, attenue en avant, arrondi et legerement retreci en arriere.

Tete allongee, terminee par un museau assez long, tronque en avant et retreci en arriere par les cavites

antennaires; mandibides saillantes, celles des cfcf '-iri peu plus longues que celles des 9 9» yeux

tres grands, oblongs. un peu plus saillants chez les cf cf que chez les 9 9 > aiitennes mediocres, le pre-

mier article epais, triangulaire, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts, obconiques, le quatrieme aussi

long que les deux precedents reunis, les suivants triangulaires et dentes au cote interne. Pronotum tres

convexe, deprime sur les cotes en avant, les bords apianis et releves en arriere. Prosternum etroit.

Ecusson grand, plus large que long, triangulaire. Elytres tres convexes, plus larges que le pronotum a

la base, saillants a Tepaule. le sinus epipleural arrondi et tres avance, Textremite ne recouvrant qu’im-

parfaitement le pygidium. Ponctuation irreguliere. Pattes courtes, peu robustes, semblables dans

les deux sexes. Dessous du corps entierement recouvert d’une pubescence tres dense.

Ce genre se rapproche des Coscinoptera, il s’en distingue par la forme de la tete qui est plus

allongee. par les yeux beaucoup plus grands et par le facies plus court, mais plus robuste.

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre ne renferme que deux especes qui

sont originaires du Bresil.

1. T. auricapilla, Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. p. SqS [ySS) (1824) {Clythra) (Bresil). — Pl. 4, Fig. I 0.

auricapilla, Lacordaire, Mon. Phjd. Vol. 2, p. 518(1848).

2. T . grandis, Baly, Cist. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 181 (1877) (Bresil).

4. Genus COSCINOPTERA, Lacordaire

Coscinoptera. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2,p.5ii (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 189 (1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou a peine dissemblables.

Corps court, epais, ou un peu allonge, attenue e,n avant et toujours legerement retreci

en arriere. Tete assez large, plane, perpendiculaire engagee dans le pronotum jusqu’aux yeux; mandi-

FAM. CHRYSOMELID^

63

bules peu robustes, parfois assez saillantes chez les cfcfj yeux arrondis, assez saillants; antennes

courtes, assez epaisses, le quatrieme article de forme variable, les deuxieme et troisieme tres courts,

obconiques et subegaux entre eux. Pronotum assez convexe, subcylindrique, comprime sur les cotes en

avant. Ecusson assez grand, triangulaire. Elytres subplans, recouvrant imparfaitenient le pygidiuin, a

ponctuation irreguliere et non disposee en series longitudinales, les lobes epipleuraux tiAs avances et

arrondis. Prosternum tres etroit, s’arrondissant en arriere des hanches anterieures. Pattes courtes, egales

entre elles dans les deux sexes.

Les especes de ce genre ressemblent beaucoup a celles du genre Eutyscopa, par leur

forme et leur coloration, elles s’en distinguent par la ponctuation toujours irreguliere, alors que chez les

Euryscopa elle est toujours reguliere. Certains ont la tete et les mandibnles plus developpees que

les 9 9 •

Monognaphie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege Vol. 5, p. Siioiy (1848).

Bibliographie. — Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 28-29 (1873'); Jacoby, Biol. Centr.

Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 74-75 (1888); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 19, p. i2-i5 (1892).

Distribution geographique des especes. — Ce genre est repandu dans les deux Amerique.

Faune neartique :

1. C. aeneipennis, Leconte, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. Vol. 4, p. 26 (i858) (Californie, 'Pexas,

Arizona).

aeneipennis, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 28 (1873); Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi,

p. 74 (1888); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. i5 (1892).

2. C. aenescens, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 29 (1873) (Suri des Etats-Unis).

aenescens, Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. i5 (1892).

3. C. axillaris, Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. p. 56 (1868) (Colorado, Texas, etc.).

axilaris, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 29 (1873); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 14 (1892).

4. C. canella. Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25 (i885) (Sud de la Californie, Arizona).

caneUa, Horn, idem, Vol. 19, p. 14, (1892).

~ bifaria, Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25 (i885).

5. C. doniinicana, Fabricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. 2, p. 84 (1801) {Clyihra) (Etats-Unis). — Pl. 4, Fig. I I.

dominicana, Olivier, Ent. Vol. 6, p. 864 {40), pl. 2, f. 28 (1808); Schonherr, Syn. Ins.Vol. 2, p. 847 (ap) (1808);

Foersberg, Nov. Act. Upsal. Vol. 8, p. 273 (1821); Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5i5 (1848) ; Crotch,

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 29 (1873) ; Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 12 (1892).

= dorsalis, Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25 (i885).

— franciscana, Leconte, Coi. Kansas, p. 22 (1859).

6. C. miiscorea, Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 83 (i858) (Sud de la Californie, Arizona).

nmscorea, Crotch, idem, p. 29 (1873); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 15(1892).

7. C. seminuda, Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. i3 (1892) (Arizona).

8. C. vittigera, Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 357 (1861) (Wyoming, Dakota, Colorado,

Arizona).

vittigera, Crotch, idem, p. 29 {1878) ; Leconte. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25 (i885); Horn, idem,

Vol. 19, p. i3 (1892).

Faune sud-americaine :

9. C. argentina, Burmeister, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 38, p. 60 (1877) (Entre-Rios).

10. C. cribrata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5i2 (^848) (Mexique).

= mucida, Say, Rost. Journ. Nat. Hist. p. 197 (1837) [Megalostomis).

11. C. desmiphora, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5i2 (1848) (Colombie).

12. C. intermedia, Jacoby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (1897) (Saint-Vincent).

13. C. monacha, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5i3 (1848) (Colombie).

14. C. obliqua, Lacordaire, idem, Vol. 2, p. 5i6 (Bresil).

15. C. purpurea, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 74, pl. 36, f. 25 (1888) (Panama).

64

COLEOPTERA PHYTOPHAGA

16. C. quadrillum, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 514(1848) (Colombie, Bresil).

quadrilhm, Jacoby, Biol. Cent. Amer Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 75 (1888).

17. C. soricina, Lacordaire. Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 514 (1848) (Colombie).

18. C. tibialis, Harold, Coi. Hefte, Vol. 14, p. g6 (1875) (Cordova).

5. Genus EURYSCOPA, Lacordaire

Euryscopa. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 498 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. \'ol. 10, p. 140(1874).

Caracteres. — Sexes semblables ou a peine dissemblables.

Corps court et epais ou cylindrique, attenue en avant, arrondi en arriere, les c6tes paralleles,

pubescent en dessous ainsi que sur la tete. Celle-ci allongee, plane, perpendiculaire; mandibules courtes;

yeux ovalaires ou oblongs, legerement saillants et entiers; antennes peu robustes, le premier article

court et renfle, les deuxieme et troisieme courts, obconiques, le quatrieme triangulaire, aussi long que

les deux precedents reunis, les suivants dentes au cote interne. Pronotum variable, convexe, comprime

en avant, sans sillon en avant du lobe de la base. Ecusson triangulaire, plan, en triangle curviligne.

Elytres assez convexes, ne couvrant qu’imparfaitement le pygidium, le lobe epipleural avance, mais

arrondi, la ponctuation dispose en series longitudinales et regulieres. Pattes a peu pres semblables a

celles des Proctophana, mais les articles des tarses moins rapproches, plus degages Tun de Tautre a leur

base.

Le a quelquefois les yeux plus saillants et les mandibules plus accentuees que chez la 9 •

Ce geme se distingue des Proctophana par la ponctuation elytrale qui est toujours reguliere.

Lacordaire Ta divise en plusieurs sections, basees sur la forme et la structure du prosternum, sur la

longueur des articles des antennes et sur d’autres caracteres.

La plupart des especes sont noiratres avec des taches humerales et apicales fauves.

Monographie. — Lacordaire, Mem. Soc. Sc. Liege, Vol. 5, p. qgS-Sio (1848).

Bibliographie. — Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phllad. p. 28 (1873); Jacoby, Biol. Centr.

Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 3i et 82 (1880); idem, Suppi, p. 75-80 (1888); Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. Vol. ig, p. i5-i8 (1892).

Distributiori geographique des especes. — Ce genre est propre aux deux Amerique.

Faune nearctique :

1. E. Lecontei, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phllad. p. 28 (1878) (Texas, Arizona).

Lecontei, Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25 (i885); Horn, idem, Vol. 19, p. 16 (1892).

— longicollis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 78, pl. 37, f. 5 (1888).

.= parvula, Jacoby. idem. p. 79. pl. 37, f. 7 (1888).

2. E. pusilla, Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 16 (1892) (Texas).

3. E. subtilis, Horn, idem, p. 17 (1892) (Sud de la Californie).

4 E. vittata, Leconte, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. Vol. 4, p. 26 (i858) (Texas, Arizona, Sud de la

Californie).

vittata, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. p. 28 (1878); Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 25

(1886); Horn, idem, Vol. 19, p. 17 (1892).

Faune sud-americaine :

5. E. bicruentata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 498 (cf) (1848) (Colombie).

6. E. binotata, Lacordaire, idem. p. 5oi (1848) (Bresil).

7. E. carnifex, Lacordaire. ibidem, p. 498 (9) (Mexique).

FAM. CHRYSOAIELID^

65

8. E. cingulata, Latreille, Voy. Humb. et Bonpl. Zool. Vol. i, p. 208, pl. 22, i. 6-y (1811) (Clythra)

(Colombie).

cingulata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phjd.Vol.2, p. 5o8 (1848) ; Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Supp.p. 77(1888).

9. E. fenestrata, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5o3 (9) (1848) (Bresil).

10. E. ftilvilabris, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 77 (1888) (Mexique).

11. E. fulvipes, Jacoby, idem, p. 79 (1888) (Mexique).

12. E. haenioptera, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol 2, p. 5oi (1848) (Bresil).

13. E. Lebasi, Lacordaire, idem, p. 5io (1848) (Colombie).

14. E. macrophthalma, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 5oo (9) (1848) (Mexique).

15. E. mexicana, Jacoby. Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 76, pl. 37, f. 2 (1888) (Mexique).

16. E. nigritarsis, Jacoby, idem, p. 76, pl. 87, f. i (1888) (Panama).

17. E. Pilatei, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 504 (1848) (Yucatan).

Pilatei, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. .A.mer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 32 (1880); idem, Suppi, p. 75, pl. 2, f. 20 (1888).

18. E. proxima, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5o8 (1848) (Bresil).

19. E. pulchella, Lacordaire, idem, p. 004 (1848) (Bresil).

20. E. pulchra, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 494 (9) (1848) (Bresil). ,

21. E. quadri punctata, Lacordaire, ibidem, p. 496 (1848) (Bresil : Minaes Geraes).

22. E. regularis, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. xAmer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 79, pl. 87, f. 6 (1888) (Guatemala).

23. E. rufipes, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 5o2 (1848) (Bresil meridional).

24. E. scapularis, Lacordaire, idem, p. 5o5 (1848) (Mexique).

scapularis, Jacoby. Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6 (pt. i), p. 32 (1880); idem, Suppi, p. 75 (i888j.

25. E. seniicincta, Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 497 (1848) (Cayenne).

26. E. semistriata, Jacoby, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 78, pl. 87, f. 4 (1888) (Me.xique).

27. E. specularis, Lacordaire, IMon. Ph3't. \M1. 2. p. 499 (9) (1848) (Cay-enne).

28. E. terebellum. Lacordaire, idem, p. 5o6 (1848) (Bresil). — Pl. 4, Fig. 12.

29. E. villosa, Jacobjy Biol. Centr. Amer. Coi. Vol. 6, Suppi, p. 77, pl. 37. f. 3 (1888) (Mexique).

G ROU PE 3. BABI I T

Babidees. Lacordaire, Mon. Phyt. Vol. 2, p. 894 (1848); Chapuis, Gen. Coi. Vol. 10, p. 141 (1874)-.

Caracteres generaux :

Antennes libres au repos.

Saillie prosternale nulle ou plus ou moins large.

Yeux faiblement echancres, rarement entiers.

Pygidium distinet en tout ou en partie, rarement recouvert par les elytres.

Pattes d’egale longueurou, rarement, snllongeant d’arriere en avant.

Crochets des tarses toujours bifides ou appendicules.

Sexes semblables, parfois differents quant aux pattes anterieures et aux tarses chez le .

Courts et robustes, generalement noirs ou metalliques, avec des taches humerales ou apicales

fauves. Tete arrondie (sauf chez les Pnesthes), tres inflechie; mandibules courtes, robustes, dentees;

lobe externe des machoires tres large, Tinterne plus court, simple; yeux le plus souvent tres grands,

emargines ou non; antennes dentees, courtes et robustes, le premier article tres epais, ovalaire ou trian-

gulaire, les cinq suivants variables, generalement courts, les suivants transversaux. Pronotum